Dell H815dw User's Guide User Manual To The 766e29de 6b63 4053 Bb91 Ce30c3ab6f16

User Manual: Dell H815dw to the manual

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 399

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Dell™ Color Cloud Multifunction Printer | H625cdw
Dell™ Color Cloud Multifunction Printer | H825cdw
Dell™ Color Smart Multifunction Printer | S2825cdn
User's Guide

Regulatory Model: H625cdw
H825cdw
S2825cdn

Notes, Cautions, and Warnings
NOTE:
• A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of the printer.
CAUTION:
• A CAUTION indicates potential damage to hardware or loss of data if instructions are not
followed.
WARNING:
• A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death.

Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
© 2015 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.
Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of
Dell Inc. is strictly forbidden.
Trademarks used in this text:
Dell and the DELL logo are trademarks of Dell Inc.
Microsoft, Windows, Windows Server, and Windows Vista are either trademarks or registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Apple, Bonjour, iPhone, Macintosh, Mac OS, AirPrint, and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of
Apple Inc.
Adobe, PostScript, and Photoshop are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe
Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.
RSA and BSAFE are either registered trademarks or trademarks of EMC Corporation in the United
States and/or other countries.
Microsoft product screen shot(s) reprinted with permission from Microsoft Corporation.
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities
claiming the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in
trademarks and trade names other than its own.

About License
XML Paper Specification (XPS): This product may incorporate intellectual property owned by
Microsoft Corporation. The terms and conditions upon which Microsoft is licensing such
intellectual property may be found at http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=52369; DES: This
product includes software developed by Eric Young (eay@mincom.oz.au); AES: Copyright (c)
2003, Dr Brian Gladman, Worcester, UK. All rights reserved. This product uses published AES
software provided by Dr Brian Gladman under BSD licensing terms; TIFF (libtiff): Copyright (c)
1988-1997 Sam Leffler and Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.; ICC Profile (Little
cms): Copyright (c) 1998-2004 Marti Maria.

As for RSA BSAFE
This printer includes RSA® BSAFE® Cryptographic software from EMC Corporation.

ICC Profile Header
Copyright (c) 1994-1996 SunSoft, Inc.
Rights Reserved

Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to
do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or
substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SUNSOFT, INC.
OR ITS PARENT COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of SunSoft, Inc. shall not be used in advertising or
otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without written
authorization from SunSoft Inc.

JPEG Library
Independent JPEG Group's free JPEG software
____________________
This package contains C software to implement JPEG image encoding, decoding, and
transcoding. JPEG is a standardized compression method for full-color and gray-scale images.
The distributed programs provide conversion between JPEG "JFIF" format and image files in
PBMPLUS PPM/PGM, GIF, BMP, and Targa file formats. The core compression and
decompression library can easily be reused in other programs, such as image viewers. The
package is highly portable C code; we have tested it on many machines ranging from PCs to
Crays.
We are releasing this software for both noncommercial and commercial use. Companies are
welcome to use it as the basis for JPEG-related products. We do not ask a royalty, although we
do ask for an acknowledgement in product literature (see the README file in the distribution for
details). We hope to make this software industrial-quality --- although, as with anything that's
free, we offer no warranty and accept no liability.
For more information, contact jpeg-info@jpegclub.org.
Contents of this directory
____________________
jpegsrc.vN.tar.gz contains source code, documentation, and test files for release N in Unix
format.
jpegsrN.zip contains source code, documentation, and test files for release N in Windows
format.
jpegaltui.vN.tar.gz contains source code for an alternate user interface for cjpeg/djpeg in Unix
format.
jpegaltuiN.zip contains source code for an alternate user interface for cjpeg/djpeg in Windows
format.
wallace.ps.gz is a PostScript file of Greg Wallace's introductory article about JPEG. This is an
update of the article that appeared in the April 1991 Communications of the ACM.
jpeg.documents.gz tells where to obtain the JPEG standard and documents about JPEG-related
file formats.
jfif.ps.gz is a PostScript file of the JFIF (JPEG File Interchange Format) format specification.

jfif.txt.gz is a plain text transcription of the JFIF specification; it's missing a figure, so use the
PostScript version if you can.
TIFFTechNote2.txt.gz is a draft of the proposed revisions to TIFF 6.0's JPEG support.
pm.errata.gz is the errata list for the first printing of the textbook "JPEG Still Image Data
Compression Standard" by Pennebaker and Mitchell.
jdosaobj.zip contains pre-assembled object files for JMEMDOSA.ASM. If you want to compile the
IJG code for MS-DOS, but don't have an assembler, these files may be helpful.

Math Library
Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Developed at SunPro, a Sun Microsystems, Inc. business.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software is freely granted, provided that this
notice is preserved.
====================================================
copysignf.c: * Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
math_private.h: * Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
powf.c: * Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
scalbnf.c: * Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.

libtiff
Copyright (C) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
Copyright (C) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any
purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that (i) the above copyright notices and this
permission notice appear in all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the
names of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or publicity relating
to the software without the specific, prior written permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS,
IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER OR NOT
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT
OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

Zlib
zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library version 1.2.8, April 28th, 2013
Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the
authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial
applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:

1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the
original software. If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as
being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
Jean-loup Gailly
Mark Adler
jloup@gzip.org
madler@alumni.caltech.edu
____________________

UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS
This software and documentation are provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS. Use, duplication or
disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the
Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 and in
applicable FAR provisions: Dell Inc., One Dell Way, Round Rock, Texas, 78682, USA.
October 2015 Rev. A00

Contents
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings

1 Before Beginning

About This Guide

Conventions

Finding Information

Product Features

Printer Overview

Front and Rear View

Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (DADF)

Operator Panel

Optional Accessory

Graphic Symbols on the Printer and Their Meanings

2 Setting Up the Printer

Overview of the Printer Setup

Preparing to Set Up the Printer

Space Requirements

Securing the Printer

Connecting Your Printer to a Telephone Line

Connecting the Printer to the Wall Jack

Connecting the Printer to a Modem

Connecting a Telephone or Answering Machine

Turning On/Off the Printer

Turning On the Printer

Turning Off the Printer

Setting Initial Settings on the Operator Panel

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

Overview

Connecting to a Wireless Network

Connecting to a Wired (Ethernet) Network

Connecting to a Computer With USB

Installing the Software for Windows Computers

Installing the Software for Macintosh Computers

Contents

Connecting Your Printer to Mobile Devices

Wi-Fi Direct

Dell Document Hub

AirPrint

Google Cloud Print

Mopria Print Service

Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)

Operation on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop

Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11

Operation on Ubuntu 12.04 LTS

Setting the IP Address

Assigning an IP Address

Verifying the IP Settings

3 Using Your Printer

Using the Operator Panel

About the Home Screen

Basic Operations on the Touch Panel

Moving, Adding or Deleting Tiles

Using the Keyboard Displayed on the Touch Panel

Changing the Language

Panel Lock

Setting the Power Saver Timer

About the Concurrent Jobs Feature

Understanding the System Menus

Report / List

Wi-Fi | WPS

Paired Device

Admin Settings

Default Settings

114

Tray Management

115

Language Settings

117

Resetting Defaults

117

Understanding the Job Menus

119

Copy

120

ID Copy

123

Multiple-Up Copy

123

Scan to Email

124

Scan to Network Folder

124
Contents

Scan to USB

124

Scan to Computer

124

Fax

127

Print PDF/TIFF

128

Print JPEG

128

Dell Document Hub

130

SharePoint

133

Add App

134

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
Preparing to Use Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool

135

Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool

136

Page Display Format

136

Changing the Settings of the Menu Items

138

Print Media Guidelines

188

Supported Paper Weight

191

Unacceptable Print Media

191

Recommended Print Media

191

Print Media Storage Guidelines

193

Loading Print Media

194

Before Loading

194

Loading Print Media in Tray1 and the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder

194

Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)

199

Loading Letterhead, Pre-Printed, and Pre-Punched Paper

204

Linking Trays

204

205

Before Loading Documents in the DADF

205

Loading a Document in the Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (DADF)

206

Loading a Document on the Document Glass

206

4 Printing, Copying, Scanning, Faxing, and Dell Document
Hub
Printing

188

Supported Print Media

Loading Documents

135

208
209

Sending a Job to Print

209

Canceling a Print Job

209

Duplex Printing

210

Using Stored Print

212

Printing From USB Flash Drive

215

Printer Settings

216

Contents

Copying

218

Making Copies From the Document Glass

218

Making Copies From the DADF

218

Using the ID Copy

219

Changing the Default Copy Settings

219

Scanning

221

Scanning Overview

221

Scanning to a Computer With a USB Connection

222

Scanning to a Computer With a Network Connection

222

Scanning From a Computer Using Web Services on Devices (WSD)

225

Scanning Using the TWAIN Driver

225

Scanning Using the Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) Driver

226

Scanning Using Wi-Fi Direct

227

Scanning to a Computer or Server With SMB/FTP

228

Scanning to a USB Flash Drive

238

Sending a Scanned Data via E-Mail

239

Managing the Scanner

244

Changing the Default Scan Setting

246

Faxing

247

Initial Settings

247

Changing the Fax Settings

248

Sending a Fax

248

Sending a Delayed Fax

250

Sending a Fax Directly From a Computer

251

Automatic Dialing

255

Phone Book

258

Receiving a Fax

259

Reports Related to Fax

262

Changing the Default Fax Setting

262

Dell Document Hub

263

Registering the User and Signing In to Dell Document Hub

263

Searching for and Printing Files

265

Browsing and Printing Files

266

Scanning

267

Scanning the Document Using Optical Character Recognition (OCR)

269

Sending the Scanned Data to Yourself via E-Mail

270

Sending a Scanned Data of a Business Card to Yourself via E-Mail

271

Printing and Scanning Directly From SharePoint®

272

Registering the SharePoint® Server

272

Signing In to the SharePoint Server

273

Contents

Browsing and Printing Files

273

Scanning

274

5 Know Your Printer
Understanding the Software of Your Printer

276
277

Overview

277

Using the Status Monitor Widget for Macintosh

280

Using the Status Monitor Console for Linux

284

Software Update

290

User Authentication

291

Creating and Editing the User Accounts

291

Logging In to the User Account

293

Multiple Desktop - Tile Customization
Adding a New Tile

Using the Address Book and Phone Book

295
295

297

Types of Address Books

297

Adding and Editing Entries to the Address Books

297

Using Operator Panel of the Printer

298

Using Address Book Editor

298

Using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool

299

Using the Server Address Book and Server Phone Book

299

Using Digital Certificates

304

Managing Certificates

304

Setting the Features

308

Understanding Printer Messages

313

Status Codes

313

Error Messages

320

Specifications

323

Operating System Compatibility

323

Power Supply

323

Dimensions

324

Weight

324

Memory

324

Page Description Language (PDL)/Emulation, Operating System, and Interface 324

Environment

325

Cables

325

Print Specifications

326

Copy Specifications

326

Scanner Specifications

327

Contents

Fax Specifications

327

Wireless Connection Specifications

328

6 Maintaining Your Printer

329

Maintaining Your Printer

330

Checking the Status of Supplies

330

Conserving Supplies

330

Ordering Supplies

331

Storing Print Media

331

Storing Consumables

332

Replacing the Toner Cartridges

332

Replacing the Drum Cartridges

334

Replacing the Waste Toner Box

340

Cleaning Inside the Printer

342

Cleaning the Scanner

347

Cleaning the DADF Feed Rollers

349

Moving the Printer

349

Removing Options

351

7 Troubleshooting

353

Troubleshooting

354

Clearing Jams

354

Basic Printer Problems

366

Display Problems

366

Printing Problems

366

Print Quality Problems

367

Jam/Alignment Problems

381

Noise

385

Copy Problems

386

Fax Problems

386

Scanning Problems

388

Digital Certificate Problems

390

Wireless Problems

391

Problems With Installed Optional 550-sheet feeder

391

Wi-Fi Direct Problems

392

Scanner Driver/Printer Utility Problems

392

Other Problems

392

Contacting Service

393

Appendix

394

Appendix

395

Dell™ Technical Support Policy

395

Contents

Warranty and Return Policy

395

Contacting Dell

395

New Zealand PTC200 Warnings

396

USA/Canada Wi-Fi Warnings

397

Contents

1
Before Beginning
About This Guide

Finding Information

Product Features

Printer Overview

Graphic Symbols on the Printer and Their Meanings

About This Guide
Click the bookmarks to the left for information on the features, optional accessory, and
operation of your Dell H625cdw, Dell H825cdw, or Dell S2825cdn. For details about
other documentation included with your printer, see "Finding Information."
NOTE:
• In this manual, Dell H625cdw, Dell H825cdw, or Dell S2825cdn is referred to as the "printer."
• In this manual, the procedures for the computer are explained using Microsoft® Windows® 7 unless
stated otherwise.
• The images and screenshots used in this manual are those of Dell H825cdw unless otherwise
mentioned.

Conventions
The following describe the meaning of the symbols and fonts used in this manual:
Item

Description

Texts in Bold

• Names of hardware button on the operator panel.
• Menus, commands, windows, or dialog boxes displayed on the
computer screen.

Texts in Courier New font

•
•
•
•

• Key on the keyboard of the computer.

Menus and messages displayed on the touch panel.
Screen name on the touch panel.
Characters entered from the computer.
Directory paths.

• Indicates a process flow.
"

• Cross references in this manual.
• Characters entered from the operator panel.
• Messages displayed on the computer screen.

About This Guide

Finding Information
What are you looking for?

Find it here

Drivers and manuals for my printer Software and Documentation disc:
The Software and Documentation disc contains manuals, drivers, and
software for the printer. You can use the Software and
Documentation disc to install drivers and software, and refer to
manuals.
Readme files may be included on your Software and Documentation
disc to provide last-minute updates about technical changes to the
printer or advanced technical reference material for experienced
users or technicians.
How to set up my printer

Setup Guide

How to use my printer
Safety information
Warranty information

Important Information
WARNING:
• Read and follow all safety instructions in the Important
Information prior to setting up and operating the printer.

Express Service Code and Service The Express Service Code and Service Tag are located inside the front
Tag
cover of the printer.

Service Tag
ABCD123
Express Service Code
01234567890

Latest drivers for my printer

Visit www.dell.com/support.

Documentation for my printer
Answers to technical service and
support questions

Visit www.dell.com/support. Select your region, and fill in the
requested details to access help tools and information.
www.dell.com/support provides several online tools, including:
• Solutions — Troubleshooting hints and tips, articles from
technicians, and online courses
• Upgrades — Upgrade information for components, such as the
print drivers
• Customer Care — Contact information, order status, warranty, and
repair information
• Downloads — Drivers
• Manuals— Printer documentation and product specifications

Finding Information

Product Features
This chapter describes the product features and indicates their links.
Dell Document Hub app

Easily access and share documents, images and
digital content with the Dell Document Hub app.
This innovative cloud collaboration solution
connects your printer and devices to popular cloud
services, providing a flexible and secure way to
collaborate from virtually anywhere. Using your
computer or mobile device, you can search file
across multiple cloud services simultaneously to
print documents or you can scan documents
directly to the cloud using the app. Visit Windows
Store, Google Play™ store, and App Store to
download the apps.
If you use an NFC-enabled Android mobile device,
you can also do the following:
• Tap your device on the printer to download the
app (only when the app is not installed on your
device)
• Tap your device on the printer to launch the app,
to start printing, or to start scanning.
For more information about using Dell Document
Hub, see the FAQs in Dell.com/documenthub.

Product Features

Dell Printer Hub
(Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw)

Dell Printer Hub is a program that monitors and
informs you of the printer status and allows you to
customize the printer settings. The program also
notifies you of the firmware/software updates. For
convenient use, you can access Dell Document
Hub from Dell Printer Hub. Dell Printer Hub is
included on your Software and Documentation
disc and is installed with the manuals, drivers, and
software for the printer. For more information,
open the program and click
on the top right of
the main window to see the FAQs.
Dell Printer Management Tool
(Dell S2825cdn)

Dell Printer Management Tool is a program that
monitors and informs you of the printer status and
allows you to customize the printer settings. The
program also notifies you of the firmware/software
updates. Dell Printer Management Tool is included
on your Software and Documentation disc and is
installed with the manuals, drivers, and software for
the printer. For more information, open the
program and click on the top right of the main
window to see the FAQs.

Converting and storing with Dell Document Hub
(Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw)

Printing with Dell Document Hub
(Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw)

You can scan hard copy documents and store
them directly in your preferred cloud storage
service with Dell Document Hub. You can also
convert hard copy documents into editable digital
content before sending them to the cloud storage.
See "Scanning the Document Using Optical
Character Recognition (OCR)."

You can easily locate and print documents stored
in cloud storage with Dell Document Hub. You can
also search for files across multiple clouds storage
services simultaneously.
See "Searching for and Printing Files."

USB Direct Print

ID Copy

You can print files directly from a USB flash drive
without requiring you to start your computer and a
program with the USB Direct Print feature.
See "Printing From USB Flash Drive."

You can copy both sides of an ID card on one side
of a single sheet of paper in its original size by a
simple operation with the ID Copy feature.
See "Using the ID Copy."

Scan to Email

Scan to Network Folder

You can send scanned data by e-mail as an
attachment with the Scan to Email feature. After
scanning, select destination e-mail addresses from
the address book on the printer or server or enter
the address from the touch panel of the printer.
See "Sending a Scanned Data via E-Mail."

You can transfer scanned data to a PC or a server
via Server Message Block (SMB) or FTP without
software. Although prior registration of the
destination FTP server or PC on the address book is
required, it helps save your time.
See "Scanning to a Computer or Server With
SMB/FTP."

Product Features

Scan to USB

You don't need a PC to save scanned data to a USB
flash drive with the Scan to USB feature. Specify
the USB flash drive inserted into the printer's port
as a data saving location when you scan data.
See "Scanning to a USB Flash Drive."

Scanning from the document glass

You can scan the pages of a book or a brochure
from the document glass.
See "Making Copies From the Document Glass."

Scanning from the Duplex Automatic Document
Feeder (DADF)

Managing the documents with PaperPort
(Dell S2825cdn)

You can scan pieces of unbound paper using the
DADF.
See "Making Copies From the DADF."

You can organize, search, and share your scanned
document using the bundled PaperPort software.

Product Features

Printer Overview
Front and Rear View
Front View
1

4
5

Output Tray Extension

Right Side Cover

Front USB Port

Front Cover

Operator Panel

Tray1

Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (DADF)

10 Optional 550-Sheet Feeder (Tray2)

Drum Cartridges

Waste Toner Box

12 Toner Cartridges

Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)

NOTE:
• Do not remove or insert the toner cartridges when the printer is in operation.

Printer Overview

Rear View

2
3
6

7
5

Phone Connector

"Blue" Plug

Wall Jack Connector

Duplex Unit

Ethernet Port

Fusing Unit

USB Port

Rear Cover

Power Connector

Printer Overview

Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (DADF)
2

8
4
5
6
7

DADF Cover

Document Feeder Tray

Document Guides

Document Stopper

DADF Chute Cover

Document Output Tray

Document Glass

DADF Feed Rollers

NOTE:
• Pull out the document stopper to prevent the document from falling off the printer.

Operator Panel
Dell H625cdw/Dell H825cdw
1

Printer Overview

Dell S2825cdn
1

(Home) button

Moves to the Home screen.

(Log In/Out) button

Logs out if pressed while the user is logged in.

Touch Panel

Specifies the settings by directly tapping the screen.
Displays various settings, instructions, and error messages.

Ready/Error LED

Shows a green light when the printer is ready and a blinking green
light when data is being received.
Shows an amber light when an error occurs and a blinking amber
light when an unrecoverable print error occurs.

Number Pad

Enters numbers and characters.

(Wi-Fi) button*

Shows a white light when the Wi-Fi® is activated and blinks in certain
conditions. See "Status of Wi-Fi Button LED."

(Redial/Pause) button

Re-dials a telephone number.
Inserts a pause into a telephone number. When the
(Redial/Pause) button is pressed, "-" appears on the touch panel.

(Copy) button

ive only from the Home screen
Starts copying the docum
while you are logged in to the printer.

(Power) button

Turns on/
the printer or switches the printer between two modes:
standby and power saver.
• Pressing and releasing the button turns on the printer. To tu
the printer, press and hold the button until the Power
Management screen appears on the touch panel, and then tap
Power Off.
• Each press of the button switches the standby and power saver
modes alternately. When the printer enters the power saver mode,
the button blinks slowly.
CAUTION:
• Pressing and holding the button for six or more seconds can
tur
ter immediately. However, note that this
may result in the loss of data in memory.

(NFC) reader*

/
(Speed Dial 1/
Speed Dial 2) button

12
22

(Delete) button
|

Printer Overview

Starts communication between the printer and an NFC card or a
mobile device with the NFC function when the card or the device is
tapped to or waved over the reader.
NOTE:
• NFC detection may vary with device type.
Dials the number registered as "001" or "002" respectively of the FAX
Speed Dial
ective only when the Home screen is displayed.
Deletes numbers and characters.

13
14

(Job Status) button
(Information) button

Moves to the Job Status screen. From this screen, you can check or
cancel active jobs.
Moves to the Information screen. You can access various
information and settings menu, check consumable levels and
network status, and print various types of reports and lists.

This is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

NOTE:
• Moving to a different menu or returning to a previous screen cancels the current entry or setting.
Make sure to select OK to save the current entry or setting.

Status of Wi-Fi Button LED
(Wi-Fi) LED
Off

Printer Status
Wi-Fi has been turned off.
Connecting to the network via Ethernet cable
Entering the power saver mode

Wireless link established

Blinking

Searching/Connecting with wireless LAN access point or router

Blinking slowly

Wi-Fi is turned on but not connected to an access point or router.

Optional Accessory
The optional 550-sheet feeder is available for the printer.
To install the optional 550-sheet feeder, refer to the installation instruction that comes
with the optional 550-sheet feeder.

Printer Overview

Graphic Symbols on the Printer and Their
Meanings
Do not use stapled or clip on paper.

Do not use folded, creased, or curled paper.

Do not use ink-jet printing paper.

Do not use OHP sheets.

Do not use paper printed or used on one side.

Caution

Do not throw a toner cartridge into an open flame.

Do not throw a drum cartridge into an open flame.

Do not expose to light.

Do not touch.

Caution (Hot surface)

Do not disassemble the product.

Do not throw a waste toner box into an open flame.

Locking

Unlocking

Graphic Symbols on the Printer and Their Meanings

2
Setting Up the Printer
Overview of the Printer Setup

Preparing to Set Up the Printer

Connecting Your Printer to a Telephone Line

Turning On/Off the Printer

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

Connecting Your Printer to Mobile Devices

Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)

Setting the IP Address

Overview of the Printer Setup
The following are the procedures necessary to set up the printer.
Hardware preparations/Initial settings
"Preparing to Set Up the Printer"
"Turning On/Off the Printer"
"Setting Initial Settings on the Operator Panel"

Connections/Printer setup
"Connecting Your Printer to a Telephone Line"
"Connecting Your Printer to a Computer"
"Connecting Your Printer to Mobile Devices"

Overview of the Printer Setup

Preparing to Set Up the Printer
Space Requirements
Provide enough room to open the printer trays, covers, and optional accessory, and for
proper ventilation.

260 mm/
10.24 inches

500 mm/
19.69 inches

250 mm/9.84 inches
100 mm/
3.94 inches
420 mm/16.54 inches
340 mm/13.4 inches

503.5 mm/19.82 inches
560 mm/22 inches

Securing the Printer
To protect the printer from theft, you can use a Kensington lock.
Attach the Kensington lock to the security slot of the printer.

Security Slot

Refer to the operating instructions supplied with the Kensington lock.

Preparing to Set Up the Printer

Connecting Your Printer to a Telephone Line
CAUTION:
• Do not connect the printer directly to a Digital Subscriber Line (DSL). This may damage the
printer. To use a DSL, you are required to use an appropriate DSL filter. Contact your service
provider for the DSL filter.
• To reduce the risk of shock or fire, use only a No. 26 AWG or larger telephone cable.

Connecting the Printer to the Wall Jack
To connect the printer to a telephone line, connect a telephone cable into the wall jack
connector on the rear of the printer. Connect the other end of the cord into an active
wall jack.

To the wall jack

If the phone communication is serial in your country (such as Germany, Sweden,
Denmark, Austria, Belgium, Italy, France, and Switzerland), and a "Yellow" terminator is
supplied, perform the following procedure:
1 Remove the "Blue" plug from the phone connector.

"Blue" plug

Connecting Your Printer to a Telephone Line

2 Insert the "Yellow" terminator into the phone connector.

"Yellow" terminator

Connecting the Printer to a Modem
You can connect the printer to a computer with a modem on the same telephone line as
the printer.
Make sure that the modem is connected to an active wall jack connector, and then
connect a telephone cable into the phone connector on the modem. Connect the other
end of the cord into the wall jack connector on the rear of the printer.

To an active
wall jack
Phone
connector

Wall jack connector
NOTE:
• When using the fax function of the printer, turn off the fax-receive feature of the computer
modem.
• Do not use the computer modem if the printer is sending or receiving a fax.
• To fax via the computer modem, follow the instructions provided with your computer modem and
fax program.

Connecting a Telephone or Answering Machine
If you share a telephone line with voice calls and fax, you can connect a telephone or an
answering machine to the printer to take the voice calls.
1 Make sure that a telephone line is connected to the printer.

Connecting Your Printer to a Telephone Line

See "Connecting the Printer to the Wall Jack."
2 Remove the "Blue" plug from the phone connector.

"Blue" plug

3 Connect a telephone or answering machine line cord into the phone connector on
the rear of the printer. Connect the other end of the cord into an external telephone
or answering machine.

To an external telephone
or answering machine

Connecting Your Printer to a Telephone Line

Turning On/Off the Printer
NOTE:
• The images used in this chapter are those of Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw unless otherwise
mentioned.

Turning On the Printer
WARNING:
• Do not use extension cords or power strips.
• The printer should not be connected to an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system.

1 Connect the power cord to the power connector on the rear of the printer, and then
to an electrical outlet.

2 Press the

(Power) button on the operator panel.

Turning On/Off the Printer

Turning Off the Printer
NOTE:
• The data in the memory is cleared when the printer is turned off.

Press and hold the
(Power) button until the Power Management screen appears on
the touch panel, and then tap Power Off.
CAUTION:
• Pressing and holding the button for six or more seconds can turn off the printer immediately.
However, note that this may result in the loss of data in memory.

Setting Initial Settings on the Operator Panel
You need to set the printer language, country, clock date, time, and fax settings when
the printer is turned on for the first time.
When you turn the printer on, the wizard screen to perform the initial setup appears on
the touch panel. Perform the following procedure to set the initial settings.
NOTE:
• If you do not start configuring the initial settings, the printer restarts in 3 minutes, and the Home
screen appears on the touch panel. After that, you can set the following initial setup by enabling
the Power On Wizard on the touch panel from:
The
(Information) button
Tools tab
Admin Settings
System Settings
General
Power On Wizard.
You can also set the same setting using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool."

1 Turn on the printer.
2 Tap

until desired language appears, and then tap the desired language.

3 Tap Next

Time Zone.

4 Tap
until the desired geographic region appears, and then tap the desired
geographic region.
5 Tap

until the desired time zone appears, and then tap the desired time zone.

Turning On/Off the Printer

Geographic Region

Time Zone

Africa

(UTC) Accra, Bamako, Dakar, Nouakchott
(UTC) Casablanca
(UTC +01:00) Algiers, Douala, Libreville, Luanda
(UTC +01:00) Tunis
(UTC +01:00) Windhoek
(UTC +02:00) Cairo
(UTC +02:00) Harare, Johannesburg, Kinshasa, Tripoli
(UTC +03:00) Addis Ababa, Khartoum, Mogadishu, Nairobi

Americas

(UTC -10:00) Adak
(UTC -09:00) Alaska
(UTC -08:00) Pacific Time (US & Canada)
(UTC -08:00) Tijuana
(UTC -07:00) Arizona, Dawson Creek, Sonora
(UTC -07:00) Chihuahua, Mazatlan
(UTC -07:00) Mountain Time (US & Canada)
(UTC -06:00) Cancun, Mexico City, Monterrey
(UTC -06:00) Central America
(UTC -06:00) Central Time (US & Canada)
(UTC -06:00) Saskatchewan
(UTC -05:00) Atikokan, Resolute
(UTC -05:00) Bogota, Lima, Panama, Quito
(UTC -05:00) Cayman Islands, Jamaica, Port-au-Prince
(UTC -05:00) Eastern Time (US & Canada)
(UTC -05:00) Grand Turk
(UTC -05:00) Havana
(UTC -04:30) Caracas
(UTC -04:00) Asuncion
(UTC -04:00) Atlantic Time (Canada)
(UTC -04:00) Blanc-Sablon
(UTC -04:00) Caribbean Islands
(UTC -04:00) Cuiaba
(UTC -04:00) Georgetown, La Paz, Manaus
(UTC -04:00) Thule
(UTC -03:30) St. John's
(UTC -03:00) Brasilia, Cayenne, Paramaribo
(UTC -03:00) Buenos Aires
(UTC -03:00) Greenland
(UTC -03:00) Miquelon
(UTC -03:00) Montevideo
(UTC -02:00) Noronha

Turning On/Off the Printer

Geographic Region

Time Zone

Antarctica

(UTC -04:00) Palmer Archipelago, Santiago
(UTC -03:00) Rothera
(UTC +03:00) Syowa
(UTC +06:00) Mawson, Vostok
(UTC +07:00) Davis
(UTC +08:00) Casey
(UTC +10:00) Dumont d'Urville
(UTC +12:00) McMurdo

Asia

(UTC +02:00) Amman
(UTC +02:00) Beirut
(UTC +02:00) Damascus
(UTC +02:00) Jerusalem
(UTC +02:00) Nicosia
(UTC +02:00) Palestine
(UTC +03:00) Aden, Baghdad, Qatar, Riyadh
(UTC +03:30) Tehran
(UTC +04:00) Baku
(UTC +04:00) Dubai, Muscat, Tbilisi
(UTC +04:00) Yerevan
(UTC +04:30) Kabul
(UTC +05:00) Aqtau, Aqtobe, Ashgabat, Samarkand
(UTC +05:00) Ekaterinburg
(UTC +05:00) Karachi
(UTC +05:30) Colombo, Kolkata
(UTC +05:45) Kathmandu
(UTC +06:00) Almaty, Bishkek, Dhaka, Thimphu
(UTC +06:00) Novosibirsk, Omsk
(UTC +06:30) Yangon (Rangoon)
(UTC +07:00) Bangkok, Ho Chi Minh, Hovd, Jakarta
(UTC +07:00) Krasnoyarsk
(UTC +08:00) Chongqing, Hong Kong, Shanghai
(UTC +08:00) Irkutsk
(UTC +08:00) Kuala Lumpur, Makassar, Manila, Singapore
(UTC +08:00) Taipei
(UTC +08:00) Ulaan Baatar
(UTC +09:00) Dili, Jayapura
(UTC +09:00) Pyongyang
(UTC +09:00) Seoul
(UTC +09:00) Tokyo
(UTC +09:00) Yakutsk
(UTC +10:00) Sakhalin, Vladivostok
(UTC +11:00) Magadan
(UTC +12:00) Anadyr, Kamchatka

Turning On/Off the Printer

Geographic Region

Time Zone

Atlantic Ocean

(UTC -04:00) Bermuda
(UTC -04:00) Stanley
(UTC -02:00) South Georgia Island
(UTC -01:00) Azores, Scoresbysund
(UTC -01:00) Cape Verde
(UTC) Reykjavik

Australia

(UTC +08:00) Perth
(UTC +08:45) Eucla
(UTC +09:30) Adelaide
(UTC +09:30) Darwin
(UTC +10:00) Brisbane, Lindeman
(UTC +10:00) Hobart, Melbourne, Sydney
(UTC +10:30) Lord Howe Island

Europe

(UTC) Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London
(UTC +01:00) Amsterdam, Berlin, Rome, Stockholm, Vienna
(UTC +01:00) Belgrade, Bratislava, Budapest, Prague
(UTC +01:00) Brussels, Copenhagen, Madrid, Paris
(UTC +01:00) Sarajevo, Skopje, Warsaw, Zagreb
(UTC +02:00) Athens, Bucharest, Istanbul
(UTC +02:00) Helsinki, Kiev, Riga, Sofia
(UTC +02:00) Kaliningrad, Minsk
(UTC +03:00) Moscow
(UTC +04:00) Samara

Indian Ocean

(UTC +03:00) Antananarivo, Comoro Islands, Mayotte
(UTC +04:00) Mahe, Reunion
(UTC +04:00) Mauritius
(UTC +05:00) Kerguelen, Maldives
(UTC +06:00) Chagos
(UTC +06:30) Cocos Islands
(UTC +07:00) Christmas Island

Turning On/Off the Printer

Geographic Region

Time Zone

Pacific Ocean

(UTC -11:00) Midway Island, Niue, Samoa
(UTC -10:00) Cook Islands, Hawaii, Tahiti
(UTC -09:30) Marquesas Islands
(UTC -09:00) Gambier Islands
(UTC -08:00) Pitcairn Islands
(UTC -06:00) Easter Island
(UTC -06:00) Galapagos Islands
(UTC +09:00) Palau
(UTC +10:00) Guam, Port Moresby, Saipan
(UTC +11:00) Efate, Guadalcanal, Kosrae
(UTC +11:30) Norfolk Island
(UTC +12:00) Auckland
(UTC +12:00) Fiji, Marshall Islands
(UTC +12:45) Chatham
(UTC +13:00) Tongatapu
(UTC +14:00) Kiritimati

6 Tap OK

Date.

7 Select a date format from the menu displayed by selecting Format.
8 After tapping the box under Year, tap – or +, or use the number pad to enter the
desired value.
Repeat this step to enter the desired value for Month and Day.
9 Tap OK

Time.

10 Select the time format from 12 Hour or 24 Hour. If you select 12 Hour, select AM
or PM.
11 After tapping the box under Hour, use the number pad to enter the desired value.
Repeat this step to enter the desired value for Minute.
12 Tap OK

Next.

13 Perform either of the following:
To set fax settings, select Yes, Setup Fax and perform the following procedure:
a Enter the fax number of the printer using the number pad.
b Tap Country.
c Tap
until the desired country appears, and then tap the desired country.
The default paper size is automatically set when you select a country.

Australia

Austria

Belgium

Canada

Letter

Colombia

Letter

Denmark

France

Turning On/Off the Printer

Germany

Ireland

Italy

Luxembourg

Malaysia

Mexico

Letter

Netherlands

New Zealand

Norway

Singapore

South Africa

Spain

Sweden

Switzerland

Thailand

United Kingdom

United States

Letter

Unknown

Letter

d Tap Next.
To end the settings, select No, I’ll Do It Later.
14 When the message Congratulations, setup is complete. appears, tap OK.
The printer restarts.

Turning On/Off the Printer

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer
You can connect the printer directly to your computer with USB, or connect the printer
to a wireless or wired network.
NOTE:
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Overview
The following are the simple procedures recommended to connect the printer.
Wireless connection

Necessary preparations
Check the settings of your access point or wireless router.

Windows®
Dell Printer Easy Install

Macintosh
WPS-PBC settings
Drivers and
software installation

"Connecting With Dell Printer Easy Install
(Windows® Only)"

"Connecting With WPS"
"Installing the
Software for Macintosh Computers"

For wireless connection procedures other than the above, see "Connecting to a Wireless
Network."

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

Wired connection
(Ethernet or USB)

Necessary preparations
Connect an Ethernet cable or a USB cable into the port on the rear of the printer.
"Connecting to a Wired (Ethernet) Network"
"Connecting to a Computer With USB"

Windows®
Dell Printer Easy Install

Macintosh
Drivers and software installation

"Connecting With Dell Printer Easy Install
(Windows® Only)"

"Installing the Software for Macintosh
Computers"

Connecting to a Wireless Network
Connecting With Dell Printer Easy Install (Windows® Only)
1 Insert the Software and Documentation disc in your computer.
Alternatively, go to www.dell.com/support, enter the Service Tag of your printer,
download the latest software and driver, and then open the file that you
downloaded.
NOTE:
• Make sure that there is no cable connected between the printer and your computer.

2 On the Dell Printer Easy Install window, click Next. Dell Printer Easy Install begins to
search for your printer.

3 Wait for Dell Printer Easy Install wizard to find your printer.

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

4 After the printer is found, click Install. Follow the on-screen instructions to
complete the setup.

Connecting With WPS
WPS-PBC and WPS-PIN are simple methods to setup wireless connection.
For WPS-PBC, press the button provided on your access point or wireless router, and
then perform WPS-PBC setting on the operator panel. This setting is available only when
the access point supports WPS.
For WPS-PIN, enter PIN assignments to your printer and computer. This setting,
performed on an access point, is available only when the access points of your wireless
router support WPS.
NOTE:
• This is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.
• Make sure to connect the printer to a wireless network and disconnect the Ethernet cable.
• Before starting WPS-PBC, check where the WPS button (button name may vary) is located on the
wireless LAN access point. For details about WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point, refer
to the manual supplied with the wireless LAN access point.
• For WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point, refer to the manual supplied with the wireless
LAN access point.

WPS-PBC (Using the Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS) Button)
1 Press and hold the
(Wi-Fi) button for more than 2 seconds.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
NOTE:
• If you press the
(Wi-Fi) button for less than 2 seconds, the Wi-Fi | WPS screen appears.
• Make sure that the message Push WPS Button on router. is displayed, and then start the
WPS-PBC on the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) within 2 minutes.

2 Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.
Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.
After the setting is complete, install the software. See "Installing the Software for
Windows® Computers" or "Installing the Software for Macintosh Computers."

WPS-PBC (Using the Touch Panel)
When using the
(Wi-Fi) button:
1 Press the
(Wi-Fi) button.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
2 Tap WPS (Connect via PBC).
3 Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.
When using the
(Information) button:
1 Press the
(Information) button.
2 Tap the Tools tab Admin Settings Network Wi-Fi
Push Button Configuration Start Configuration.
3 Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.
Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

WPS Setup

After the setting is complete, install the software. See "Installing the Software for
Windows® Computers" or "Installing the Software for Macintosh Computers."

WPS-PIN
1 Press the
(Wi-Fi) button.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
2 Tap WPS (Connect via PIN).
3 Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.
Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.
After the setting is complete, install the software. See "Installing the Software for
Windows® Computers" or "Installing the Software for Macintosh Computers."
NOTE:
• Write down the eight-digit PIN code displayed on the touch panel. To print the PIN code, tap
Print PIN Code.
• Make sure that the message Operate Wireless Router. is displayed, and then enter the PIN
code into the wireless LAN access point (Registrar).

Manually Connecting to a Wireless Network
Connect to the wireless network using the SSID of your access point or wireless router.
For details about the SSID of your access point or wireless router, contact your network
administrator.

Auto SSID Setup
1 Press the

(Information) button.

2 Tap the Tools tab Admin Settings Network Wi-Fi.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
3 Tap Wi-Fi Setup Wizard.
The printer searches for access points on the wireless network.
4 Tap

until the desired access point appears, and then select the access point.

If the desired access point does not appear, proceed to "Manual SSID Setup."
NOTE:
• Some SSIDs are hidden and may not be displayed. If the SSID is not detected, turn on SSID
broadcast from the router.

5 Tap Next.
6 Enter the WEP key or passphrase.
If the encryption type of the selected access point is WEP in step 4:
a Tap the WEP Key text box, and then enter the WEP key.
b Tap OK.
If the encryption type of the selected access point is WPA™, WPA2™, or Mixed in
step 4:
a Tap the Passphrase text box, and then enter the passphrase.

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

b Tap OK.
NOTE:
• A passphrase is an encryption key and may be described on access points or routers. For
details, refer to the manual supplied with the access point or router.

7 Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.
Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.
After the setting is complete, install the software. See "Installing the Software for
Windows® Computers" or "Installing the Software for Macintosh Computers."

Manual SSID Setup
1 Press the

(Information) button.

2 Tap the Tools tab Admin Settings Network Wi-Fi Wi-Fi Setup
Wizard.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
3 Select the Manual SSID Setup check box, and then tap Next.
4 Enter the SSID, and then tap Next.
5 Select the network mode from Infrastructure and Ad-hoc according to your
environment, and then tap Next.
If you select Infrastructure, proceed to step 6.
If you select Ad-hoc, proceed to step 7.
NOTE:
• When Wi-Fi Direct is set to Enable, you cannot select Ad-hoc.

6 Select the encryption type from No Security, Mixed mode PSK, WPA2-PSK-AES,
or WEP.
If you do not set security for your wireless network:
a Tap
until No Security appears, and then tap No Security.
b Tap OK.
If you use Mixed mode PSK or WPA2-PSK-AES encryption:
a Tap
until Mixed mode PSK or WPA2-PSK-AES appears, and then tap the
desired encryption type.
b Tap the Passphrase text box, and then enter the passphrase.
c Tap OK.
If you use WEP encryption:
a Tap
until WEP appears, and then tap WEP.
b Tap the WEP Key text box, and then enter the WEP key.
c Tap Transmit Key, and then select the desired transmit key from Auto or WEP
Key 1 to WEP Key 4.
d Tap OK.

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

Proceed to step 8.
NOTE:
• A passphrase is an encryption key and may be described on access points or routers. For
details, refer to the manual supplied with the access point or router.

7 Select the encryption type from No Security or WEP.
If you do not set security for your wireless network:
a Tap
until No Security appears, and then tap No Security.
b Tap OK.
To use WEP encryption:
a Tap
until WEP appears, and then tap WEP.
b Tap the WEP Key text box, and then enter the WEP key.
c Tap Transmit Key, and then select the desired transmit key from WEP Key 1 to
WEP Key 4.
d Tap OK.
8 Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.
Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.
After the setting is complete, install the software. See "Installing the Software for
Windows® Computers" or "Installing the Software for Macintosh Computers."

Changing the Wireless Settings
To change the wireless settings of the printer from your computer, start Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool."
You can also set the same settings using the Software and Documentation disc.

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

Connecting to a Wired (Ethernet) Network
Connecting the Ethernet Cable
To connect the printer to an Ethernet network, connect an Ethernet cable into the
Ethernet port on the rear of the printer, and then connect the other end of the cable into
an Ethernet outlet or a hub.

Ethernet outlet/hub

NOTE:
• To connect to a wireless network, make sure to disconnect the Ethernet cable. The printer will be
connected to the same wireless network that the computer used is currently connected.

Connecting With Dell Printer Easy Install (Windows® Only)
1 Insert the Software and Documentation disc in your computer.
Alternatively, go to www.dell.com/support, enter the Service Tag of your printer,
download the latest software and driver, and then open the file that you
downloaded.
NOTE:
• Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer using an Ethernet cable.

2 On the Dell Printer Easy Install window, click Next. Dell Printer Easy Install begins to
search for your printer.

3 Wait for Dell Printer Easy Install wizard to find your printer.

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

4 After the printer is found, select the printer, and then click Next. Follow the
on-screen instructions to complete the setup.

Configuring With Other Methods
For details, see "Installing the Software for Windows® Computers" or "Installing the
Software for Macintosh Computers."

Connecting to a Computer With USB
Connecting the USB Cable
To connect the printer directly to the computer, connect the smaller USB connector
into the USB port on the rear of the printer, and then connect the other end of the cable
into a USB port of the computer.
CAUTION:
• Do not connect the printer to a USB hub.
NOTE:
• Make sure to match the USB symbol on the cable plug with the USB symbol on the printer.

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

2 On the Dell Printer Easy Install window, click Next. Dell Printer Easy Install begins to
search for your printer.

3 Wait for Dell Printer Easy Install wizard to find and install your printer.

Configuring With Other Methods
For details, see "Installing the Software for Windows® Computers" or "Installing the
Software for Macintosh Computers."

Installing the Software for Windows® Computers
Installing the Software and Print Drivers with Dell Printer Easy
Install
1 Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer.
NOTE:
• If the Software and Documentation disc does not start, perform the following.

a For Windows® 7:
Click Start All Programs

Accessories

Run.

For Windows® 10:
Right-click the Start button, and then click Run.
b Enter D:\setup.exe (D is the drive letter of the optical drive), and then click OK.
2 Click Main Menu.

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

3 On the Dell Printer Easy Install window, click Setup.

4 Select a connection method to the printer.
5 Follow the on-screen instructions until the Ready to Print! screen appears.
6 Click Finish.
NOTE:
• You can verify the installation by clicking Print Test Page.

Installing the Software and Print Drivers When the Printer is
Connected to the Network or Computer
If the printer connection via USB/Ethernet/Wireless is already configured, perform the
following to install the print driver and software. You can install the driver for a printer
with USB connection or network connection.
NOTE:
• To install the print driver with network connection, you need the IP address that is assigned to the
printer. To check the IP address of the printer, perform one of the procedures in "Verifying the IP
Settings."
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Installing the Printer Control Language (PCL), PostScript (PS), and Fax
Driver with USB Cable Connection
NOTE:
• If you are connecting the printer to a network, see "Installing the Printer Control Language (PCL),
PostScript (PS), and Fax Driver with Network Connection."

1 Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer.
NOTE:
• If the Software and Documentation disc does not start, perform the following.

a For Windows® 7:
Click Start All Programs

Accessories

Run.

For Windows® 10:
Right-click the Start button, and then click Run.
b Enter D:\setup.exe (D is the drive letter of the optical drive), and then click OK.
2 Click Main Menu.
Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

3 On the Dell Printer Easy Install window, click Connect.

4 Select USB Cable Connection, and then click Next.
5 Follow the on-screen instructions until the Ready to Print! screen appears.
6 Click Finish.
NOTE:
• You can verify the installation by clicking Print Test Page.

Installing the XML Paper Specification (XPS) Print Driver with USB Cable
Connection
NOTE:
• XML Paper Specification (XPS) driver is supported on Windows Vista® or later.
• If you are using Windows Vista® or Windows Server® 2008, you need to install Service Pack 2 or
later, and then the Windows® Platform Update (KB971644). The update (KB971644) is available for
download from Windows® Update.

The following procedure uses Windows® 7 and Windows® 10 as examples.
For Windows® 7:
1 Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_H825cdw_S2825cdn_H625cdw.zip (D
is the drive letter of the optical drive)
2 Click Start Devices and Printers Add a printer.
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Yes.
NOTE:
• If you are logged on as an administrator on the computer, click Yes; otherwise, contact your
administrator to continue the desired action.

3 Click Add a local printer.
4 Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next.
5 Click Have Disk

Browse.

6 Select the inf file in the folder extracted in step 1, and then click OK.
7 Select the printer name, and then click Next.

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

If you want to change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name
box, and then click Next.
8 Select either Do not share this printer or Share this printer so that others on your
network can find and use it, and then click Next.
9 When the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation.
If you want to use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default
printer check box, and then click Next.
10 Click Finish.
For Windows® 10:
1 Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_8\XPS-V4_H825cdw_S2825cdn_H625cdw.zip (D is the
drive letter of the optical drive)
2 Right-click the Start button, and then click Control Panel.
3 Click Hardware and Sound

Devices and Printers

Add a printer.

4 Click The printer that I want isn’t listed.
5 Click Add a local printer or network printer with manual settings
Have Disk Browse.

6 Select the inf file in the folder extracted in step 1, and then click OK.
7 Select the printer name, and then click Next.
If you want to change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name
box, and then click Next.
8 When the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation.
If you want to use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default
printer check box.
9 Click Finish.

Installing the Printer Control Language (PCL), PostScript (PS), and Fax
Driver with Network Connection
NOTE:
• To use the printer in a Linux environment, you need to install a Linux driver. See "Installing Printer
Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)."

1 Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer.
NOTE:
• If the Software and Documentation disc does not start, perform the following.

a For Windows® 7:
Click Start All Programs

Accessories

Run.

For Windows® 10:
Right-click the Start button, and then click Run.
b Enter D:\setup.exe (D is the drive letter of the optical drive), and then click OK.

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

2 Click Main Menu.
3 On the Dell Printer Easy Install window, click Connect.

4 Select Wireless or Ethernet Connection, and then click Next.
NOTE:
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

5 Follow the on-screen instructions until the Ready to Print! screen appears.
6 Click Finish.
NOTE:
• You can verify the installation by clicking Print Test Page.

Installing the XML Paper Specification (XPS) Print Driver with Network
Connection
For Windows® 7:
1 Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_H825cdw_S2825cdn_H625cdw.zip (D
is the drive letter of the optical drive)
2 Click Start

Devices and Printers

Add a printer.

3 Click Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.
NOTE:
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

4 Select a printer, and then click Next.
Or
Click The printer that I want isn't listed.
If you select the printer, proceed to step 7.
If you click The printer that I want isn't listed, proceed to step 5.
5 Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name, and then click Next.

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

6 Select TCP/IP Device from Device type, enter the IP address for Hostname or IP
address, and then click Next.
NOTE:
• If the User Account Control dialog box appears and if you are the administrator of the
computer, click Yes. Otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.

7 Click Have Disk

Browse.

8 Select the inf file in the folder extracted in step 1, and then click OK.
9 Select the printer name, and then click Next.
If you want to change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name
box, and then click Next.
10 Select either Do not share this printer or Share this printer so that others on your
network can find and use it, and then click Next.
11 When the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation.
If you want to use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default
printer check box, and then click Next.
12 Click Finish.
For Windows® 10:
1 Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_8\XPS-V4_H825cdw_S2825cdn_H625cdw.zip (D is the
drive letter of the optical drive)
2 Right-click the Start button, and then click Control Panel.
3 Click Hardware and Sound

Devices and Printers

Add a printer.

4 Click The printer that I want isn’t listed.
5 Click Add a local printer or network printer with manual settings
Have Disk Browse.

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

Setting Up for Web Services on Devices (WSD)
Adding Roles of Printer Services (Windows Server® Operating Systems
Only)
When you use Windows Server® operating system, you need to add the roles of print
services to the operating system.
For Windows Server® 2008 R2:
1 Click Start Administrative Tools

Server Manager.

2 Select Add Roles from the Action menu.
3 Select the Print and Document Services check box on the Server Roles window in
the Add Roles Wizard, and then click Next Next.
4 Select the Print Server check box, and then click Next

Install.

Installing a Print Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard
The following procedure uses Windows® 7/Windows® 10 as an example.
1 For Windows® 7:
Click Start Devices and Printers.
For Windows® 10:
Right-click the Start button, and then click Control Panel
Devices and Printers Add a printer.

Hardware and Sound

For Windows® 10:
Proceed to step 3.
2 Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.
NOTE:
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

3 In the list of available printers, select the one you want to use, and then click Next.
NOTE:
• In the list of available printers, the Web Services on Devices (WSD) printer is displayed in the
form of http://IP address/ws/.
• If no Web Services on Devices (WSD) printer is displayed in the list, enter the printer's IP
address to create a Web Services on Devices (WSD) printer. To enter the printer's IP address,
perform the following procedure.
For Windows Server® 2008 R2, to create a Web Services on Devices (WSD) printer, you must
be a member of Administrators group.
1 Click The printer that I want isn't listed.
2 Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or hostname, and then click Next.
3 Select Web Services Device from Device type.
4 Enter the printer's IP address in the Hostname or IP address text box, and then click Next.
• Before installing the driver using the Add Printer wizard on Windows Server® 2008 R2 or
Windows® 7, perform one of the following:
- Establish the Internet connection so that Windows® Update can scan your computer.
- Add the print driver to your computer.

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

4 If prompted, install the print driver on your computer. If you are prompted for an
administrator password or confirmation, enter the password or provide
confirmation.
5 Complete the additional steps in the wizard, and then click Finish.
6 Print a test page to verify print installation.
a For Windows® 7:
Click Start Devices and Printers.
For Windows® 10:
Right-click the Start button, and then click Control Panel
Sound Devices and Printers.

Hardware and

b Right-click the icon of the printer you just created, and then click Printer
properties.
c On the General tab, click Print Test Page.
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.

Installing the Software for Macintosh Computers
Installing the Software and Print Drivers
1 Insert the Software and Documentation disc on the Macintosh computer, and then
click the CD icon.
2 Double-click your printer icon, and then click Continue.
3 When the popup dialog box prompts you to confirm the program included in the
installation package, click Continue.
4 Click Continue on the Important Information screen.
5 Select a language for the Software License Agreement screen.
6 After reading Software License Agreement, click Continue.
7 If you agree to the terms of Software License Agreement, click Agree to continue
the installation process.
8 Specify the installation location, and then click Continue.
9 Click Install.
If you want to select a custom installation, click Customize and select items that you
want to install.
10 Enter the administrator's name and password, and then click Install Software
Continue Installation.
11 Click Log Out or Close.

Adding a Printer Using USB Connection
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Connect the USB cable to the printer and the Macintosh computer.

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

Adding a Printer Using IP Printing
The following procedure uses OS X 10.10 as an example.
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Make sure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the printer to the network via an Ethernet
cable.
If you use wireless connection, make sure that the wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
NOTE:
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

3 Open the System Preferences, and then click Printers & Scanners.
4 Click the Plus (+) sign, and then click IP.
5 Select Line Printer Daemon - LPD for Protocol.
6 Enter the IP address for the printer in the Address area.
7 Select Dell Color MFP H625cdw, Dell Color MFP H825cdw, or Dell Color MFP
S2825cdn for Use.
NOTE:
• When printing is set up using IP printing feature, the queue name is displayed as blank. You do
not need to specify it.

8 Click Add.
9 Specify the options that have been installed on the printer, and then click Continue.
10 Make sure that the printer is displayed in the Printers & Scanners dialog box.

Adding a Printer Using Bonjour
The following procedure uses OS X 10.10 as an example.
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Make sure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the printer to the network via an Ethernet
cable.
If you use wireless connection, make sure that the wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
NOTE:
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

3 Open the System Preferences, and then click Printers & Scanners.
4 Click the Plus (+) sign, and then click Default.
5 Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the Name list.

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

6 Name and Use are automatically entered.
NOTE:
• If AirPrint is selected for Use, select Dell Color MFP H625cdw, Dell Color MFP H825cdw, or
Dell Color MFP S2825cdn manually.

7 Click Add.
8 Specify the options that have been installed on the printer, and then click Continue.
9 Make sure that the printer is displayed in the Printers & Scanners dialog box.

Configuring With Optional Accessories
On the driver, specify the optional accessories that have been installed on the printer to
enable features associated with those accessories.
1 Open the System Preferences, and then click Printers & Scanners.
2 Select the printer in the Printers list, and then click Options & Supplies.
3 Select Options, and select the options that have been installed on the printer, and
then click OK.

Connecting Your Printer to a Computer

Connecting Your Printer to Mobile Devices
You can connect the printer directly to your mobile devices, such as computers, smart
phones, and tablets, and then you can print or scan documents, photos, web pages, or
e-mail quickly and easily.

Wi-Fi Direct
Wi-Fi Direct allows your mobile devices to connect to the printer directly via a Wi-Fi
network. With Wi-Fi Direct, you can print documents, photos, or e-mail on your mobile
devices directly without an access point or a wireless router.
NOTE:
•
•
•
•

Wi-Fi Direct is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.
The maximum number of mobile devices that can be connected via the Wi-Fi Direct network is 3.
You cannot connect your mobile device to the Internet via the printer’s Wi-Fi Direct network.
Depending on the mobile device, the channel used to connect the mobile device to the printer via
Wi-Fi Direct may differ from the channel used by the printer to connect to a network via Wi-Fi
infrastructure mode. In such a case, simultaneous connection with Wi-Fi Direct and Wi-Fi
infrastructure mode may not work properly.
• The printer connected with Wi-Fi Direct supports the following protocols; LPD, Port9100, WSD*,
Bonjour (mDNS), SNMPv1/v2c, Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
* WSD stands for Web Services on Devices.

Setting Up Wi-Fi Direct
To use Wi-Fi Direct, you need to first set up the Wi-Fi Direct settings from the operator
panel of the printer. To connect the mobile device to the printer via Wi-Fi Direct, select
the SSID of the printer from the list of wireless networks on the mobile device and enter
the passphrase necessary for connection.

Setting Up the Printer
NOTE:
• You can set the same setting using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. See "Dell™ Printer
Configuration Web Tool."
• Wi-Fi Direct cannot be used in an IPv6 or Ad-hoc environment.

1 Press the
(Wi-Fi) button.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
2 Tap Wi-Fi Direct.
3 In the Wi-Fi Direct menu, tap Wi-Fi Direct Enable OK.
If a popup message about the mobile devices is displayed, tap Close.
4 Tap Group Role

Group Owner

Paired Device.

5 Make sure that no device is connected with the Wi-Fi Direct connection.
NOTE:
• When other mobile device is connected, the device name and Connected are displayed on
Paired Device, and you cannot use the Wi-Fi Direct connection. Disconnect the other
mobile device from the Wi-Fi Direct network. See "Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct Network."

6 Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.

Connecting Your Printer to Mobile Devices

7 Repeat steps 1 and 2 after the printer is restarted, and then tap Group Owner.
8 Tap SSID and Passphrase to check what the SSID and passphrase are.
NOTE:
• To check the printer's SSID and passphrase, you can also print the list by tapping Print
Passphrase under the Passphrase menu.

Connecting the Mobile Device
The following procedure uses Windows® 7, Windows® 10, OS X 10.10, iOS, and Android
as examples.
Connect the mobile device to the Wi-Fi Direct network.
For Windows® 7:
1 Click the network icon on the taskbar.
2 Click the printer's SSID

Connect.

3 Enter the passphrase, and then click OK.
4 Click Cancel, and then exit the Set Network Location window.
For Windows® 10:
1 Click the Start button, and then click Settings.
2 Click the Wi-Fi icon.
3 Click the printer's SSID

Connect.

4 Enter the passphrase, and then click Next.
For OS X 10.10:
1 Click the network icon on the Menu Bar.
2 Click the printer's SSID.
3 Enter the passphrase, and then click Join.
For iOS:
1 Tap Settings

Wi-Fi.

2 Tap the printer's SSID.
3 Enter the passphrase, and then tap Join.
For Android:
The procedure varies depending on your mobile device you are using. Refer to the
manual supplied with your mobile device.

Printing via Wi-Fi Direct
Installing the Print Driver
Before printing, you are required to install the print driver accordingly.

Connecting Your Printer to Mobile Devices

For Windows® 7/Windows® 10:
You need to install the print driver on the mobile device. See "Installing the Software for
Windows® Computers."
For OS X 10.10:
You need to install the print driver on the mobile device. See "Installing the Software for
Macintosh Computers."
For iOS:
You need to install the printing program from App Store, and then the printer is ready for
use. For details, see "Dell Document Hub."
For Android:
You need to install the printing program from Google Play™, and then the printer is
ready for use. For details, see "Dell Document Hub."
The printing procedure varies depending on your mobile device you are using. Refer to
the manual supplied with your mobile device to print as you normally do from the
mobile device.

Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct Network
1 Press the

(Wi-Fi) button.

2 Tap Wi-Fi Direct

Paired Device.

NOTE:
• The Paired Device menu is displayed only when the printer is connected via Wi-Fi Direct.

3 Tap the mobile device name to disconnect, or select Disconnect All.
4 Tap Disconnect now or Disconnect and Reset Passphrase
You can also disconnect the mobile device from the following steps:
1 Press the
(Information) button.

Yes.

2 Tap the Tools tab Admin Settings Network Wi-Fi Direct Paired
Device.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
3 Tap Disconnect All.
4 Tap Disconnect now or Disconnect and Reset Passphrase

Yes.

Resetting the Passphrase
1 Press the
(Wi-Fi) button.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
2 Tap Wi-Fi Direct.
3 Tap

until Passphrase appears, and then tap Passphrase.

4 Tap Reset Passphrase Yes.
The Wi-Fi Direct is disconnected and the passphrase is reset.

Connecting Your Printer to Mobile Devices

Resetting the PIN
1 Press the
(Wi-Fi) button.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
2 Tap Wi-Fi Direct.
until WPS Setup appears, and then tap WPS Setup.

3 Tap

4 Tap PIN Code

Reset Code

OK.

Dell Document Hub
The Dell Document Hub app allows you to scan to and print from a variety of common
cloud storage services. Easy to use and navigate, this free app enables direct printing of
photos, documents, web content and more, to supported Dell printers on a Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi
Direct, or Ethernet network. You can also view the printer status and configuration of
print and scan settings. For details, click Learn more at www.dell.com/dochub.

Android
Download the Dell Document Hub app for free from Google Play.
Scan the QR Code® for quick access to the relevant application store.

iOS
Download the Dell Document Hub app for free from App Store.
Scan the QR Code for quick access to the relevant application store.

AirPrint
AirPrint allows you to print through a network with the device running iOS or OS
X. Be sure to install the latest version of iOS for iOS device. For OS X, be sure to
update OS X and the apps you have purchased from the App Store using the
Software Update.

Setting Up AirPrint on Your Printer
NOTE:
• The AirPrint setting is activated by default.

Connecting Your Printer to Mobile Devices

1 Make sure that the printer is connected to the network.
2 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
3 Click Print Server Settings

the Print Server Settings tab

AirPrint.

4 Select the Enable AirPrint check box.
5 Click Apply New Settings, and then restart the printer.

Printing via AirPrint
The following procedure uses the iPhone running iOS 8.1 as an example.
1 Open your e-mail, photo, web page, or document that you want to print.
2 Tap the action icon

3 Tap Print.
4 Select the printer and set printer options.
5 Tap Print.

Google Cloud Print
By registering the printer to your Google account, Google Cloud Print service allows
you to print from various devices connected to the Internet. You can print documents,
photos or e-mails using the Google Chrome browser or applications such as Google
Drive on your mobile device. For details about Google Cloud Print, visit the Google web
site.
TM

Preparing to Use the Printer With Google Cloud Print
To use Google Cloud Print, you need to prepare the following in advance:
• Connect the printer to a network that has access to the Internet.
NOTE:
• Google Cloud Print supports only IPv4 connection.
• If the printer is connected to a network via a proxy server, you need to specify the settings in
Proxy Server from Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. See "Proxy Server."

•
•

Acquire a Google account and a Gmail address.
Enable Google Cloud Print on the operator panel.
TM

NOTE:
• You can set the same setting using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. See "Dell™ Printer
Configuration Web Tool."

1 Press the
(Information) button.
2 Tap the Tools tab Admin Settings Network Protocols.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
3 Tap
until Google Cloud Print appears, and then tap Google Cloud
Print.
4 Tap Enable OK.
5 Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again to apply the settings.

Connecting Your Printer to Mobile Devices

Selecting the Version of the Google Cloud Print Service
Select the version of the Google Cloud Print service from either version 1.1 or version
2.0.
Google Cloud Print version 1.1 sends the print data to the printer via Internet. For this
version, the printer needs to be connected to the Internet.

Google Cloud Print version 2.0 sends the print data to the printer either via Internet or via
local network. This version is recommended for the environment where the Internet
connection cannot be used.

NOTE:
• Available options for printing may vary according to your device or the version of the Google
Cloud Print service.
• You cannot simultaneously use both version 1.1 and version 2.0 of the Google Cloud Print service
on a printer.

Registering the Printer to Your Google Account
For Google Cloud Print Version 1.1
1 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
2 Click Print Server Settings the Print Server Settings tab Google Cloud Print
Register This Device to Google Cloud Print.
A sheet with a URL for the Google Cloud Print printer registration web site is printed.
3 From the web browser of your computer, visit the Google web site and sign in with
your Google account.

Connecting Your Printer to Mobile Devices

You can visit the Google Cloud Print registration web site by entering the URL on the
printout into your web browser or by scanning the QR code with your mobile
device.
4 On the Google Cloud Print registration web site, click Finish printer registration.
5 Click Manage your printers.
The printer is listed in the Printers list and ready for use with the Google Cloud Print
service.

For Google Cloud Print Version 2.0
1 Open the Google Chrome browser. When you are using the Google Chromebook,
start and log in to the Chromebook.
2 Click

in the top right corner, and then select Settings.

3 Click Show advanced settings in the bottom of the page.
4 Click Google Cloud Print

Manage.

NOTE:
• If a message is displayed under New Devices to sign in to Chrome, click sign in and sign in to
Chrome.

5 Click Register for the printer you want to register.
NOTE:
• If Bonjour (mDNS) is disabled, the newly added printer is not displayed in New devices. In this
case, start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. Click Print Server Settings
the Print Server
Settings tab
Port Settings. Select the Bonjour (mDNS) check box.

6 When the window to confirm the registration appears, click Register.
7 Follow the on-screen instruction on the printer.
8 When the printer name appears in the My devices list, the registration is completed.
NOTE:
• It may take about 5 minutes or more until the printer name appears in the My devices list.

Sharing the Printer With the Google Cloud Print Service
You can share the printer registered for the Google Cloud Print service with other users.
1 Open the Google Chrome browser.
When you are using the Google Chromebook, start and log in to the Chromebook.
2 Click

in the top right corner, and then select Settings.

3 Click Show advanced settings in the bottom of the page.
4 Click Google Cloud Print

Manage.

NOTE:
• If a message is displayed to sign in to Chrome, click sign in and sign in to Chrome.

5 Click Manage for the printer you want to share.
6 Click Google Cloud Print

Share.

Connecting Your Printer to Mobile Devices

7 In the window to specify the printer sharing, enter the Google accounts of the users
that you want to invite to share the printer, and click Share.
NOTE:
• When the invited users log in to the Google Cloud Print web page, a message appears to
show that the printer owner made the sharing settings. Accept the sharing invitation.

Canceling the Registration to Google Cloud Print
1 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
2 Click Print Server Settings

Cancel Registration.

3 Make sure that Register This Device to Google Cloud Print appears.

Printing via Google Cloud Print
The printing procedure varies depending on the application or the device you are using.
You can see the application list that supports Google Cloud Print service on the Google
web site.

Printing From an Application on a Mobile Device
The following procedure uses the Google Drive application on an Android mobile device
as an example.
1 Install the Google Drive application on your mobile device.
NOTE:
• You can download the application from Google Play.

2 Start the Google Drive application on your mobile device.
3 Tap

next to the file name of the file you want to print.

4 Tap Print.
If Print is not displayed, tap

, and then tap Print.

5 Select a google cloud printer form the list.
6 Specify printer options, and then tap

Printing From Google Chrome
NOTE:
• You are required to register the Google Cloud Print Version 2.0.

The following procedure uses the Google Chrome browser on a Windows® PC as an
example.
1 Open the Google Chrome browser.
2 Open the web page or e-mail that you want to print.
3 Click
or
(varies depending on the version of the Google Chrome browser) in
the top right corner, and then click Print.
4 In the Destination area, click Change.
5 In the Google Cloud Print area, select the printer.
Connecting Your Printer to Mobile Devices

6 Click Print.

Printing From Google Chromebook
NOTE:
• You are required to register the Google Cloud Print Version 2.0.

1 Open the web page or e-mail that you want to print.
2 Click

in the top right corner and then click Print.

3 Confirm that your printer is specified in the Destination area. If not, click Change
and select your printer.
4 Click Print.

Mopria Print Service
Mopria Print Service allows any Android phone or tablet (Android version 4.4 or later) to
connect and print to Mopria-certified printers without additional set up.
Firstly, download and install the Mopria Print Service app from Google Play store to your
Android mobile device:
https://play.google.com/store/apps/
In order to print, connect your mobile device to the same network as the printer or use
the Wi-Fi Direct functionality to connect your mobile device to the printer.
NOTE:
• Mopria Print Service might be preloaded in your mobile device. If your mobile device does not have
the Mopria Print Service, you can easily download it from the Google Play store. To learn more
about Mopria Print Service, visit http://www.mopria.org/.
• Make sure that Mopria is set to Enable in advance using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. See
"Setting Up Mopria Print Service on Your Printer."

Setting Up Mopria Print Service on Your Printer
1 Make sure that the printer is connected to the network.
2 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
3 Click Print Server Settings

the Print Server Settings tab

Mopria.

4 Click Enable.
The printer is ready for Mopria Print Service.

Printing via Mopria Print Service
1 Open your e-mail, photo, web page, or document that you want to print.
2 Tap the menu, and then select Print.
3 Tap All printers in the menu.
4 Select the printer, and then set printer options.
5 Tap Print.

Connecting Your Printer to Mobile Devices

Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers
(CUPS)
This section provides information for installing or setting up the print driver with
Common UNIX Printing System (CUPS) on Red Hat® Enterprise Linux® 6 Desktop, SUSE®
Linux Enterprise Desktop 11, or Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.
The following procedure uses Dell H825cdw as an example.

Operation on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop
Setup Overview
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop:
1 Install the print driver.
2 Set up the print queue.
3 Set up the default queue.
4 Specify the printing options.

Installing the Print Driver
1 Select Applications

System Tools

Terminal.

2 Enter the following command in the terminal window.
su
[administrator password]
rpm -ivh [file path]
/Dell-MFP-S2825cdn-H825cdw-x.x-x.rpm

Setting Up the Print Queue
To perform printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.
1 Open the URL http://localhost:631 using a web browser.
2 Click Administration

Add Printer.

3 Enter root as the user name, enter the administrator password, and then click OK.
For network connections:
a Select LPD/LPR Host or Printer from the Other Network Printers menu, and
then click Continue.
b Enter the IP address of the printer in Connection, and then click Continue.
Format: lpd:// xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (the IP address of the printer)
For USB connections:
a Select Dell Color MFP H825cdw from the Local Printers menu, and then click
Continue.

Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)

4 Enter the name of the printer in the Name box in the Add Printer window, and then
click Continue.
You can optionally specify the location and description of the printer for further
information.
5 Select Dell Color MFP H825cdw vxxxx.PS (en) from the Model menu, and then click
Add Printer.

Printing From the Program
When you have finished setting up the queue, you can print from the programs. To print
from the program, specify the queue in the print dialog box.
However, on programs such as Mozilla, it may only be possible to print from the default
queue.
In these cases, set the queue that you want to print to as the default queue before you
start printing. See "Setting Up the Default Queue."

Setting Up the Default Queue
1 Select Applications

System Tools

Terminal.

2 Enter the following command in the terminal window.
su
[administrator password]
lpadmin -d [queue name]

Specifying the Printing Options
You can specify the printing options such as color mode.
1 Open the URL http://localhost:631 using a web browser.
2 Click Administration

Manage Printers.

3 Click the queue name for which you want to specify the printing options.
4 Select Set Default Options from the Administration menu.
5 Click the desired setting item to specify the required settings, and then click Set
Default Options.

Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)

Uninstalling the Print Driver
1 Select Applications

System Tools

Terminal.

2 Enter the following command in the terminal window to delete the print queue.
su
[administrator password]
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x [queue name]

3 Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.
4 Enter the following command in the terminal window.
su
[administrator password]
rpm -e Dell-MFP-S2825cdn-H825cdw

Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
Setup Overview
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11:
1 Install the print driver.
2 Set up the print queue.
3 Set up the default queue.
4 Specify the printing options.

Installing the Print Driver
1 Select Computer More Applications..., and then select GNOME Terminal on the
Application Browser.
2 Enter the following command in the terminal window.
su
[administrator password]
rpm -ivh [file path] /
Dell-MFP-S2825cdn-H825cdw-x.x-x.rpm

Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)

Setting Up the Print Queue
To perform printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.
1 Select Computer More Applications..., and then select YaST on the Application
Browser.
2 Enter the administrator password, and then click Continue.
3 Select Hardware Printer.
For network connections:
a Click Add.
b Click Connection Wizard.
c Select Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol from Access Network Printer or
Printserver Box via.
d Enter the IP address of the printer in IP Address or Host Name:.
e Select Dell in the Select the printer manufacturer: drop-down list box.
f Click OK.
g Select your printer from the Assign Driver list.
NOTE:
• You can specify the printer name in Set Name:.

h Check the settings, and then click OK.
For USB connections:
a Click Add.
b Select your printer from the Assign Driver list.
NOTE:
• You can specify the printer name in Set Name:.

c Check the settings, and then click OK.

Printing From the Program
When you have finished setting up the queue, you can print from the programs. To print
from the program, specify the queue in the print dialog box.
However, sometimes you can print only from the default queue depending on the
program such as Mozilla. In these cases, before you start printing, set queue you want to
print to as the default queue. See "Setting Up the Default Queue."

Setting Up the Default Queue
You can set the default queue when you add the printer.
1 Select Computer More Applications..., and then select YaST on the Application
Browser.
2 Enter the administrator password, and then click Continue.
3 Select Hardware

Printer.

4 Click Edit.
5 Check that the printer you want to set is selected in the Connection list.

Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)

6 Select the Default Printer check box.
7 Check the settings, and then click OK.

Specifying the Printing Options
You can specify the printing options such as color mode.
1 Open a web browser.
2 Enter http://localhost:631/admin in Location, and then press on the
keyboard.
3 Click Manage Printers.
4 Click Set Printer Options of the printer for which you want to specify the printing
options.
5 Specify the required settings, and then click Set Printer Options.
6 Enter root as the user name, enter the administrator password, and then click OK.
NOTE:
• Set the password for authority as the printer administrator before setting the printer queue. If
you have not set it, proceed to "Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer
Administrator."

7 Execute printing from the program.

Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator
You must set the password for authority as the printer administrator to do operations as
the printer administrator.
1 Select Computer More Applications... and select GNOME Terminal on the
Application Browser.
2 Enter the following command in the terminal window.
su
[administrator password]
lppasswd -g sys -a root

3 Enter the password for authority as the printer administrator.
4 Re-enter the password.

Uninstalling the Print Driver
1 Select Computer More Applications... and select GNOME Terminal on the
Application Browser.
2 Enter the following command in the terminal window to delete the print queue.

Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)

su
[administrator password]
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x [queue name]

3 Repeat the command above for all queues for the printer.
4 Enter the following command in the terminal window.
su
[administrator password]
rpm -e Dell-MFP-S2825cdn-H825cdw

Operation on Ubuntu 12.04 LTS
Setup Overview
1 Install the print driver.
2 Set up the print queue.
3 Set up the default queue.
4 Specify the printing options.

Installing the Print Driver
1 Click Dash Home, and then enter the terminal in the Search text box.
2 Click Applications

Terminal.

3 Enter the following command in the terminal window.
For the 32-bit architecture:
sudo lpadmin -d (Enter the queue name)
(Type the administrator password)

For the 64-bit architecture:
sudo dpkg –i (Type the file path)/
dell-mfp-s2825cdn-h825cdw_x_x-x_amd64.deb
(Type the administrator password)

Setting Up the Print Queue
To execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.
1 Open the URL http://localhost:631 using a web browser.
2 Click Administration

Add Printer.

3 Enter the user name and the administrator password, and then click OK.
70

Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)

4 Select either of the following according to the type of your printer connection.
For network connections:
a Select LPD/LPR Host or Printer from the Other Network Printers menu, and
then click Continue.
b Enter the IP address of the printer in Connection, and then click Continue.
Format: lpd://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (the IP address of the printer)
For USB connections:
a Select Dell Color MFP H825cdw from the Local Printers menu, and then click
Continue.
5 Select the Add Printer window, and then enter the name of the printer in the Name
box.
6 Click Continue.
You can optionally specify the location and description of the printer for further
information.
If you want to share the printer, select the Share This Printer check box.
7 Select Dell from the Make menu, and then click Continue.
8 Select Dell Color MFP H825cdw vxxxx.PS from the Model menu, and then click Add
Printer.
Printing From Applications
When you have finished setting up the print queue, you can print jobs from the
applications.
Start the print job from the application, and then specify the queue in the print dialog
box.
However, on programs such as Mozilla, it may only be possible to print from the default
queue.
In these cases, set the queue that you want to print to as the default queue before you
start printing.
For information on specifying the default queue, see "Setting Up the Default Queue."

Setting Up the Default Queue
1 Click Dash Home, and then enter terminal in the Search text box.
2 Click Terminal in the Applications category of the search results.
3 Enter the following command in the terminal window.
sudo lpadmin -d (Enter the queue name)
(Type the administrator password)

Specifying the Printing Options
You can specify the printing options such as 2-sided printing.
1 Open the URL http://localhost:631 using a web browser.

Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)

2 Click Administration

Manage Printers.

3 Click the queue name for which you want to specify the printing options.
4 Select Set Default Options from the Administration menu.
5 Click the desired setting item, and then specify the required settings.
6 Click Set Default Options.

Uninstalling the Print Driver
1 Click Dash Home, and then enter terminal in the Search text box.
2 Click Terminal in the Applications category of the search results.
3 Enter the following command in the terminal window to delete the print queue.
sudo /usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the print queue name)
(Type the administrator password)

4 Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.
5 Enter the following command in the terminal window.
sudo dpkg –r Dell-MFP-S2825cdn-H825cdw
(Type the administrator password)

Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)

Setting the IP Address
Assigning an IP Address
You can select the IP mode from Dual Stack, IPv4, and IPv6. If your network supports
both IPv4 and IPv6, select Dual Stack.
Select the IP mode of your environment, and then set IP address, subnet mask (for IPv4
only), and gateway address.
NOTE:
• Assigning an IP address that is already in use can cause network performance issues.
• IP addresses should be assigned by advanced users or system administrators.
• When you assign an IP address manually in IPv6 mode, use Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. To
display Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, use the link-local address. To check the link-local
address, print a system settings report and check the Link-Local Address under Network (Wired)
or Network (Wireless).
See "Report / List."
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

When Using Dell Printer Easy Install (Windows® Only)
1 Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer.
2 Click Main Menu.
3 Click Change.

Setting the IP Address

4 Click Configure the IP address settings

Next.

5 Follow the on-screen instructions until the Configure Printer screen appears.
6 Click Advanced.
7 Specify the IP address settings according to your network environment.
8 Click Next, and then follow the on-screen instructions.

When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the

(Information) button.

2 Tap the Tools tab Admin Settings Network.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
3 Perform either of the following:
If the printer is connected to a network with the Ethernet cable:
Tap Ethernet.
For Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw:
If the printer is connected to a wireless network:
Tap Wi-Fi.
4 Tap IP Mode
5 Tap

IPv4 Mode

OK.

until TCP/IP appears, and then tap TCP/IP

Get IP Address.

6 Select how the IP address is assigned.
• To set the IP address automatically, select AutoIP, DHCP, BOOTP, RARP, or Panel,
and then click OK. Proceed to step 7.
• To set the IP address manually, select Panel, and then click OK. Perform the
following:
a Tap IP Address.
The cursor is located at the first octet of the IP address.
b Use the number pad to enter the first octet of the IP address, and then tap

Setting the IP Address

The cursor moves to the next octet.
NOTE:
• You can only enter one octet at a time and must tap

c
d
e
f
g

after entering each octet.

Enter the rest of the octets, and then tap OK.
Tap Subnet Mask.
Use the number pad to enter the subnet mask, and then tap OK.
Tap Gateway Address.
Use the number pad to enter the gateway address, and then tap OK.

7 Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.

Verifying the IP Settings
You can check the settings by using the operator panel, or printing the system settings
report.

Verifying the Settings Using Operator Panel
1 Press the

(Information) button.

2 Tap About This MFP

the Network tab.

3 Verify the IP address displayed in IP(v4) Address.

Verifying the Settings Using System Settings Report
1 Print the system settings report.
See "Report / List."
2 Verify that the correct IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address are listed in the
system settings report under Network (Wired) or Network (Wireless).
If the IP address shows 0.0.0.0, an IP address has not been assigned. See
"Assigning an IP Address."
NOTE:
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Setting the IP Address

3
Using Your Printer

Using the Operator Panel

Understanding the System Menus

Understanding the Job Menus

119

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

135

Print Media Guidelines

188

Loading Print Media

194

Loading Documents

205

Using the Operator Panel
The operator panel consists of a touch panel, a Ready/Error LED, control buttons, a
(Power) button, and a number pad. Use the touch panel and number pad to browse the
operator panel menus and enter texts and numbers.
For details about names of parts, see "Operator Panel."
NOTE:
• The screenshots used in this section are those of Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw unless
otherwise mentioned.

About the Home Screen
This section describes the fields and buttons on the Home screen which is displayed by
pressing the
(Home) button while the user is logged in to the printer.
NOTE:
• To display the Home screen, register at the portal screen beforehand and log in to the printer, or log
in as a Guest without registration. See "User Authentication."
• Dell Document Hub is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw only.
• Wi-Fi Direct Connection Status Icon and Wireless LAN Connection Status Icon are displayed on
Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw only.
Dell H625cdw/Dell H825cdw
1
2
3
45

Home

Guest

Dell S2825cdn
2
3

Home

Guest

Dock Menu

(Recent) Button
Displays the tiles of the functions you recently used. Up to 8 tiles can
be stored.
(Copy) Button
Displays the tiles of the copy functions.
(Print )Button
Displays the tiles of the print functions.
(Scan) Button
Displays the tiles of the scan functions.
(Fax) Button
Displays the tile of the fax functions.
(Tools) Button
Displays the Information screen.

Using the Operator Panel

Notification Bar

Displays the status of the printer when
(Handle) is dragged
down. To close the screen, drag
(Handle) up.
You can adjust the screen brightness, check the toner information,
monitor the jobs currently in progress, or check warnings in this area.
• To adjust the screen brightness, drag the slider in Screen
Brightness.
• To see the Toner Information, tap Supplies. The information
of the toner is displayed with one toner at a time. To see the
information of other toners, swipe the screen.

Lock Icon

Displays when some functions are limited to access by the
Functions Control settings. While the Lock icon is displayed on
the upper-right of the tile, you are required to enter the password to
enable the function. After the function is enabled, the Lock icon is
displayed on the left to the account name, and you can access the
password-locked functions without re-entering the password.
For details about Functions Control, see "Functions Control."

Wi-Fi Direct Connection
Status Icon

Displays the Wi-Fi Direct connection status. This icon is displayed
only when Wi-Fi Direct is enabled.

Wireless LAN Connection
Status Icon

Displays the intensity of wireless signal when the printer is
connected to a wireless network.

Time/Network Information

Displays the current time or the network information such as IPv4
address or host name.

Account Name

Displays the name of the user currently logged in to the printer.

Tiles

Displays the tiles of the functions you can select from.
When the tile color is pale and disabled, you cannot select the
function.

Basic Operations on the Touch Panel
You can operate the touch panel as with a smartphone or a tablet.

Selecting the Item on the Screen
Tap the item.
Guest

Using the Operator Panel

Scrolling the Screen or the Listed Items
Swipe the screen by dragging your finger on the screen.
Home

Guest

To scroll faster, flick the screen.
Home

Guest

NOTE:
• If you cannot swipe or flick on some screens, interact with the screen by tapping on the tiles or
buttons.

Moving, Adding or Deleting Tiles
NOTE:
• This is available when you select the local authentication. See "User Authentication."

To Move Tiles
Tap and hold the tile you want to move, and then drag it to the desired place.
The short orange bar appears between the tiles to show the nearest drop point when
you are dragging the tile.
You can move the tile between pages as well.
Home

Guest

Home

Guest

NOTE:
• You cannot move the tiles in the Recent group screen of the Dock menu.

Using the Operator Panel

To Add Tiles
Swipe the screen to display the last page of the Home screen or group screen, and then
tap Add App.
When the Apps List screen appears, tap the tile you want to add to the Home screen.

To Delete Tiles
Tap and hold the tile you want to delete.
When
appears, drag the tile to
.
Home

Guest

Tap OK to delete the tile.
NOTE:
• To delete all tiles in the Recent group screen of the Dock Menu, tap
screen, and then tap OK.

in the Recent group

Using the Keyboard Displayed on the Touch Panel
During operations, a keyboard for entering text sometimes appears. The following
describes how to enter text.

Back

Done

Back

Done

QWERTY

Back

AZERTY

Done

QWERTZ

You can enter the following characters:
Item

Description

Entering alphabets

To enter uppercase letters, tap
. To return to the lowercase letters,
tap
again. To lock to the uppercase letters, double-tap
.

Entering numbers and symbols

Tap

Entering a space

Tap

Deleting characters

Tap

.
.
to delete one character at a time.

To Change the Keyboard Layout
1 Press the

(Information) button.

Using the Operator Panel

2 Tap the Tools tab

Language Settings

Keyboard Layout.

3 Tap the desired keyboard layout, and then tap OK.

Changing the Language
1 Press the

(Information) button.

2 Tap the Tools tab
3 Tap

Language Settings

Panel Language.

until the desired language appears, and then tap the desired language.

4 Tap OK.

Panel Lock
The Panel Lock feature allows some system settings to be kept in a locked state with
the password so that unauthorized personnel cannot access to the menu to change the
settings.
NOTE:
• Disabling the operator panel menus does not prevent access to the stored print and Tray
Settings menus.

Enabling the Panel Lock
1 Press the

(Information) button.

2 Tap the Tools tab

Admin Settings.

until Secure Settings appears, and then tap Secure Settings.

3 Tap

4 Tap Panel Lock

Panel Lock Control

Enable

OK.

5 Enter the new password, and then tap OK.
6 Re-enter the password, and then tap OK.
CAUTION:
• Make sure not to forget the password. If you forget the password, the following procedure
allows you to reset the password. However, the settings for the address book and phone
book will be reset as well.
1 Turn off the printer.
2 While holding the
(Information) button, turn on the printer.

Changing the Panel Lock Password
NOTE:
• You can change the password only when Panel Lock is set to Enable.

1 Press the

(Information) button.

2 Tap the Tools tab

Admin Settings.

3 Enter the password.
4 Tap until Secure Settings appears, and then tap Secure Settings.
5 Tap Panel Lock

Change Password.

6 Enter the current password, and then tap OK.

Using the Operator Panel

7 Enter the new password, and then tap OK.
8 Re-enter the password, and then tap OK.

Disabling the Panel Lock
1 Press the

(Information) button.

2 Tap the Tools tab

Admin Settings.

3 Enter the password.
until Secure Settings appears, and then tap Secure Settings.

4 Tap

5 Tap Panel Lock

Panel Lock Control

Disable

OK.

6 Enter the current password, and then tap OK.

Setting the Power Saver Timer
The printer enters the power saver mode when the printer is not used for a certain
period of time. You can set the Power Saver Timer for the printer on the operator
panel.
1 Press the
(Information) button.
2 Tap the Tools tab Admin Settings System Settings General
Power Saver Timer.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
3 Tap Sleep or Deep Sleep.
4 Tap – or +, or use the number pad to enter the desired value.
You can specify from 1 to 50 minutes for Sleep or 1 to 10 minutes for Deep Sleep.
5 Tap OK.

About the Concurrent Jobs Feature
This feature enables you to start a concurrent job while a fax job is running. This is done
by temporarily displaying the Home screen and switching to a different function that can
be run concurrently such as copy or scan.
1 While the printer is sending or receiving a fax, press the
(Home) button.
2 Tap
Or

Copy.

Tap

Scan.

3 Change the copy or scan settings.
For details about the settings, see "Copying" or "Scanning."
4 Tap OK.

Using the Operator Panel

Understanding the System Menus
The system menus are configured by Information, Supplies, and Tools tabs,
accessible by pressing the
(Information) button on the operator panel.
You can limit the access to the some menus by setting the password.
This prevents other users from using the operator panel to inadvertently change the
settings. See "Panel Lock."

Report / List
Use the Report / List menu to print various types of reports and lists.
To display the Report / List menu, press the
(Information) button, and then tap
the Information tab.

❚ Report / List >

System Settings
Prints a list of the current user default values, the installed options, the amount of
installed print memory, and the status of printer supplies.

❚ Report / List >

Panel Settings
Prints a detailed list of all the settings of the printer menus.

❚ Report / List >

PCL Fonts List
Prints a sample of the available Printer Control Language (PCL) fonts.

❚ Report / List >

PCL Macros List
Prints the information on the downloaded PCL macro.

❚ Report / List >

PS Fonts List
Prints a sample of the available PostScript (PS) fonts.

❚ Report / List >

PDF Fonts List
Prints a sample of the available PDF fonts.

❚ Report / List >

Job History
Prints a detailed list of the print, copy, fax, or scan jobs that have been processed. This list
contains the last 20 jobs.

Understanding the System Menus

❚ Report / List >

Error History
Prints a detailed list of paper jams and fatal errors.

❚ Report / List >

Print Meter
Prints the reports for the total number of pages printed.

❚ Report / List >

Color Test Page
Prints a page for testing colors.

❚ Report / List >

Protocol Monitor
Prints a detailed list of monitored protocols.

❚ Report / List >

Speed Dial
Prints the list of all members stored as speed dial numbers.

❚ Report / List >

Address Book
Prints the list of all addresses stored as address book information.

❚ Report / List >

Server Address
Prints the list of all members stored as server address information.

❚ Report / List >

Fax Activity
Prints the report of faxes you recently received or sent.

❚ Report / List >

Fax Pending
Prints the list of status of pending faxes.

❚ Report / List >

Stored Documents
Prints a list of all files stored for Secure Print, Private Mailbox, Public Mailbox, and Proof
Print in the RAM disk.
NOTE:
• Stored Documents feature is available only when RAM Disk in General under System Settings
is enabled.

Understanding the System Menus

Printing a Report / List
1 Press the

(Information) button.

2 Tap Report / List.
3 Tap

until the desired report or list appears, and then select that report or list.

4 Tap Print.

Wi-Fi | WPS
NOTE:
• Wi-Fi Direct is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Use the Wi-Fi | WPS menu to confirm or specify wireless network settings or
connections.
To display the Wi-Fi | WPS menu, press the
(Information) button, and then tap
the Information tab.

❚ Wi-Fi | WPS >

Wi-Fi
Use the Wi-Fi menu to confirm or specify wireless network settings. For details, see
"Wi-Fi.”

❚ Wi-Fi | WPS >

Wi-Fi Direct
Use the Wi-Fi Direct menu to confirm or specify Wi-Fi Direct network settings. For
details, see "Wi-Fi Direct.”

❚ Wi-Fi | WPS >

WPS (Connect via PBC)
Use WPS (Connect via PBC) menu to start configurations of the Wi-Fi Direct network
with WPS-PBC. For details, see "WPS Setup.”

❚ Wi-Fi | WPS >

WPS (Connect via PIN)
Use WPS (Connect via PIN) menu to start configurations of the Wi-Fi Direct network
with WPS-PIN. For details, see "WPS Setup.”

Paired Device
NOTE:
• Wi-Fi Direct is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Use the Paired Device menu to confirm the device name in the Paired Device list,
if there is any device connected to the printer via Wi-Fi Direct.
You can disconnect the paired device. For details, see "Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct
Network.”

Admin Settings
Each feature of the printer is set to the factory default settings.
Understanding the System Menus

Use the Admin Settings menu to customize the settings in accordance with the
setting environment, or your preferences.
To display the Admin Settings menu, press the
(Information) button, and then
tap the Tools tab.

❚ Admin Settings >

Phone Book
Use the Phone Book menu to configure the speed dial and group dial settings.

❚ Admin Settings > Phone Book >

Individuals
Stores up to 200 frequently dialed numbers in speed dial locations.

❚ Admin Settings > Phone Book >

Groups
Creates a group of fax destinations and register it under a two-digit dial code. Up to six
group dial codes can be registered.

❚ Admin Settings >

PCL
Use the PCL menu to change printer settings that only affect jobs using the Printer
Control Language (PCL) emulation printer language.

❚ Admin Settings > PCL >

Paper Tray
Specifies the default paper tray.

❚ Admin Settings > PCL >

Paper Size
Specifies the default paper size.
NOTE:
• Selecting a custom size for the paper size prompts you to enter a custom length and width.

❚ Admin Settings > PCL >

Orientation
Specifies how text and graphics are oriented on the page.
Portrait

Prints text and graphics parallel to the short edge of the paper.

Landscape

Prints text and graphics parallel to the long edge of the paper.

❚ Admin Settings > PCL >

2 Sided Print
Specifies whether to print on one side or both sides of a sheet of print media. For a
two-sided printing, you can specify the printout to be bound by the long edge or short
edge.

Understanding the System Menus

❚ Admin Settings > PCL >

Font
Specifies the default font from the fonts registered in the printer.

❚ Admin Settings > PCL >

Symbol Set
Specifies a symbol set for a specified font.

❚ Admin Settings > PCL >

Font Size
Specifies the font size for scalable typographic fonts. Font size refers to the height of the
characters in the font. One point equals approximately 1/72 of an inch (approximately
0.35 mm).
NOTE:
• The Font Size menu is only displayed for typographic fonts.

❚ Admin Settings > PCL >

Font Pitch
Specifies the font pitch for scalable mono spaced fonts. Font pitch refers to the number
of fixed-space characters in a horizontal inch of type. For non-scalable mono spaced
fonts, the pitch is displayed, but cannot be changed.
NOTE:
• The Font Pitch menu is only displayed for fixed or mono spaced fonts.

❚ Admin Settings > PCL >

Form Line
Sets the number of lines in a page. The printer sets the amount of space between two
vertical lines based on the Form Line and Orientation menu items. You can select
the correct Form Line and Orientation before changing Form Line.

❚ Admin Settings > PCL >

Quantity
Sets the default print quantity. Set the number of copies required for a specific job from
the print driver. Values selected from the print driver always override values selected
from the operator panel.

❚ Admin Settings > PCL >

Image Enhance
Specifies whether to enable the Image Enhance feature, which makes the boundary line
between black and white smoother to decrease jagged edges and enhance the visual
appearance.

❚ Admin Settings > PCL >

Hex Dump
Specifies whether to enable the Hex Dump feature, which helps to isolate the source of a
print job problem. With Hex Dump selected, all data sent to the printer is printed in
hexadecimal and character representation. Control codes are not executed.

Understanding the System Menus

❚ Admin Settings > PCL >

Draft Mode
Specifies whether to enable the Draft Mode feature, which saves toner by printing in the
Draft Mode. The print quality is reduced when printing in the Draft Mode.

❚ Admin Settings > PCL >

Line Termination
Adds the line termination commands.
Off

The line termination command is not added.
CR=CR, LF=LF, FF=FF

Add-LF

The LF command is added.
CR=CR-LF, LF=LF, FF=FF

Add-CR

The CR command is added.
CR=CR, LF=CR-LF, FF=CR-FF

CR-XX

The CR and LF commands are added.
CR=CR-LF, LF=CR-LF, FF=CR-FF

❚ Admin Settings > PCL >

Default Color
Specifies the color mode. This setting is used for a print job that does not specify a Print
Mode.

❚ Admin Settings > PCL >

Ignore Form Feed
Specifies whether to enable the Ignore Form Feed feature, which ignores blank pages
that only contain form feed control codes.

❚ Admin Settings >

PS
Use the PS (PostScript) menu to change printer settings that only affect jobs using the
PostScript 3 Compatible emulation printer language.

❚ Admin Settings > PS >

PS Error Report
Specifies whether to enable the PS Error Report feature, which specifies the contents of
the errors concerning PostScript 3 Compatible page description language are printed.
The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
NOTE:
• Instructions from the PS driver override the settings specified on the operator panel.

❚ Admin Settings > PS >

PS Job Time-out
Specifies whether to enable the PS feature, which specifies the execution time for one
PostScript 3 Compatible job. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off
and then on again.

Understanding the System Menus

❚ Admin Settings > PS >

Paper Select Mode
Specifies the way to select the tray for PostScript 3 Compatible mode. The change
becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Auto

The tray is selected as the same setting as in the PCL mode.

Select From Tray

The tray is selected in a method compatible with regular PostScript 3
Compatible printers.

❚ Admin Settings > PS >

Default Color
Specifies the color mode to Color or Black. This setting is used for a print job which
does not specify a Print Mode.

❚ Admin Settings >

PDF
Use the PDF menu to change printer settings that only affect the PDF jobs.

❚ Admin Settings > PDF >

Quantity
Specifies the number of copies to print.

❚ Admin Settings > PDF >

2 Sided Print
Specifies whether to print on one side or both sides of a sheet of print media. For a
two-sided printing, you can specify the printout to be bound by the long edge or short
edge.

❚ Admin Settings > PDF >

Print Mode
Specifies the Print Mode.
Normal

For documents with normal sized characters.

High Quality

For documents with small characters or thin lines, or documents
printed using a dot-matrix printer.

High Speed

Prints with the higher speed than the Normal mode, but the quality is
less.

❚ Admin Settings > PDF >

PDF Password
Specifies the password to print a PDF file secured with a password to open the PDF file.

❚ Admin Settings > PDF >

Collation
Specifies whether to sort the PDF job.

Understanding the System Menus

❚ Admin Settings > PDF >

Output Size
Specifies the output paper size for the PDF file.

❚ Admin Settings > PDF >

Layout
Specifies the output layout.
Auto %

Prints the document in the layout specified by the printer.

100% (No Zoom)

Prints in the same size as the document.

Booklet

Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper bound by the edge.

2 Pages Up

Prints two pages on one side of a sheet of paper.

4 Pages Up

Prints four pages on one side of a sheet of paper.

❚ Admin Settings > PDF >

Default Color
Specifies the default output color.

❚ Admin Settings > PDF >

Detect Job Separator
Specifies whether to detect the end of the job in printing PDF files successively.

❚ Admin Settings >

Network
Use the Network menu to change the printer settings affecting jobs sent to the printer
through the wired or wireless network.

❚ Admin Settings > Network >

Wi-Fi
NOTE:
• When the Ethernet cable is disconnected, the Wi-Fi | WPS menu is available.
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Checks or specifies wireless network settings.

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Wi-Fi >
Wi-Fi
NOTE:
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Specifies whether to enable the Wi-Fi feature.

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Wi-Fi >
Wi-Fi Status
NOTE:
• Wi-Fi Status setting is available only when the printer is connected using the wireless network.
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.
Status

Displays the wireless communication status.

SSID

Displays the name that identifies the wireless network.

Understanding the System Menus

Encryption Type

Displays the encryption type.

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Wi-Fi>
Wi-Fi Setup Wizard
NOTE:
• Wi-Fi Setup Wizard is available only when the printer is connected using the wireless network.
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Configures the wireless network interface.

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Wi-Fi > Wi-Fi Setup Wizard >
Select access point
Selects the access point from the list.
WEP Key

When you select an access point using WEP as the encryption type,
enter the WEP key.

PassPhrase

When you select an access point using WPA, WPA2, or Mixed as the
encryption type, enter the passphrase.

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Wi-Fi > Wi-Fi Setup Wizard >
Manual SSID Setup
Configures the wireless settings using the operator panel manually.

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Wi-Fi > Wi-Fi Setup Wizard > Manual SSID Setup >
SSID
Specifies a name to identify the wireless network. Up to 32 alphanumeric characters can
be entered.

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Wi-Fi > Wi-Fi Setup Wizard > Manual SSID Setup > SSID >
Infrastructure
Selects when you configure the wireless setting through the access point such as a
wireless.
No Security

Specifies No Security to configure the wireless setting
without specifying an encryption type from WEP and
WPA-PSK-AES.

Mixed mode PSK

Selects to configure the wireless setting with the
encryption type of Mixed mode PSK. Mixed mode PSK
automatically selects the encryption type from either
WPA-PSK-AES or WPA2-PSK-AES.
Passphrase

WPA2-PSK-AES

Specifies the passphrase of alphanumeric characters from
8 to 63 bytes long, and the hexadecimal characters of 64
bytes long.
Selects to configure the wireless setting with the
encryption type of WPA2-PSK-AES.

Passphrase

WEP

Specifies the passphrase of alphanumeric characters from
8 to 63 bytes long, and the hexadecimal characters of 64
bytes long. (hex: 0-9, a-f, A-F, 16 to 64 characters)
Specifies the WEP key to use through the wireless
network. For 64bit keys, up to 10 hexadecimal characters
can be entered. For 128bit keys, up to 26 hexadecimal
characters can be entered.

Transmit Key

Specifies the transmit key from Auto and WEP Key 1 - 4.

Understanding the System Menus

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Wi-Fi > Wi-Fi Setup Wizard > Manual SSID Setup > SSID >
Ad-hoc
Selects to configure the wireless setting without the access point such as a wireless
router.
No Security

Configures the wireless setting without specifying the
encryption type from WEP.

WEP

Specifies the WEP key to use through the wireless
network. For 64bit keys, up to 10 hexadecimal characters
can be entered. For 128bit keys, up to 26 hexadecimal
characters can be entered.
Transmit Key

Specifies the transmit key from WEP Key 1 - 4.

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Wi-Fi >
WPS Setup
NOTE:
• WPS Setup is available only when the printer is connected using the wireless network.
• WPS Setup is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Configures the wireless network using WPS.
Push Button Configuration

Configures the wireless setting with Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push
Button Configuration (WPS-PBC) .

PIN Code

Configures the wireless setting using the PIN code assigned by the
printer. You can also print the PIN code. Check it when entering PIN
assigned to the printer into your computer.

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Wi-Fi >
IP Mode
Configures the IP mode.
Dual Stack

Uses both IPv4 and IPv6 to set the IP address.

IPv4 Mode

Uses IPv4 to set the IP address.

IPv6 Mode

Uses IPv6 to set the IP address.

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Wi-Fi >
TCP/IP
Configures TCP/IP settings.
Get IP Address

AutoIP

Sets the IP address automatically. A random value in the
range of 169.254.1.0 to 169.254.254.255 that is not
currently in use on the network is set as the IP address.
The subnet mask is set as 255.255.0.0.

BOOTP

Sets the IP address using BOOTP.

RARP

Sets the IP address using RARP.

DHCP

Sets the IP address using DHCP.

Panel

Use this option when you want to set the IP address
manually on the operator panel.

IP Address

Understanding the System Menus

When an IP address is being set manually, the IP is
allocated to the printer using the format
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 254. 127
and any value in the range of 224 to 254 cannot be
specified for the first octet of a gateway address.

Subnet Mask

When an IP address is being set manually, the subnet
mask is specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each
octet that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the
range of 0 to 255.255.255.255.255 cannot be specified as
the subnet mask.

Gateway Address

When an IP address is being set manually, the gateway
address is specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn.
Each octet that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in
the range of 0 to 254. 127 and any value in the range of
224 to 254 cannot be specified for the first octet of a
gateway address.

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Wi-Fi >
IPsec
NOTE:
• IPsec is displayed only when IPsec is enabled on Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.

Disables IPsec.

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Wi-Fi >
Reset Wi-Fi
NOTE:
• Reset Wi-Fi setting is available only when the printer is connected to the wireless network.
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Initializes wireless network settings. After executing this setting and restarting the printer,
all wireless network settings are reset to their default values.

❚ Admin Settings > Network >

Wi-Fi Direct
NOTE:
• When the Ethernet cable is connected, or Wi-Fi is set to Off, Wi-Fi Direct is disabled.
• Wi-Fi Direct is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Configures the Wi-Fi Direct network settings.
Wi-Fi Direct
Group Role

Device Name

Enables or disables the Wi-Fi Direct network.
Auto

Automatically resolves the group role for Wi-Fi
Direct.

Group Owner

Sets the printer as the Group Owner when using
Wi-Fi Direct. Setting the printer to become the
group owner makes it possible for mobile
devices to discover the printer. The SSID of the
printer is displayed in the list of wireless
networks on your mobile device.
Specifies the printer name that identifies the
Wi-Fi Direct network with up to 32
alphanumeric characters. Check it when
selecting the printer name on your mobile
device.

Understanding the System Menus

Paired Device

Displays the status of the Wi-Fi Direct
connections between the printer and up to 3
Wi-Fi mobile devices.
Disconnect All

Disconnect now

Disconnects all the Wi-Fi Direct connections
right now.

Disconnect and Disconnects the Wi-Fi Direct connections and
Reset Passphrase resets the passphrase.
SSID

Displays the name that identifies the Wi-Fi
Direct network. You can also specify the name
with up to 32 alphanumeric characters.
"DIRECT-XX" cannot be changed. Check it when
selecting the Wi-Fi Direct network name on
your mobile device.

Passphrase

Displays the passphrase. Check it when entering
the passphrase into your mobile device.
Print Passphrase

Prints the passphrase. Check it when entering
the passphrase into your mobile device.

Reset Passphrase

Resets the passphrase.

WPS Setup

Configures the Wi-Fi Direct network using WPS.
Push Button
Configuration

Configures the Wi-Fi Direct network with Wi-Fi
Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration
(WPS-PBC).

PIN Code

Configures the Wi-Fi Direct network using PIN
code assigned by the printer.
Print PIN Code

Prints the PIN code. Check it when entering PIN
assigned to the printer into your mobile device.

Reset Code

Resets the PIN code.

❚ Admin Settings > Network >

Ethernet
NOTE:
• When using a wired network, the Wi-Fi | WPS menu is not available.

Checks or specifies wired network settings.

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Ethernet >

IP Mode
Configures the IP mode.
Dual Stack

Uses both IPv4 and IPv6 to set the IP address.

IPv4 Mode

Uses IPv4 to set the IP address.

IPv6 Mode

Uses IPv6 to set the IP address.

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Ethernet >

TCP/IP
Configures TCP/IP settings.

Understanding the System Menus

Get IP Address

AutoIP

BOOTP

Sets the IP address using BOOTP.

RARP

Sets the IP address using RARP.

DHCP

Sets the IP address using DHCP.

Panel

Use this option when you want to set the IP address
manually on the operator panel.

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Gateway Address

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Ethernet >

IPsec
NOTE:
• IPsec is displayed only when IPsec is enabled on Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.

Disables IPsec.

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Ethernet >

Connection Speed
NOTE:
• The Connection Speed setting is available only when the printer is connected to the wired
network.

Specifies the communication speed and the duplex settings of Ethernet. The change
becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Auto
10BASE-T Half
10BASE-T Full
100BASE-TX Half
100BASE-TX Full
1000BASE-T Full

Understanding the System Menus

❚ Admin Settings > Network >

Protocols
Enables or disables each protocol. The change becomes effective after the printer is
turned off and then on again.
LPD
Port9100
FTP
IPP
SMB TCP/IP
WSD Print*1
WSD Scan
Network TWAIN
SNMP UDP*2
E-mail Alert
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Bonjour(mDNS)
Telnet
Update Address Book
HTTP-SSL/TLS
Google Cloud Print
Print from Widget Apps
Scan to Widget Apps
*1
*2

Stands for Web Services on Devices
Stands for Simple Network Management Protocol

❚ Admin Settings > Network >

Advanced Settings
Specifies advanced network settings.

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Advanced Settings >
IP Filter
Specifies whether to enable the IP filter feature, which only allows communication with
devices whose IP addresses are registered in the printer.
NOTE:
• This feature does not apply to communication via Wi-Fi Direct.
IPv4 - Filter

Enables or disables IPv4 - Filter.

IPv6 - Filter

Enables or disables IPv6 - Filter.

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Advanced Settings >
IEEE 802.1x
NOTE:
• IEEE 802.1x is displayed only when the printer is connected using Ethernet cable and it is available
only when the IEEE 802.1x authentication is enabled.

Disables IEEE 802.1x authentication. The change becomes effective after the printer is
turned off and then on again.

Understanding the System Menus

❚ Admin Settings > Network > Advanced Settings >
PS Data Format
Specifies PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol for a parallel interface, you
can configure the PS Data Format settings for the wired network. The change
becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Auto

Used when auto-detecting the PostScript 3 Compatible
communication protocol.

Standard

Used when the communication protocol is in ASCII interface.

BCP

Used when the communication protocol is in binary format.

TBCP

Used when the communication protocol supports both ASCII and
binary data to switch between them according to the specified
control code.

Binary

Used when no special processing is required for data.

❚ Admin Settings > Network >

Reset LAN
Initializes wired network data stored in non-volatile memory (NVM). After executing this
setting and restarting the printer, all wired network settings are reset to their default
values.

❚ Admin Settings > Network >

Delete All Certificates
Deletes all certificates of the printer. After executing this setting and restarting the
printer, all certificates are deleted.

❚ Admin Settings >

Fax Settings
Use the Fax Settings menu to configure the basic fax settings.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings >

Fax Line Settings
Configures basic settings for the fax line.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Fax Line Settings >
Fax Number
Sets the fax number of the printer to be printed on the header of a fax message.
NOTE:
• Make sure to specify Fax Number before using Junk Fax Setup.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Fax Line Settings >
Country
Selects the country where the printer is used.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Fax Line Settings >
Fax Header Name
Sets the sender name to be printed on the header on faxes.

Understanding the System Menus

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Fax Line Settings >
Line Type
Specifies the default line type to PSTN or PBX.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Fax Line Settings >
Line Monitor
Specifies whether to enable the Line Monitor setting. Set the volume of the line monitor,
which audibly monitors a transmission through the internal speaker until a connection is
made.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Fax Line Settings >
DRPD Pattern
Provides a separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern.
Pattern1–7

Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) is a service provided by
some telephone companies. DRPD Patterns are specified by your
telephone company. The following shows the patterns provided with
the printer.

Pattern1

Pattern2

Pattern3

Pattern4

Pattern5

Pattern6

Pattern7
Ask your telephone company which pattern you need to select to use
this service. For example, Pattern7 is the New Zealand FaxAbility
distinctive ringing pattern: rings for 400 ms, stops for 800 ms, rings
for 400 ms and stops for 1400 ms. This pattern is repeated over and
over again. This printer only responds to Distinctive Alert cadence(s)
DA4 in New Zealand.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings >

Incoming Defaults
Configures settings for incoming fax.

Understanding the System Menus

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Incoming Defaults >
Receive Mode
Selects the default fax receiving mode.
Telephone

Automatic fax reception is turned off. You can receive a fax by picking
up the handset of the external telephone and then pressing the
remote receive code, or by tapping Manual Receive in On Hook
and then tapping Receive.

Fax

Automatically receives faxes.

Telephone / Fax

When the printer receives an incoming fax, the external telephone
rings for the time specified in Auto Receive Tel/Fax, and then the
printer starts receiving the fax. If an incoming call is not a fax, the
printer beeps from the internal speaker indicating that the call is a
telephone call.

Ans Machine/Fax

This mode is intended for use with an answering machine. When the
answering machine receives the call, the printer monitors the call for
fax tones. When the printer detects fax tones, the printer
automatically receives the fax. When the answering machine is off,
the printer goes into the Fax mode after the ring tone sounds for a
predefined time. If the phone communication in your country is serial,
this mode is not supported.

DRPD

Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) option, a
distinctive ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the
telephone company. After the telephone company has provided a
separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern, configure
the fax setup to monitor for that specific ring pattern.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Incoming Defaults >
Ring Tone Volume
Specifies whether to enable the Ring Tone Volume setting. Set the volume of the ring
tone, which indicates that an incoming call is a telephone call through the internal
speaker when Receive Mode is set to Telephone / Fax.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Incoming Defaults >
Auto Receive Setup
Configures settings for automatic fax reception.
Auto Receive Fax

Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode
after receiving an incoming call.

Auto Receive Tel/Fax

Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode
after the external telephone receives an incoming call.

Auto Receive Ans/Fax

Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode
after the external answering machine receives an incoming call.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Incoming Defaults >
Junk Fax Setup
Specifies whether to enable the Junk Fax Setup feature, which rejects unwanted faxes by
accepting faxes only from the fax numbers registered in the phone book.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Incoming Defaults >
Secure Receive
NOTE:
• The Secure Receive feature is available only when Panel Lock Control is set to Enable.

Understanding the System Menus

Specifies whether to require a password to print received faxes, and to set or change the
password.
Secure Receive Set
Change Password

Sets to require a password to print received faxes.
Sets or changes the four-digit password required to print received
faxes.

This item is available only when Secure Receive Set is set to Enable.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Incoming Defaults >
Received Fax Forward
Sets whether to forward incoming faxes to a specified destination.
Off
Forward

Forwards incoming faxes to a specified destination. Prints
incoming faxes if an error occurs during the transfer.
Forwarding Number

Print and Forward

Specifies the fax number of the destination to which
incoming faxes are forwarded.
Prints incoming faxes and also forwards them to a
specified destination.

Forwarding Number

Specifies the fax number of the destination to which
incoming faxes are forwarded.

Forward to Email*1,2,3

Forwards incoming faxes to specified e-mail addresses.
Prints incoming faxes if an error occurs during the
transfer.

Print and Forward to
E-mail*2,3

Prints incoming faxes and also forwards them to a
specified e-mail address.

Forward to Server

Forwards incoming faxes to a specified server address.
Prints incoming faxes if an error occurs during the
transfer.

Print and Forward to
Server

Prints incoming faxes and also forwards them to a
specified server address.

*1
*2
*3

Depending on the e-mail server settings, the printer may not get an error which occurs during the transfer.
This item is available only when the E-Mail Server information is registered. See "E-Mail Server."
This item is available only when Forwarding E-mail Address is registered. See "Fax Settings."

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Incoming Defaults >
2 Sided Print
Specifies whether to enable the 2 Sided Print feature, which sets the duplex printing for
fax.
NOTE:
• Duplex print may not be done depending on the size of the received faxes or settings of the trays,
etc.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Incoming Defaults >
Remote Receive
Specifies whether to enable the Remote Receive feature, which receives a fax by
pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone after picking up the handset
of the telephone. You can specify the tone in two digits to start Remote Receive.

100

Understanding the System Menus

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Incoming Defaults >
Discard Size
Specifies whether to enable the Discard Size feature, which sets the printer to discard
images or any text at the bottom of a fax page when the entire page does not fit the
output paper. You can also set to automatically reduce a fax page to fit it onto the
appropriate paper size.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings >
Transmission Defaults
Configures settings for transmitting fax.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Transmission Defaults >
Auto Redial Setup
Configures settings for automatic redial.
Redial Attempts

Sets the number of redial attempts to make when the destination fax
number is busy. If you enter 0, the printer does not redial.

Interval of Redial

Sets the interval between redial attempts.

Resend Delay

Sets the interval between re-send attempts.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Transmission Defaults >
Tone / Pulse
Selects the dialing type.
Tone

Uses tone dialing.

Pulse(10PPS)

Sets dial pulse, 10 pulse per second as the dial type.

Pulse(20PPS)

Sets dial pulse, 20 pulse per second as the dial type.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Transmission Defaults >
Prefix Dial
Specifies whether to enable the Prefix Dial feature, which sets a prefix dial number. You
can set a prefix dial number of up to five digits. This number dials before any auto dial
number is started. It is useful for accessing the Private Automatic Branch Exchange
(PABX).

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Transmission Defaults >
Fax Cover Page
Specifies whether to enable the Fax Cover Page feature, which sets to attach a cover
page to faxes.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Transmission Defaults >
Fax Header
Specifies whether to enable the Fax Header feature, which prints the sender information
on the header of the faxes.
NOTE:
• If United States is selected for the setting of Country, this option does not appear on the
menu. The setting is fixed to On and cannot be changed. See "Specifying the Fax Initial Settings
Using the Operator Panel.”

Understanding the System Menus

101

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Transmission Defaults >
ECM
Specifies whether to enable the ECM (Error Correction Mode) feature. To use the ECM,
the remote machines must also support the ECM.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Transmission Defaults >
Modem Speed
Adjusts the fax modem speed when a fax transmission or reception error occurs.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Transmission Defaults >
Display Manual Fax Recipients
Specifies whether to enable the Display Manual Fax Recipients feature, which displays
the fax number of the recipient on the Sending Fax screen when manually sending a
fax.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings >

Fax Reports
Configures settings for fax reports.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Fax Reports >
Fax Activity
Sets whether to automatically print a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and
outgoing fax communications.
Auto Print
No Auto Print

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Fax Reports >
Fax Transmit
Sets whether to print a transmission result after a fax transmission.
Print Always

Prints a transmission report after every fax transmission.

Print On Error

Prints a transmission report only when an error occurs.

Print Disable

Does not print a transmission report after a fax transmission.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Fax Reports >
Fax Broadcast
Sets whether to print a transmission result after a fax transmission to multiple
destinations.
Print Always

Prints a transmission report after every fax transmission.

Print On Error

Prints a transmission report only when an error occurs.

Print Disable

Does not print a transmission report after a fax transmission to
multiple destinations.

❚ Admin Settings > Fax Settings > Fax Reports >
Fax Protocol
Sets whether to print the protocol monitor report, which helps you identify the cause of
a communication problem.
Print Always

102

Prints a protocol monitor report after every fax transmission.

Understanding the System Menus

Print On Error

Prints the protocol monitor report only when an error occurs.

Print Disable

Does not print the protocol monitor report.

❚ Admin Settings >

System Settings
Use System Settings to configure the power saving mode, warning tones, time-out
duration, display language, and job log auto print settings.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings >

General
Configures general settings for the printer.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > General >
Power Saver Timer
Specifies the time for transition to power saver mode.
Sleep

Specifies the time taken by the printer to enter the Sleep mode after it
finishes a job.

Deep Sleep

Specifies the time taken by the printer to enter the Deep Sleep mode
after it has entered Sleep mode.

Power Off Timer

Specifies whether to enable the Power Off Timer and the time taken
by the printer to enter the Power Off Timer mode after it has entered
the Deep Sleep mode.

NOTE:
• Your printer enters Deep Sleep mode 11 minutes after it finishes a job (the factory default).

When you specify 1 minute for Sleep, the printer enters power saver mode 1 minute
after it finishes a job. This uses much less energy, but requires more warm-up time for
the printer. Specify 1 minute if the printer shares an electrical circuit with room lighting
and you notice lights flickering.
Select a high value if the printer is in constant use. In most circumstances, this keeps the
printer ready to operate with minimum warm-up time.
Select a medium value if you want a balance between energy consumption and a shorter
warm-up period.
The printer returns to the standby mode from the power saver mode when it receives
data from the computer or remote fax machine. You can also change the status of the
printer to the standby mode by pressing any button on the operator panel.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > General >
Date & Time
Specifies the date and time formats.
Time Zone

Sets the time zone.

Date

Sets the date depending on the Format settings.
Format

Time

Sets the date format.
Sets the time.

Format

Sets the time format.

Understanding the System Menus

103

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > General >
mm / inch
Specifies the default measurement unit displayed after the numeric value on the touch
panel.
NOTE:
• The default for mm / inch varies depending on other settings, such as Country and the size of
the document.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > General >
Screen Brightness
Adjusts the screen brightness of the touch panel.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > General >
Audio Tone
Specifies whether to enable the Audio Tone feature, which emits a tone during operation
or when a warning message appears.
Control Panel

Selects the volume for a tone when the operator panel input is
correct.

Invalid Key

Selects the volume for a tone when the operator panel input is
incorrect.

Machine Ready

Selects the volume for a tone when the printer is ready to process a
job.

Copy Completed

Selects the volume for a tone when a copy job is complete.

Job Completed

Selects the volume for a tone when a job other than a copy job is
complete.

Fault Tone

Selects the volume for a tone when a job ends abnormally.

Alert Tone

Selects the volume for a tone when a problem occurs.

Out of Paper

Selects the volume for a tone when the printer runs out of paper.

Low Toner Alert

Selects the volume for a tone when a toner is low.

Auto Clear Alert

Selects the volume for a tone 5 seconds before the printer performs
auto clear.

NFC Authentication*

Selects the volume for a tone when an NFC card is placed on the NFC
reader for authentication.

All Tones

Selects the volume for all the alert tones.

This is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > General >
Low Toner Alert Message
Specifies whether to enable the Low Toner Alert Message feature, which shows the alert
message when the toner is low.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > General >
OffHook Wake Up
Specifies whether to enable the OffHook Wake Up feature, which wakes up from the
Sleep or Deep Sleep mode when you pick up the handset of the external telephone.

104

Understanding the System Menus

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > General >
Auto Log Print
Specifies whether to enable the Auto Log Print feature, which automatically prints a job
history report after every 20 jobs.
Print logs can also be printed using the Report / List menu.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > General >
RAM Disk
Specifies whether to enable the RAM Disk feature, which allocates memory to the RAM
disk file system for the Secure Print, Private Mailbox, Public Mailbox, and Proof Print
features. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
NOTE:
• Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again to apply the settings for the RAM Disk menu.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > General >
Fax Server Phone Book
Specifies whether to enable the Fax Server Phone Book feature, which searches the
phone numbers from the phone book for the LDAP server.
NOTE:
• You can search the phone numbers only from the local phone book when Fax Server Phone
Book is set to Off.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > General >
E-mail Server Address Book
Specifies whether to enable the E-mail Server Address Book feature, which searches the
e-mail addresses from the address book for the LDAP server.
NOTE:
• You can search the e-mail addresses only from the local address book when E-mail Server
Address Book is set to Off.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > General >
Power On Wizard
Performs initial setup for the printer.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > General >
Max E-mail Size
Specifies the maximum size of e-mail that can be sent.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings >

Timers
Configures timer settings.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > Timers >
Auto Reset
Automatically resets the settings for Copy, Scan, Fax, E-mail, or Print to the default
settings and return to the standby mode after you do not specify any settings for the
specified time.

Understanding the System Menus

105

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > Timers >
Fault Time-out
Specifies whether to enable the Fault Time-out feature, which specifies the amount of
time the printer waits before canceling a job that stops abnormally. The print job is
canceled if the time-out time is exceeded.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings >

Output Settings
Configures settings concerning output from the printer.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > Output Settings >
Default Paper Size
Specifies the default paper size.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > Output Settings >
Print ID
Specifies whether to enable the Print ID feature, which specifies a location where the
user ID is printed.
NOTE:
• When printing on DL size paper, a part of the user ID may not be printed correctly.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > Output Settings >
Print Text
Specifies whether to enable the Print Text feature. This feature outputs Page Description
Language (PDL) data, which is not supported by the printer, as text when the printer
receives it. Text data is printed on A4 or Letter size paper.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > Output Settings >
Banner Sheet
Specifies the position of banner sheet, and also specify the tray in which the banner
sheet is loaded.
Insert Position

Off

Does not print the banner sheet.

Front

Inserted before the first page of every copy.

Back

Inserted after the last page of every copy.

Front & Back

Inserted before the first page of every copy and after the
last page of every copy.

Specify Tray

The banner sheet is loaded in the Multipurpose Feeder
(MPF)/tray1/optional 550-sheet feeder.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > Output Settings >
Substitute Tray
Specifies whether to use paper of a different size when the paper that is loaded in the
specified tray does not match the paper size settings for the current job.
Off

No tray size substitute accepted.

Larger Size

Substitutes paper of next largest size. When there is no larger paper
size, the printer substitutes paper of nearest size.

Nearest Size

Substitutes paper of nearest size.

Use MPF

Substitutes paper from the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF).

106

Understanding the System Menus

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > Output Settings >
Letterhead 2 Sided
Specifies whether to enable the Letterhead 2 Sided feature, which prints on both sides
when using letterhead.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > Output Settings >
A4<>Letter Switch
Specifies whether to enable the A4<>Letter Switch feature. This feature prints A4 size
jobs on Letter size paper if A4 size paper is not available or to print Letter size jobs on A4
size paper if Letter size paper is not available.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > Output Settings >
A5<>Statement Switch
Specifies whether to enable the A5<>Statement Switch feature. This feature prints A5
size jobs on Statement size paper if A5 size paper is not available or to print Statement
size jobs on A5 size paper if Statement size paper is not available.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > Output Settings >
Report 2 Sided Print
Specifies whether to print reports on one side or both sides of a sheet of print media.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > Output Settings >
Use Another Tray
Specifies whether to enable the Use Another Tray feature, which changes to another
paper tray when paper runs out in the specified paper tray.
NOTE:
• The size of image to print is not adjusted automatically. If you select another paper tray with paper
size smaller than the paper size specified in the job, the parts that are larger than the print media
are not printed.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings > Output Settings >
Resume Printing After Jam Recovery
Specifies whether to enable the Resume Printing After Jam Recovery feature. This
feature deletes print job after recovering from paper jam.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings >

Set Available Time
Sets the available time for the copy, scan, fax, and print functions.
Copy/Scan/Fax/Print

Set Available Time

Specifies whether to set the time when function is
available.

Start Time
End Time
Recurrence

Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.

NOTE:
• Set Available Time can be configured when Print, Copy, Scan, or Fax is set to On.

Understanding the System Menus

107

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings >

Secure Job Expiration
NOTE:
• Secure Job Expiration feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to On.

Specifies the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.
Expiration Mode

Sets whether to enable or disable the Secure Job Expiration feature.

Expiration Time

Sets the time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.

Recurrence

Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the
RAM disk.

Weekly Setting

Sets the day of the week to delete the files stored as Secure Print in
the RAM disk.

Monthly Setting

Sets the day of the month to delete the files stored as Secure Print in
the RAM disk.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings >

ColorTrack Mode
Specifies whether to enable the ColorTrack Mode feature, which limits access to color
printing.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings >

Non Registered User
Specifies whether to enable the Non Registered User feature, which permits the printing
of data without authentication information.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings >

Auto Color To Mono Print
NOTE:
• The Auto Color To Mono Print feature is available when Dell ColorTrack is disabled.

Specifies whether to enable the Auto Color To Mono Print feature, which prints all print
jobs in black and white even when color print is specified.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings >

ColorTrack Error Report
Specifies whether to enable the ColorTrack Error Report feature, which prints
error-related information if printing with ColorTrack results in an error.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings >

NFC - Tap to Print
Specifies whether to add the printer to a mobile device such as a tablet or a smartphone
by tapping the device to the
(NFC) reader.
NOTE:
• This is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

❚ Admin Settings > System Settings >

Calibration
Specifies and calibrates the copy or/and print function(s). This feature corrects
consistency of printing colors over time, environment and print media.
108

Understanding the System Menus

❚ Admin Settings >

Maintenance
Use the Maintenance menu to initialize the non-volatile (NV) memory, configure the
plain paper quality adjustment settings, and configure the security settings.

❚ Admin Settings > Maintenance >

Paper Density
Specifies paper density settings.

❚ Admin Settings > Maintenance >

Adjust Transfer Belt Unit
Adjusts the transfer bias when the faint image of the previous page, a part of the page
currently printing, etc. appear on the output.
K Offset

If faint black colored ghosts appear, try to decrease the value.

YMC Offset

If faint ghosts in color (yellow, magenta, or cyan) appear, try to
decrease the value.

❚ Admin Settings > Maintenance >

Adjust 2nd BTR
NOTE:
• The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.

Specifies the transfer roller voltage adjustment for each paper type. If you see mottles on
the print output, try to increase the voltage. If you see white spots on the print output, try
to decrease the voltage. For details about the setting values, see "Adjust 2nd BTR."

❚ Admin Settings > Maintenance >

Adjust Fusing Unit
NOTE:
• The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.

Adjusts the temperature setting of the fusing unit for each paper type. When the
printouts are curled, try to lower the temperature. When the toner does not fuse on the
paper properly, try to increase the temperature. For details about the setting values, see
"Adjust Fusing Unit."

❚ Admin Settings > Maintenance >

Color Reg Adjust
Auto Correct

Automatically performs color registration correction.

❚ Admin Settings > Maintenance >

Clean Developer and Transfer Unit
Stirs the developer in the drum cartridge and cleans the transfer unit.

Understanding the System Menus

109

❚ Admin Settings > Maintenance >

Toner Refresh
Cleans the toner in the drum cartridge.
NOTE:
• The Toner Refresh feature uses the toner, and shorten the life of the toner cartridge and the drum
cartridge.

❚ Admin Settings > Maintenance >

Reset Defaults
Initializes the non-volatile (NV) memory. After executing this setting and restarting the
printer, all the menu parameters are reset to their default values.
User Fax Section

Initializes the fax number entries in the address book.

User Scan Section

Initializes the e-mail and server address entries in the address book.

User Account Section

Initializes the user registration information.

User App Section

Initializes the widget application information.

System Section

Initializes the system parameters.

❚ Admin Settings > Maintenance >

Initialize Print Meter
Initializes the print meter of the printer. When the print meter is initialized, the meter
count is reset to zero.

❚ Admin Settings > Maintenance >

Clear Stored Jobs
NOTE:
• The Clear Stored Jobs feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to On.

Clears all files stored as Secure Print, Private Mailbox, Public Mailbox, Proof Print, and
stored print in the RAM disk.
All

Deletes all files stored as Secure Print, Private Mailbox, Public Mailbox,
and Proof Print in the RAM disk.

Secure Document

Deletes all files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.

Stored Document

Deletes all files stored as stored print in the RAM disk.

❚ Admin Settings > Maintenance >

Non-Dell Toner
Specifies whether to enable the Non-Dell Toner feature, which uses toner cartridge of
another manufacturer.
CAUTION:
• Using a non-Dell™ toner cartridge may severely damage the printer. The warranty does not
cover damages caused by using non-Dell toner cartridges.

❚ Admin Settings > Maintenance >

Adjust Altitude
Specifies the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.

110

Understanding the System Menus

The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric
pressure. Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the
printer is being used.
NOTE:
• An incorrect altitude adjustment setting leads to poor printing quality, incorrect indication of
remaining toner, etc.

❚ Admin Settings > Maintenance >

Clear Job History
Clears the job history of all finished jobs.

❚ Admin Settings > Maintenance >

Fax Line Test
NOTE:
• The Fax Line Test feature is not available when the fax function is disabled.

Tests if the voltage supply from the fax line is sufficient.

❚ Admin Settings >

Secure Settings
Use the Secure Settings menu to set a password to limit access to the menus. This
prevents items from being changed accidentally.

❚ Admin Settings > Secure Settings >

Panel Lock
Specifies whether to enable the Panel Lock feature, which sets a limited access to Admin
Settings with a password, and to set or change the password.
Panel Lock Control
Change Password

Sets password protection for Admin Settings.
Sets or changes the four-digit password required to access Admin
Settings.

This item is available only when Panel Lock Control is set to Enable.

❚ Admin Settings > Secure Settings >

Functions Control
NOTE:
• The Functions Control setting is available only when Panel Lock Control is set to Enable.

Specifies whether to enable or disable each of the printer functions, or to restrict the use
of a function with a password. For Copy and USB Direct Print, you can restrict just
the color printing and color copying features with a password.
Copy

Enables or disables the copy function.
You can also restrict the function with a password by
setting to On (Password) or On (Color Password).

Scan to E-mail

Enables or disables the Scan to E-mail feature.
You can also restrict the feature with a password using On
(Password).

Understanding the System Menus

111

Fax

Enables or disables the fax function.
You can also restrict the function with a password using
On (Password).

Fax Driver

Enables or disables the fax driver function.

Scan to Network
Folder

Enables or disables the Scan to Network Folder feature.

Scan to Computer

Enables or disables the Scan to Computer feature.

You can also restrict the feature with a password using On
(Password).
You can also restrict the feature with a password using On
(Password).

PC Scan

Enables or disables the PC Scan feature.
You can also restrict the feature with a password using On
(Password).

Scan to USB

Enables or disables the Scan to USB feature.
You can also restrict the feature with a password using On
(Password).

USB Direct Print

Enables or disables the USB Direct Print feature.
You can also restrict the feature with a password using On
(Password) or On (Color Password).

ID Copy

Enables or disables the ID Copy feature.

USB Service

Show When Inserted

Enables or disables this setting to show the USB Drive
Detected screen when a USB memory is inserted in to
the printer.

Automatic Doc
Detected Menu

Enables or disables this feature for the printer to detect
document loaded in the DADF and show DADF related
menus on the touch panel.

Change Password*

Changes the four-digit password that is set under the
Functions Control menu.

This item is available only when On (Password) or On (Color Password) is enabled.

❚ Admin Settings > Secure Settings >

Desktop Authentication
Specifies the Desktop Authentication method.
NOTE:
• Desktop Authentication is displayed on Dell S2825cdn only.
Local Authentication

Use the local authentication method.

Remote Authentication

Use the authentication by external server.

❚ Admin Settings > Secure Settings >

Edit E-mail From Fields
Specifies whether to enable the Edit E-mail From Fields feature, which enables editing of
the transmission source when you use Scan to Email.

112

Understanding the System Menus

❚ Admin Settings > Secure Settings >

Reconfirm Recipient
Specifies whether to reconfirm the recipient before sending a fax or scan.
NOTE:
• If the Reconfirm Recipient menu is set to Reconfirm Recipient, recipients can only be
selected from the phone book or the address book. You cannot directly enter an address or fax
number.
No Confirmation

Does not display a screen to reconfirm the recipient before the job is
actually sent.

Reconfirm Recipient

Displays a screen to reconfirm the recipient before the job is actually
sent.

❚ Admin Settings > Secure Settings >

Domain Filtering
Specifies whether to enable the Domain Filtering feature, which sends e-mails to
specified domains.
NOTE:
• Set the domains from SMTP Domain Filtering on Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.

❚ Admin Settings > Secure Settings >

Software Download
Specifies whether to enable the Software Download feature, which enables download of
firmware updates.

❚ Admin Settings > Secure Settings >

Display of Network Information
Shows or hides network information in the message field of the Home screen.
Show IPv4 Address
Show Host Name
Hide Network Information

❚ Admin Settings > Secure Settings >

Specifies whether to enable the Login Error feature, which specifies the number of error
entry attempts allowed when you log in as an administrator in Admin Settings and the
Report / List menu.

❚ Admin Settings > Secure Settings >

NFC Authentication
Specifies whether to enable the NFC Authentication setting, which enables the
authentication using the NFC authentication card.
NOTE:
• This is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Understanding the System Menus

113

❚ Admin Settings >

USB Settings
Use the USB Settings menu to change printer settings affecting a USB port.

❚ Admin Settings > USB Settings >

USB Port
NOTE:
• USB Port setting is available only for the USB port on the rear of the printer.

Specifies whether to enable the USB Port setting, which enables the USB Port. The
change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.

❚ Admin Settings > USB Settings >

PS Data Format
Specifies PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol for a parallel interface. You
can configure the PS Data Format settings for the wired network. The change becomes
effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Auto

Used when auto-detecting the PostScript 3 Compatible
communication protocol.

Standard

Used when the communication protocol is in ASCII interface.

BCP

Used when the communication protocol is in binary format.

TBCP

Used when the communication protocol supports both ASCII and
binary data to switch between them according to the specified
control code.

Binary

Used when no special processing is required for data.

❚ Admin Settings > USB Settings >

Job Time-out
Specifies whether to enable the Job Time-out feature, which specifies the amount of
time the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer. The print job is canceled if
the time-out time is exceeded.

Default Settings
Use Default Settings menu to modify the Copy, Scan, or Fax menu defaults.
To display the Default Settings menu, press the
(Information) button, and then
tap the Tools tab.

❚ Default Settings >

Copy Defaults
Modifies the Copy menu defaults. Copy Defaults allows you to configure the
following items in addition to the items under the Copy menu. See "Copy."

❚ Default Settings > Copy Defaults >

Auto Exposure Level
Sets the default background suppression level to Normal/High/Highest.

114

Understanding the System Menus

❚ Default Settings > Copy Defaults >

Color Balance
Sets the color balance level of low/medium/high density for each color.

❚ Default Settings >

Fax Defaults
Modifies the Fax menu defaults. Fax Defaults allows you to configure the items
under the Fax menu. See "Fax.”

❚ Default Settings >

Scan Defaults
Modifies the Scan menu defaults. Scan Defaults allows you to configure the
following items in addition to the items under the Scan menu. See "Scan Settings."

❚ Default Settings > Scan Defaults >

Auto Exposure Level
Sets the default background suppression level.

❚ Default Settings > Scan Defaults >

TIFF File Format
Specifies the default TIFF file format to TIFF V6 or TTN2.

❚ Default Settings > Scan Defaults >

Image Compression
Sets the image compression level.

❚ Default Settings >

Direct Print Defaults/USB Direct Print Defaults
Modifies the defaults for the Direct Print Defaults/USB Direct Print
Defaults menu. See "Print PDF/TIFF.”
NOTE:
• For Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw, Direct Print Defaults is displayed. For Dell S2825cdn,
USB Direct Print Defaults is displayed.

Tray Management
Use the Tray Management menu to define the print media loaded in tray1 and the
optional 550-sheet feeder.
To display the Tray Management menu, press the
(Information) button, and then
tap the Tools tab.

❚ Tray Management >

Tray Settings
Configures tray settings.

Understanding the System Menus

115

❚ Tray Management > Tray Settings >

MPF
Specifies the paper loaded in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF).
Display Tray Prompt

MPF Mode

Select the checkbox to display a popup message that
prompts to set paper type and paper size when paper is
loaded in the MPF. The factory default is on (selected).
Use Panel Settings

Uses the paper size and type specified on the operator
panel.

Use Printer Driver
Settings

Uses the paper size and type specified on the print driver.

Manual

When the print job is started, the printer pauses the job
and shows the screen to prompt the user to load the
paper of the specified size and type. To continue the job,
check that the specified paper is loaded, and then tap
Continue in the screen on the touch panel.

Size

Specifies the paper size.

Type

Specifies the paper type.

❚ Tray Management > Tray Settings >

Tray1
Specifies the paper loaded in tray1.
Display Tray Prompt

Select the checkbox to display a popup message that prompts to set
the paper type and paper size when paper is loaded in tray1. The
factory default is on (selected).

Size

Specifies the paper size.

Type

Specifies the paper type.

NOTE:
• For details about supported paper sizes, see "Supported Print Media.”

❚ Tray Management > Tray Settings >

Tray2
NOTE:
• The Tray2 setting is available only when the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed.

Specifies the paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.
Display Tray Prompt

Select the checkbox to display a popup message that prompts to set
the paper type and paper size when paper is loaded in the optional
550-sheet feeder. The factory default is on (selected).

Size

Sets whether to specify the paper size automatically or manually.

Type

Specifies the paper type.

❚ Tray Management >

Tray Priority
Sets the priority order of the paper trays for automatic tray selection. If paper trays
loaded with the same paper size and type exists, the paper tray is selected according to
this priority order.

116

Understanding the System Menus

Language Settings
Use the Language Settings menu to configure Panel Language, or Keyboard
Layout.
To display the Language Settings menu, press the
(Information) button, and
then tap the Tools tab.

❚ Language Settings >

Panel Language
Determines the language of the text on the touch panel.

❚ Language Settings >

Keyboard Layout
Selects the keyboard layout on the touch panel.

Resetting Defaults
After executing this setting and restarting the printer, the phone book, address book, or
menu parameters are reset to their default values.
The following menu parameters are exceptions and are not reset.
• Network settings
• Panel Lock settings and password
• Functions Control settings for Copy, Scan to E-mail, Fax, Scan to Network
Folder, Scan to Computer, PC Scan, Scan to USB, USB Direct Print and
saved passwords
• Secure Receive settings and saved password
• Login Error settings
• Set Available Time settings
• Secure Job Expiration settings
• USB Port settings
• ColorTrack Mode settings
• ColorTrack Error Report settings
• Non Registered User settings
• NFC Authentication settings
• Tap to print settings
To reset the settings, perform the following procedure:
1 Press the
(Information) button.
2 Tap the Tools tab Admin Settings Maintenance.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
3 Tap

until Reset Defaults appears, and then tap Reset Defaults.

4 Tap the desired setting, and then tap Initialize.
User Fax Section

Resets the phone book data.

User Scan Section

Resets the address book data.

User Account Section

Resets the user registration information.

Understanding the System Menus

117

User App Section

Resets the widget application information.

System Section

Resets the system parameters.

5 Tap Yes, Reset.

118

Understanding the System Menus

Understanding the Job Menus
Print
Use the Print menus to configure various settings for the Secure Print, Private Mailbox,
Public Mailbox, and Proof Print features.
To display the Print job menu, press the
(Home) button, tap , and then select
the Print tile.

❚ Print >

Secure Print
NOTE:
• Secure Print feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to On.

Specifies whether and how to print the job stored as the Secure Print.
Select User ID

Enter the password you specified on the print driver.
Select a Job

Selects a job to print.

Select All

Selects all the documents stored for this User ID.

Print and Delete

Prints the selected job, and then deletes the document
from print memory.

Delete

Deletes the specified document from print memory.

❚ Print >

Private Mailbox
NOTE:
• Private Mailbox feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to On.

Specifies whether and how to print the job stored as the Private Mailbox.
Select User ID

Enter the password you specified on the print
driver.
Select a Job

Selects a job to print.

Select All

Selects all the documents stored for this User
ID.

Quantity

Specifies the quantity of printout.
Use Driver
Settings

Prints the selected job.
Print and Delete

Delete

Sets the quantity of prints specified on the print
driver.
Deletes the document after it is printed.
Deletes the specified document from print
memory.

❚ Print >

Public Mailbox
NOTE:
• Public Mailbox feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to On.

Specifies whether and how to print the job stored as the Public Mailbox.

Understanding the Job Menus

119

Select User ID

Enter the password you specified on the print
driver.
Select a Job

Selects a job to print.

Select All

Selects all the documents stored for this User
ID.

Quantity

Specifies the quantity of printout.
Use Driver
Settings

Sets the quantity of prints specified on the print
driver.
Prints the selected job.

Print and Delete
Delete

Deletes the document after it is printed.
Deletes the specified document from print
memory.

❚ Print >

Proof Print
NOTE:
• Proof Print feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to On.

Specifies whether and how to print the job stored as the Proof Print.
Select User ID

Enter the password you specified on the print
driver.
Select a Job

Selects a job to print.

Select All

Selects all the documents stored for this User
ID.

Quantity

Specifies the quantity of printout.
Use Driver
Settings

Sets the quantity of prints specified on the print
driver.
Prints the selected job.

Print and Delete
Delete

Deletes the document after it is printed.
Deletes the specified document from print
memory.

❚ Print >

Secure Fax Receive
Prints confidential faxes. The printer can hold the job in memory until you arrive at the
printer and type the password on the operator panel.

❚ Print >

Tile Settings
Tap
to create and edit custom tile for the Print menus.
For details, see "Creating Your Custom Tile" and "Editing Your Custom Tile."

Copy
Use the Copy menus to configure various settings for the copy function.
To display the Copy job menu, press the
(Home) button, tap , and then select the
Copy tile.

120

Understanding the Job Menus

❚ Copy >

Quantity
Specifies the number of copies from 1 to 99.

❚ Copy >

Darken/Lighten
Makes the copy darker or lighter.

❚ Copy >

Output Color
Selects color or black and white copying.

❚ Copy >

Select Tray
Specifies the input tray.
MPF

The paper is fed from the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF).
When Use Printer Driver Settings is set in MPF
Configuration of Tray Settings, Any is displayed
for Size and Type. If you start the copy job with Any as
the paper size and type, A4 or Letter is selected as the
paper size and Plain is selected as the paper type. If you
want to specify the size and type of paper in the MPF,
select MPF and specify the paper size and type.
Paper Size

Specifies the paper size.

Paper Type

Specifies the paper type.

Tray1
Tray2*
*

This item is available only when the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed.

❚ Copy >

2 Sided Copying
Specifies whether to make duplex copy and select the binding position.
1

1 Sided

Copies one-sided documents into one-sided printouts.

2 Sided

Copies one-sided documents into two-sided printouts. You can
specify whether the printout is bound by the long edge or short edge.

1 Sided

Copies two-sided documents into one-sided printouts. Before
starting the copy, you need to specify whether the document is
bound by the long edge or short edge.

2 Sided

Copies two-sided documents into two-sided printouts. Before
starting the copy, you need to specify whether the document is
bound by the long edge or short edge.

❚ Copy >

Sharpness
Adjusts the sharpness to make the copy sharper or softer.

Understanding the Job Menus

121

❚ Copy >

Reduce/Enlarge
Reduces or enlarges the size of a copied image. You can also enter a custom ratio.

❚ Copy >

Original Size
Specifies the default document size.
NOTE:
• When Auto is selected, the printer assumes that the document size is the size of the print media
loaded in tray1 or the MPF.

❚ Copy >

Original Type
Improves the image quality by selecting the type of the document.

❚ Copy >

Collation
Specifies whether to sort the copy job. For example, if you make two copies of
three-page document, one complete set of three-page document is printed one by one.
You can also automatically sort a copy job only when you use the Duplex Automatic
Document Feeder (DADF).

❚ Copy >

2-Up
Prints every two pages of documents to fit onto one sheet of paper.
Off
Auto

Automatically reduces to fit onto one sheet of paper.

Manual

Specify the reduce/enlarge ratio in Reduce/Enlarge.

❚ Copy >

Color Saturation
Adjusts the amount of colors to make the colors darker or lighter.

❚ Copy >

Margin
Specifies the top, bottom, right, left, and middle margins of the copy.

❚ Copy >

Auto Exposure
Specifies whether to enable the Auto Exposure feature, which suppresses the
background of the original to enhance text on the copy.

122

Understanding the Job Menus

❚ Copy >

Save Settings
Tap
to save a variety of copy features. And also use to create and edit custom tiles
for copying.
For details, see "Creating Your Custom Tile" and "Editing Your Custom Tile."

ID Copy
Use the ID Copy menus to configure various settings for ID Copy features.
To display the ID Copy job menu, press the
(Home) button, tap , and then select
the ID Copy tile.
Quantity

See "Copy."

Darken/Lighten
Output Color
Select Tray
Sharpness
Color Saturation
Auto Exposure
Reduce/Enlarge

❚ ID Copy >

Save Settings
Tap
to save various settings for ID Copy features. And also use to create and edit
custom tiles for ID Copy.
For details, see "Creating Your Custom Tile" and "Editing Your Custom Tile."

Multiple-Up Copy
Use the Multiple-Up Copy menus to configure various settings for Multiple-Up Copy
features.
To display the Multiple-Up Copy job menu, press the
(Home) button, tap , and
then select the Multiple-Up Copy tile.
Quantity

See "Copy."

Darken/Lighten
Output Color
Select Tray
2 Sided Copying
Sharpness
Original Size
Original Type
Collation
2-Up
Color Saturation
Margin
Auto Exposure
Reduce/Enlarge*

Understanding the Job Menus

123

The setting is fixed to Auto.

❚ Multiple-Up Copy >

Save Settings
Tap
to save various settings for Multiple-Up Copy features. And also use to create
and edit custom tiles for Multiple-Up Copy.
For details, see "Creating Your Custom Tile" and "Editing Your Custom Tile."

Scan to Email
Use the Scan to Email menus to use the e-mail to send the scanned data. See "Scan
Settings."
To display the Scan to Email job menu, press the
(Home) button, tap
, and
then select the Scan to Email tile.
Enter Recipient's
Address
Address Book

Sender

Enter the e-mail address of the recipient using the
keyboard.
Individuals

Selects an e-mail address from the local address book.

Groups

Selects an e-mail group from the local address book.

Network Address
Book

Searches an e-mail address from the server address book.

Keyboard

Enter the e-mail address of the sender using the
keyboard.

Address Book

Selects an e-mail address of the sender from the local
address book.

Network Address
Book

Searches an e-mail address of the sender from the server
address book.

Scan to Network Folder
Use the Scan to Network Folder menus to store the scanned data on a network
server or a computer. See "Scan Settings."
To display the Scan to Network job menu, press the
(Home) button, tap
, and
then select the Scan to Network tile.
Address Book

Selects an FTP address or Server Message Block (SMB) protocol
address from the local address book.

Scan to USB
Use the Scan to USB menus to save the scanned data to a USB flash drive attached to
the printer. See "Scan Settings."
To display the Scan to USB job menu, press the
(Home) button, tap
, and then
select the Scan to USB tile.
Folder Name

Selects which folder the scanned data is saved to.

Scan to Computer
Use the Scan to Computer menus to save scanned data on a computer.

124

Understanding the Job Menus

To display the Scan to Computer job menu, press the
then select the Scan to Computer tile.

(Home) button, tap

, and

NOTE:
• This feature is available when the operating system of the client computer is Windows Vista® SP2 or
later, Windows® 7, Windows® 8, Windows® 8.1, or Windows® 10.
Computer (via USB)

Saves scanned data on a computer connected via USB
cable.

Computer Name

Selects which computer the scanned data is saved to. Up
to 20 computers can be listed.
Scan
Scan for Print
Scan for E-mail

Sends the scanned data to the computer according to the
chosen event. The program associated with depends on
the setting on the computer.

Scan for Fax
Scan for OCR

❚ Scan to Computer >

Tile Settings
Tap
to create and edit custom tiles for Scan to Computer
For details, see "Creating Your Custom Tile" and "Editing Your Custom Tile."

❚ Scan to Email / Scan to Network Folder / Scan to USB / Scan to Computer >

Scan Settings
NOTE:
• The scan settings are common for Scan to Email, Scan to Network Folder, Scan to USB, and Scan
to Computer features.

❚ Scan to Email / Scan to Network Folder / Scan to USB / Scan to Computer > Scan Settings >

Output Color
Selects color or black and white scanning.
Color
Black & White

Works well for documents with texts.

Gray Scale

Works well for documents with texts and photos.

❚ Scan to Email / Scan to Network Folder / Scan to USB / Scan to Computer > Scan Settings >

Resolution
Specifies the resolution of the scanned data.

❚ Scan to Email / Scan to Network Folder / Scan to USB / Scan to Computer > Scan Settings >

File Format
Specifies the file format to save the scanned data.

❚ Scan to Email / Scan to Network Folder / Scan to USB / Scan to Computer > Scan Settings >

2 Sided Scanning
Specifies whether to scan one side or both sides of a document. For a two-sided
document, specify whether the document is bound by the long edge or short edge.

Understanding the Job Menus

125

❚ Scan to Email / Scan to Network Folder / Scan to USB / Scan to Computer > Scan Settings >

Darken/Lighten
Adjusts the density to make the scanned data darker or lighter.

❚ Scan to Email / Scan to Network Folder / Scan to USB / Scan to Computer > Scan Settings >

Contrast
Adjusts the contrast of scanned data. Higher contrast makes the colors darker and lower
contrast makes the colors lighter than the original.

❚ Scan to Email / Scan to Network Folder / Scan to USB / Scan to Computer > Scan Settings >

Sharpness
Adjusts the sharpness to make the scanned data sharper or softer.

❚ Scan to Email / Scan to Network Folder / Scan to USB / Scan to Computer > Scan Settings >

Auto Exposure
Specifies whether to enable the Auto Exposure feature, which suppresses the
background of the original to enhance text on the scanned data.

❚ Scan to Email / Scan to Network Folder / Scan to USB / Scan to Computer > Scan Settings >

Original Size
Specifies the default paper size.

❚ Scan to Email / Scan to Network Folder / Scan to USB / Scan to Computer > Scan Settings >

Margin
Specifies the top, bottom, right, left, and middle margins of the scanned data.

❚ Scan to Email / Scan to Network Folder / Scan to USB / Scan to Computer > Scan Settings >

Create Folder
NOTE:
• Create Folder feature is available only for Scan to USB or Scan to Network Folder.

Specifies whether to enable the Create Folder feature, which creates a folder when
saving scanned data.

❚ Scan to Email / Scan to Network Folder / Scan to USB / Scan to Computer > Scan Settings >

File Naming Mode
Specifies the detailed setting of File Naming Mode.
Auto

Sets the default file name.

Add Prefix

Adds texts in front of the file name.
Prefix/Suffix String

Add Suffix

Adds texts after the file name.
Prefix/Suffix String

126

Specifies the texts that are added when Add Prefix is
selected.

Understanding the Job Menus

Specifies the texts that are added when Add Suffix is
selected.

❚ Scan to Email / Scan to Network Folder / Scan to USB / Scan to Computer >

Save Settings
Tap
to save various settings for the scan function when using Scan to Email, Scan to
USB, Scan to Network Folder, or Scan to Computer. And also use to create and edit
custom tiles for scanning.
For details, see "Creating Your Custom Tile" and "Editing Your Custom Tile."

Fax
Use the Fax menus to configure various settings for the fax function.
To display the Fax job menu, press the
(Home) button, tap
, and then select the
Fax tile.
NOTE:
• The fax function cannot be used unless you set up a country code under Country. If Country is
not set up, a message to set the country code appears on the touch panel.
Enter Number

Enter the fax number using the keyboard.

Speed Dial

Enter the speed dial number stored in the printer.

Phone Book

Individuals

Selects a fax number from the local address book.

Groups

Selects a group dial number from the local address book.

Network Phone Book Searches a fax number from the server address book.
On Hook

Send

Sends faxes manually.

Receive

Receives faxes manually.

Polling

Manually retrieves information from a remote machine.

❚ Fax >

Fax Settings
Use the fax settings to configure various settings for the fax function.

❚ Fax > Fax Settings >

Darken/Lighten
Adjusts the density to make the fax darker or lighter.

❚ Fax > Fax Settings >

2 Sided Scanning
Specifies whether to scan one side or both sides of a document. For a two-sided
document, specify whether the document is bound by the long edge or short edge.

❚ Fax > Fax Settings >

Polling Receive
Specifies whether to enable the Polling Receive feature, which retrieves faxes from the
remote fax machine when you want to receive it.

❚ Fax > Fax Settings >

Resolution
Specifies the scan resolution to improve the output quality.
Standard

Suitable for documents with normal sized characters.

Understanding the Job Menus

127

Fine

Suitable for documents containing small characters or thin lines or
documents printed using a dot-matrix printer.

Super Fine

Suitable for documents containing extremely fine detail. The Super
Fine mode is enabled only if the remote machine also supports the
Super Fine mode. See the following note.

Photo

Suitable for documents containing photographic images.

NOTE:
• Data scanned in the Super Fine mode is transmitted at the highest resolution supported by the
remote machine.

❚ Fax > Fax Settings >

Fax Cover Page
Specifies whether to enable the Fax Cover Page feature, which attaches a cover page to
faxes.

❚ Fax > Fax Settings >

Delayed Send
Specifies whether to enable the Delayed Send feature, which sends a fax at a later time.
NOTE:
• A maximum of 19 delayed fax jobs can be stored.

❚ Fax > Fax Settings >

Save Settings
Tap
to save various settings for the fax function. And also use to create and edit
custom tiles for faxing.
For details, see "Creating Your Custom Tile" and "Editing Your Custom Tile."
NOTE:
• Up to 30 addresses can be stored on the printer.

Print PDF/TIFF
NOTE:
• Print PDF/TIFF feature is available only when a USB flash drive is inserted in the front USB port.

Use the Print PDF/TIFF menus to specify the document stored in the root, file, or
folder in a USB flash drive. See "Print Settings."
To display the Print PDF/TIFF job menu, press the
(Home) button, tap , and
then select the Print PDF/TIFF tile.

Print JPEG
NOTE:
• Print JPEG feature is available only when a USB flash drive is inserted in the front USB port.

Use the Print JPEG menus to specify the photos stored in the root, file, or folder in a
USB flash drive. See "Print Settings."
To display the Print JPEG job menu, press the
(Home) button, tap , and then
select the Print JPEG tile.

128

Understanding the Job Menus

❚ Print PDF/TIFF / Print JPEG >

Print Settings
Use the print settings to configure various settings for the print function when using
Print PDF/TIFF, Print JPEG.

❚ Print PDF/TIFF / Print JPEG > Print Settings >

Quantity
Specifies the number of copies from 1 to 99.

❚ Print PDF/TIFF / Print JPEG > Print Settings >

Output Color
Selects color or black and white printing.

❚ Print PDF/TIFF / Print JPEG > Print Settings >

Select Tray
Specifies the input tray.
MPF

The paper is fed from the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF).
When Use Printer Driver Settings is set in MPF
Configuration of Tray Settings, Any is displayed
for Size and Type. If you start the print job with Any as
the paper size and type, A4 or Letter is selected as the
paper size and Plain is selected as the paper type. If you
want to specify the size and type of paper in the MPF,
select MPF and specify the paper size and type.
Size

Specifies the paper size.

Tray1
Tray2*
*

This item is available only when the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed.

❚ Print PDF/TIFF / Print JPEG > Print Settings >

2 Sided Printing
Specifies whether to print on one side or both sides of a sheet of print media. For a
two-sided printing, you can specify the printout to be bound by the long edge or short
edge.

❚ Print PDF/TIFF / Print JPEG > Print Settings >

Layout
Specifies the output layout. Select whether to print one, two, or four pages on one side
of a sheet of print media. If you select Off(No Scaling), the parts that do not fit are
not printed (print size is not adjusted automatically).

❚ Print PDF/TIFF / Print JPEG > Print Settings >

Image Types
Sets the print image quality.
Auto

Prints PDF/TIFF files in the Text mode and JPEG files in the Photos
(Standard Quality) mode.

Photos (Standard Quality)

Prints the photographic images at the standard quality.

Understanding the Job Menus

129

Photos (High Quality)

Prints the photographic images at the high quality.

Text

Prints the text document at the standard quality.

❚ Print PDF/TIFF / Print JPEG > Print Settings >

Collation
Specifies whether to sort the job.

❚ Print PDF/TIFF > Print Settings >

PDF Password
Enter the password when you print a PDF file secured with password to open the PDF
file.

❚ Print PDF/TIFF / Print JPEG >

Save Settings
Tap
to save a variety of USB Direct Print features. And also use to create and edit
custom tiles for USB Direct Print.
For details, see "Creating Your Custom Tile" and "Editing Your Custom Tile."

Dell Document Hub
Use the Dell Document Hub menus to configure various settings for Dell Document
Hub.
To display the Dell Document Hub job menu, press the
(Home) button, and then
tap the Dell Document Hub tile.
NOTE:
• Dell Document Hub is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

❚ Dell Document Hub >

Search for Files
Searches the files saved in the cloud services, and print them from the printer.
Text Box

Enter the keywords, such as the words including the file name.
Sorts the searching results by selecting the sorting order.
Sets the settings of the Print Settings.
Displays the selected files. The first three pages of each file are
displayed in the small previews.

❚ Dell Document Hub >

Browse for Files
Browses and prints the files saved in the selected cloud services.
Text Box

Enter the keywords, such as the words including the file name.
Searches for the files in the current location or the selected cloud
services.
Sets the settings of the Print Settings.
Displays the selected files. The first three pages of each file are
displayed in the small previews.
Sorts the searching results by selecting the sorting order.

130

Understanding the Job Menus

Saves the settings of the Print Settings as Favorite.

❚ Dell Document Hub >

Scan
Scans the document and saves the scanned data in the cloud service.
File Name

Enter the file name you want to use.

File Format

Selects the file format from the list to save the scanned data.

Tag

Enter the tag you want to use.
Searches for the location to save the scanned data. You can search
for the location across the cloud services.
Sets the settings of the Scan Settings.
Sorts the searching results by selecting the sorting order.
Saves the settings of the Scan Settings as Favorite.

❚ Dell Document Hub > Scan >

PDF Password
Enter the password when you print a PDF file secured with password to open the PDF
file.

❚ Dell Document Hub > Scan >

File Name Option
Specifies the way to name the scanned data.
Off
Add Prefix

Adds texts in front of the file name.
Prefix/Suffix String

Add Suffix

Specifies the texts that are added when Add Prefix is
selected.
Adds texts after the file name.

Prefix/Suffix String

Specifies the texts that are added when Add Suffix is
selected.

For details about other settings, see "Scan Settings."

❚ Dell Document Hub >

Smart OCR Scan
Scans the document using Optical Character Recognition (OCR) and saves it in the cloud
service.
File Name

Enter the file name you want to use.

File Format

Selects the file format from the list to save the scanned data.

Tag

Enter the tag you want to use.
Searches for the location to save the scanned data. You can search
for the location across the cloud services.
Sets the settings of the Scan Settings.
Saves the settings of the Scan Settings as Favorite.

Understanding the Job Menus

131

❚ Dell Document Hub > Smart OCR Scan >

File Format
Specifies the file format to save the scanned data.

❚ Dell Document Hub > Smart OCR Scan >

OCR Language
Specifies the language for the OCR.

❚ Dell Document Hub > Smart OCR Scan >

PDF Password
Enter the password when you print a PDF file secured with password to open the PDF
file.

❚ Dell Document Hub > Smart OCR Scan >

Remove Blank Page
Specifies whether to enable the Remove Blank Page feature, which removes the blank
pages.

❚ Dell Document Hub > Smart OCR Scan >

Image Enhancement
Sets whether to enable the Image Enhancement feature.

❚ Dell Document Hub > Smart OCR Scan >

File Name Option
Specifies the way to name the scanned data.
Off
Add Prefix

Adds texts in front of the file name.
Prefix/Suffix String

Add Suffix

Specifies the texts that are added when Add Prefix is
selected.
Adds texts after the file name.

Prefix/Suffix String

Specifies the texts that are added when Add Suffix is
selected.

For details about other settings, see "Scan Settings."

❚ Dell Document Hub >

E-mail Me
Scans the document and send to you as an attached file of an e-mail.
File Format

Selects the file format from the list to save the scanned data.

Subject

Enter the subject you want to use.
Sets the settings of the Scan Settings.
Saves the settings of the Scan Settings as Favorite.

❚ Dell Document Hub > E-mail Me >

File Format
Specifies the file format to save the scanned data.

132

Understanding the Job Menus

❚ Dell Document Hub > E-mail Me >

OCR Language
Specifies the language for the OCR.

❚ Dell Document Hub > E-mail Me >

PDF Password
Enter the password when you print a PDF file secured with password to open the PDF
file.

❚ Dell Document Hub > E-mail Me >

Remove Blank Page
Specifies whether to enable the Remove Blank Page feature, which removes the blank
pages. For details about other settings, see "Scan Settings."

❚ Dell Document Hub >

Business Card Reader
Scans the business card and send vCard format data to you as an attached file of an
e-mail.
Subject

Enter the subject you want to use.
Sets the settings of the Scan Settings.
Saves the settings of the Scan Settings as Favorite.

❚ Dell Document Hub > Business Card Reader >

File Format
Specifies the file format to save the scanned data.

❚ Dell Document Hub > Business Card Reader >

OCR Language
Specifies the language for the OCR.

SharePoint
Use the SharePoint menus to configure various settings for SharePoint®.
To display the SharePoint job menu, press
(Home) button, and then tap the
SharePoint tile.
NOTE:
• SharePoint is available on Dell S2825cdn.

❚ SharePoint >

Print
Browses and prints the files saved in the selected SharePoint® server.
Searches for the files in the current folder or the server.
Text Box

Enter the keywords, such as the words included in the file name.
Sets the settings of the Print Settings.

Understanding the Job Menus

133

❚ SharePoint >

Scan
Scans the document and saves the scanned data in the selected SharePoint® server.
File Name

Enter the file name you want to use.

File Format

Selects the file format from the list to save the scanned data.
Searches for the folder in the selected SharePoint® server.
Sets the settings of the Scan Settings.

❚ SharePoint >

File Name Option
Specifies the way to name the scanned data.
Off
Add Prefix

Adds texts in front of the file name.
Prefix/Suffix
String

Add Suffix

Specifies the texts that are added when Add Prefix is selected.
Adds texts after the file name.

Prefix/Suffix
String

Specifies the texts that are added when Add Suffix is selected.

For details about other settings, see "Scan Settings."
NOTE:
• You cannot assign the password to the PDF file when saving the scanned data to the SharePoint®
server.

Add App
Use the Add App menus to add a variety of tiles on the Home screen.

134

Understanding the Job Menus

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
Use Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to monitor the status of your network printer
without leaving your desk. You can view and/or change the printer settings, monitor
toner level, and acknowledge the timing of ordering replacement consumables.
If you are a network administrator, you can copy the printer settings to one or all printers
on the network using your web browser.
NOTE:
• This web tool is available only when the printer is connected to a network.

Preparing to Use Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Make sure that you activate JavaScript in your browser before using Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool.
Perform the following procedure to configure both the environment settings of your
web browser and the operator panel before using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
NOTE:
• The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool pages may be displayed with unreadable characters if the
pages were configured by the language different from the language of your web browser.

Setting Up Internet Explorer®
Setting Up the Display Language
1 Select Internet Options from Tools on the menu bar.
2 Select Languages in the General tab.
3 Specify the display language in order of preference in the Language list.

Setting the IP Address of the Printer to Non-Proxy
1 Select Internet Options from Tools on the menu bar.
2 Click LAN Settings under Local Area Network (LAN) Settings in the Connections
tab.
3 Perform either of the following:
• Clear the Use a proxy server for your LAN check box under Proxy server.
• Click Advanced, and then specify the IP address of the printer in the Do not use
proxy server for addresses beginning with text box under Exceptions.

Confirming the Menu on the Operator Panel
You can start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool only when Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool is set to Enable on the operator panel. Check the operator
panel setting if you cannot start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. See "Protocols."

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

135

Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
To start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, enter the IP address of the printer in your
web browser.

If you do not know the IP address of the printer, verify the IP address by using the
operator panel, printing the system settings report, or using the ping command. See
"Verifying the IP Settings."

Page Display Format
Top Frame
The top frame is located at the top of all pages. When Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool is activated, the current status and specifications of the printer are displayed in the
top frame on every page.
1

2 34

Model Name

Displays the model name of the printer.

IPv4

Displays the IP address of the printer.

IPv6
3

Location

Displays location of the printer. The location can be changed in the
Basic Information section on the Print Server Settings page.

Contact Person

Displays the name of the printer administrator. The name can be
changed in the Basic Information section on the Print Server
Settings page.

Event Panel

Displays the indicator for the condition of the printer.

Printer image

Shows the bitmap image of the printer. The Printer Status menu
appears in the right frame when you click on the image.

136

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

Left Frame
The left frame is located on the left side of all the pages. The menu titles displayed in the
left frame are linked to corresponding menus and pages. You can proceed to the
corresponding page by clicking their characters.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Printer Status

Provides immediate feedback on the printer supply status.
When a toner cartridge is running low, click the order supplies link on
the first screen to order a new toner cartridge.

Printer Jobs

Contains information on the details of the status regarding each
protocol or job.

Printer Settings

Displays the printer settings of the operator panel to configure the
settings from Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.

Print Server Settings

Configures the type of printer interface and the necessary conditions
for communications.

Copy Printer Settings

Copies the printer settings to one or more printers on the network
having the same model number.
NOTE:
• You must log in as an administrator to use this setting.

Print Volume

Displays the printing history such as paper usage and restrictions of
color mode usage.

Address Book

Displays or edits the e-mail address, server address, and fax number
entries in the address book, or registers new entries.
NOTE:
• You must log in as an administrator to use this setting.

Printer Information

Provides information on service calls, inventory reports, or the status
of current memory and engine code levels.

Tray Management

Provides information about the paper type and size for each tray.

10 E-Mail Server Settings
Overview

Opens the E-Mail Server menu in the Print Server Settings menu to
configure E-Mail Server settings for Scan to Email, e-mail alert and
forwarding fax to email features.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

137

Set Password

Locks Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool with a password so that the
printer settings are not changed inadvertently.
NOTE:
• You must log in as an administrator to use this setting.

12 Online Help

Links to the Dell Support website.

13 Order Supplies at:

Links to the Dell website for ordering supplies.

14 Contact Dell Support at:
15 Dell Document Hub at:
*

Links to the Dell Support website.
Links to the Dell Document Hub website.

This is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Right Frame
The right frame is located on the right side of all the pages. The contents of the right
frame correspond to the menu that you select in the left frame. See "Details of the Menu
Items."

Buttons in the Right Frame

1 Refresh Button

Receives the current printer configuration and updates the latest
information in the right frame.

2 Apply New Settings Button

Submits new settings made on Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
to the printer. The new settings replace the old settings of the
printer.

3 Restore Settings Button

Restores the old settings that existed before any changes were
made. New settings are not submitted to the printer.

Changing the Settings of the Menu Items
Some menus allow you to change the printer settings through Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool. When you access these menus, the authentication window appears on the

138

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

screen. Enter a user name and password for the printer administrator by following the
prompts displayed in the dialog box.
The default user name is admin, and the default password is left blank (NULL). You can
change only the password in the Set Password page in the Security menu. The user
name cannot be changed. See "Set Password."

Details of the Menu Items
Left Frame

Tab

Menu Item

"Printer Status"

"Printer Status"
"Printer Events"
"Printer Information"

"Printer Jobs"

"Job List"
"Completed Jobs"

"Printer Settings"

"Printer Settings Report"

"Menu Settings"
"Reports"

"Printer Settings"

"System Settings"
"Network Settings"
"USB Settings"
"PCL Settings"
"PS Settings"
"PDF Settings"
"Secure Settings"
"Copy Defaults"
"Copy Color Balance"
"Copy Settings"
"Fax Defaults"
"Fax Settings"
"Scan Defaults"
"Direct Print Defaults / USB Direct
Print Defaults"*6
"MIFARE Customized Card"

"Printer Maintenance"

"Paper Density"
"Adjust Transfer Belt Unit"
"Adjust 2nd BTR"
"Adjust Fusing Unit"
"Color Registration Adjustments"
“Clean Developer”
"Reset Defaults"
"Initialize Print Meter"
"Clear Stored Jobs"*1
"Non-Dell Toner"
"Adjust Altitude"
"Clock Settings"
"Web Link Customization"

"Print Server Settings"

"Print Server Reports"

"Print Server Setup Page"

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

139

Left Frame

Tab

Menu Item
"E-Mail Server Setup Page"

"Print Server Settings"

"Basic Information"
"Port Settings"
"TCP/IP"
"SMB"
"E-Mail Server"
"Bonjour (mDNS)"
"SNMP"
"Scan to Network Folder"
"SNTP"
"AirPrint"
"Mopria"
“Google Cloud Print”
"Dell Document Hub"*5
"Proxy Server"
"Wi-Fi"*2
"Wi-Fi Direct"*4
"Reset Print Server"

"Security"

"Set Password"
"Authentication System"
"Kerberos Server"
"LDAP Server"
"LDAP Authentication"
"LDAP User Mapping"
"SSL/TLS"
"IPsec"
"802.1x"*3
"IP Filter"
"SMTP Domain Filtering"

"Copy Printer Settings"

"Copy Printer Settings"
"Copy Printer Settings Report"

"Print Volume"

"Print Volume"
"Dell ColorTrack"

"Address Book"

"E-Mail Address"

"E-Mail Address"
"E-Mail Group"
"Default Setup"

"Server Address"

"Phone Book"

"FAX Speed Dial"
"FAX Group"

"Tray Management"
*1
*2

"Tray Management"

This item is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.
This item is available only when the printer is connected using the wireless network.
Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.
This item is available only when the printer is connected using an Ethernet cable.

140

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

*4
*5
*6

Wi-Fi Direct is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.
Dell Document Hub is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.
For Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw, Direct Print Defaults is displayed. For Dell S2825cdn, USB Direct Print
Defaults is displayed.

Printer Status
Use the Printer Status menu to check the status of consumables, hardware, and
specifications of the printer.

Printer Status
The Printer Status tab includes the Printer Status, Printer Events and Printer
Information pages.
Printer Status
Displays the status of the consumables, trays, and covers.
Cyan Toner
Cartridge

Indicates whether the toner, drum cartridge
and/or waste toner box is OK for use, or the
toner, drum cartridge and/or waste toner box
needs to be replaced soon or now.

Magenta Toner
Cartridge
Yellow Toner
Cartridge
Black Toner
Cartridge
Consumables
Cyan Drum
Cartridge
Magenta Drum
Cartridge
Yellow Drum
Cartridge
Black Drum
Cartridge
Waste Toner
Box
Paper Trays

Output Tray

Cover
Printer Type

Status

Indicates that there is some paper in the tray but
the quantity is unknown.

Add Paper

Indicates that there is no paper in the tray.

Capacity

Displays the maximum capacity of the paper
tray.

Size

Displays the size of paper in the tray.

Status

Indicates that the tray is available when OK is
displayed.

Capacity

Displays the maximum capacity of the paper
tray.

Status

Indicates whether the cover is closed or open.
Color Laser is displayed normally.

Printing Speed

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

141

Printer Events
When faults occur, the details of all alerts or indications of faults are displayed in the
Printer Events page.
Printer Information
Displays the printer details such as the hardware version and Service Tag Number. This
page can also be displayed by clicking Printer Information in the left frame.

Printer Jobs
The Printer Jobs menu contains information on the Job List and Completed Jobs
pages. These pages show the details of the status regarding each protocol or job.

Printer Jobs
The Printer Jobs tab includes the Job List and Completed Jobs pages.
Job List
Displays the jobs that are being processed. Click the Refresh button to update the
screen.
ID

Displays the job ID.

Job Name

Displays the file name of the job being processed.

Owner

Displays the name of the job owner.

Host Name

Displays the name of the host computer.

Job Status

Displays the status of the job being processed.

Job Type

Displays the type of the job being processed.

Host I/F

Displays the status of the host interface.

Job Submitted Time

Displays the date when the job was submitted.

Completed Jobs
Displays the completed jobs. Up to the last 20 jobs are displayed. Click the Refresh
button to update the screen.
Clear Job History

Deletes job history.

Displays the job ID.

Job Name

Displays the file name of the completed job.

Owner

Displays the name of the job owner.

Host Name

Displays the name of the host computer.

Output Result

Displays the status of the completed job.

Job Type

Displays the type of the completed job.

Impression Number

Displays the total number of pages for the job.

No. of Sheets

Displays the total number of sheets for the job.

Host I/F

Displays the status of the host interface.

Job Submitted Time

Displays the date when the job was submitted.

Printer Settings
Use the Printer Settings menu to display the Printer Settings Report, Printer Settings,
and Printer Maintenance tabs and to configure the printer settings.
142

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

Printer Settings Report
The Printer Settings Report tab includes the Menu Settings and Reports pages.
Menu Settings
Displays the current settings of the printer menus.
Reports
Prints various types of reports and lists. Click Start to print each report.
System Settings
Panel Settings
PCL Fonts List
PCL Macros List
PS Fonts List
PDF Fonts List
Job History
Error History
Print Meter
Color Test Page
Protocol Monitor
Speed Dial
Address Book
Server Address
Fax Activity
Fax Pending
Stored Documents*
*

This item is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.

Printer Settings
The Printer Settings tab includes System Settings, Network Settings, USB Settings, PCL
Settings, PS Settings, PDF Settings, Secure Settings, Copy Defaults, Copy Color
Balance, Copy Settings, Fax Defaults, Fax Settings, Scan Defaults, Direct Print
Defaults/USB Direct Print Defaults, and MIFARE Customized Card pages.
System Settings
Configures the basic printer settings.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

143

General

Power Saver Time Sleep

Sets the time taken by the printer to enter Sleep mode
after it finishes a job.

Power Saver Time Deep Sleep

Sets the time taken by the printer to enter Deep Sleep
mode after it has entered Sleep mode.

Power Saver Time Power Off Timer*1

Sets the time taken by the printer to enter Power Off
mode after it has entered Deep Sleep mode.

mm / inch

Sets the measurement unit to be used on the touch panel
as either mm or inches.

Screen Brightness

Sets the brightness level of the touch panel.

Control Panel Tone

Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
operator panel input is correct, or disables the tone.

Invalid Key Tone

Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
operator panel input is incorrect, or disables the tone.

Machine Ready Tone

Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
printer becomes ready, or disables the tone.

Copy Completed
Tone

Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a copy
job is complete, or disables the tone.

Job Completed Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a job
other than a copy job is complete, or disables the tone.
Fault Tone

Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a job
ends abnormally, or disables the tone.

Alert Tone

Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a
problem occurs, or disables the tone.

Out of Paper Tone

Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
printer runs out of paper, or disables the tone.

Low Toner Alert Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
toner is low, or disables the tone.
Auto Clear Alert Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted 5 seconds
before the printer performs auto clear, or disables the
tone.

Timers

144

NFC Authentication
Tone*1

Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when an NFC
card is placed on the NFC reader for authentication, or
disables the tone.

All Tones

Sets the volume of all the alert tones, or disables all the
tones.

Low Toner Alert
Message

Alerts you if the toner is low.

OffHook Wake Up

Sets whether to wake up from Sleep or Deep Sleep mode
when you pick up the handset of the external telephone.

Auto Log Print

Sets if a job history needs to be printed after every 20
jobs.

RAM Disk

Sets whether to allocate RAM for the file system for the
Secure Print, Proof Print, Private Mailbox, and Public
Mailbox features.

Panel Language

Used to set the language on the touch panel.

Max E-mail Size

Sets the maximum size of e-mail that can be sent.

Auto Reset

Sets the amount of time before the printer automatically
resets its settings to the defaults when no additional
settings are made.

Fault Time-out

Sets the amount of time the printer waits before
canceling a job that stops abnormally.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

Output Settings

Default Paper Size

Sets the default print paper size.

Print ID

Sets where to print the user ID on the output paper.

Print Text

Sets whether the printer outputs Page Description
Language (PDL) data which is not supported by the
printer as text when the printer receives it.

Banner Sheet Insert
Position

Sets where to insert a banner sheet in the output.

Banner Sheet Specify Sets from which tray a banner sheet is fed.
Tray
Substitute Tray

Sets whether to use another size paper when the paper
that is loaded in the specified tray does not match the
paper size settings for the current job.

Letterhead 2 Sided

Sets whether to print on both sides of letterhead.

A4<>Letter Switch

Sets whether to print A4 size jobs on Letter size paper if
A4 is not available in the paper trays and vice versa.

A5<>Statement
Switch

Sets whether to print A5 size jobs on Statement size paper
if A5 is not available in the paper trays and vice versa.

Report 2 Sided Print

Sets whether to print reports on both sides a sheet of
paper.

Use Another Tray

Sets whether to show a message to select another tray
when the specified paper is not available in the paper tray.

Resume Printing After Sets whether to delete print job after recovering from
paper jam.
Jam Recovery*2
Tap To Print

*1
*2

Sets whether to add the printer to a mobile device such as
a tablet or a smartphone by tapping the device to the
(NFC) reader.

This is available on certain regions.
This setting does not affect fax job.

Network Settings
Specifies the PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol for the printer.
Network Settings

PS Data Format

Sets PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol
for each interface.

USB Settings
Specifies USB settings of the printer.
USB Settings

USB Port

Sets whether to enable the USB interface on the printer.

PS Data Format

Sets PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol
for each interface.

Job Time-out

Sets the amount of time the printer waits for data to arrive
from the computer.

PCL Settings
Specifies the Printer Control Language (PCL) settings.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

145

PCL Settings

Paper Tray

Sets the paper input tray.

Paper Size

Sets the paper size.

Custom Paper Size - Y Sets the length of custom size paper.
Custom Paper Size - X Sets the width of custom size paper.
Orientation

Sets how text and graphics are oriented on the page.

2 Sided Print

Sets duplex setting as the default for all print jobs.

Font

Sets the font from the list of registered fonts.

Symbol Set

Sets a symbol set for the specified font.

Font Size

Sets the font size for scalable typographic fonts.

Font Pitch

Sets the font pitch for scalable mono spaced fonts.

Form Line

Sets the number of lines in a page.

Quantity

Sets the number of copies to print.

Image Enhance

Sets whether to enable the Image Enhancement feature.

Hex Dump

Sets whether to help isolate the source of a print job
problem. With Hex Dump selected, all data sent to the
printer is printed in hexadecimal and character
representation. Control codes are not executed.

Draft Mode

Sets whether to print in the draft mode.

Line Termination

Sets how to handle line terminations.

Default Color

Sets the print color mode as Color or Black. This setting is
used for print jobs without a specified color print mode.

Ignore Form Feed

Sets whether to ignore blank pages that only contain
form feed control codes.

PS Settings
Specifies printer settings that only affect jobs using the PostScript 3 Compatible
emulation printer language.
PS Settings

PS Error Report

Sets whether the contents of the errors concerning
PostScript 3 Compatible page description language are
printed.

PS Job Time-out

Sets the execution time for one PostScript 3 Compatible
job.

Paper Select Mode

Sets the way to select the tray for the PostScript 3
Compatible mode.

Default Color

Sets the default color mode for the PostScript 3
Compatible mode.

PDF Settings
Specifies the PDF settings.

146

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

PDF Settings

Quantity
2 Sided Print

Sets whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.

Print Mode
PDF Password

Sets a password.

Re-enter PDF
Password

Confirms the set password.

Collation

Sets whether to sort the output.

Output Size
Layout
Default Color
Detect Job Separator Sets whether to detect the end of the job in printing PDF
files successively from the USB memory.

Secure Settings
Panel Lock
Sets a limited access to Admin Settings with a password, and to set or change the
password.
Panel Lock

Panel Lock Control*

Sets whether to enable/disable password protection for
the Admin Settings.

New Password

Sets a password that is required to access the Admin
Settings.

Re-enter Password

Confirms the set password.

Some setting items in the Secure Settings are displayed only when this setting item is enabled.

NOTE:
• You can set the password for Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool from Set Password in Print
Server Settings.

Functions Control
Specifies whether to lock the copy, scan, fax, and print functions with a password, and to
set or change the password.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

147

Functions Control

Copy

Sets whether to lock the copy function with a password.

Scan to E-mail

Sets whether to lock the Scan to Email feature with a
password.

Fax

Sets whether to lock the fax function with a password.

Fax Driver

Sets whether to enable or disable the fax driver function.

Scan to Network
Folder

Sets whether to lock the Scan to Network Folder feature
with a password.

Scan to Computer

Sets whether to lock the Scan to Computer feature with a
password.

PC Scan

Sets whether to lock the PC Scan feature with a
password.

Scan to USB

Sets whether to lock the Scan to USB feature with a
password.

USB Direct Print

Sets whether to lock the USB Direct Print feature with a
password.

ID Copy

Sets whether to enable or disable the ID Copy feature.

USB Service - Show
When Inserted

Sets whether to show the USB Drive Detected screen
when a USB flash drive is inserted into the printer.

Automatic Document Sets whether to enable or disable to detect document
Detected Menu
loaded in the DADF and show DADF related menus on the
touch panel.
New Password

Sets a password that is required to access the copy, scan,
fax, and print functions.

Re-enter Password

Confirms the set password.

NOTE:
• You can set the password for Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool from Set Password in Print
Server Settings.

Secure Receive
Allows you to password protect all the incoming faxes. When the Secure Receive feature
is enabled, the printer stores incoming faxes and prints them when the correct password
is entered on the touch panel.
Secure Receive

Secure Receive Set

Sets whether to enable/disable password protection for
all incoming faxes.

New Password

Sets a password for incoming faxes.

Re-enter Password

Confirms the set password.

NOTE:
• You can set the password for Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool from Set Password in Print
Server Settings.

Desktop Login
Select the user authentication method from either local authentication or remote
authentication. To use the remote authentication method, the LDAP server or the
Kerberos server is required to authenticate the user.
NOTE:
• This is available on Dell S2825cdn.

148

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

Desktop Login

Desktop
Authentication

Sets the authentication method.

Authentication
System

Click to display the Authentication System page and to
specify the authentication system settings.

User Login History

Select the check box to enable the User Login History
feature.

Edit E-mail From Fields
Sets whether to enable editing of the transmission source when you use the Scan to
Email feature.
Reconfirm Recipients
Sets whether to reconfirm before sending fax or scan jobs.
Software Download
Sets whether to enable download of firmware updates.
Display of Network Information
Sets whether to show network information in the message field of the Home screen.
Login Error
Specifies how many times an administrator can attempt to log in to Panel Lock,
Functions Control, and Secure Receive.
NFC Authentication
Sets whether to enable the authentication using the NFC authentication card.
NOTE:
• This is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Set Available Time - Copy/Scan/Fax/Print
Specifies the time to enable the secure setting for the copy, scan, fax, and print
functions.
Set Available
Time

Set Available Time
Start Time
End Time
Recurrence

Secure Job Expiration
NOTE:
• Secure Job Expiration feature is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.

Specifies the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.
Secure Job Expiration Expiration Mode

Allows you to set the date to delete the files stored as
Secure Print in the RAM disk.

Expiration Time

Sets the time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in
the RAM disk.

Recurrence

Sets the period to repeat the setting.

Weekly Settings

Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.

Monthly Settings

Sets the day of the month to repeat the setting.

Copy Defaults
Creates your own default copy settings.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

149

Copy Defaults

Output Color

Sets whether to print in color or in black and white.

Select Tray

Sets the default input tray.

Collation

Sets whether to sort a copy job.

Reduce/Enlarge

Sets the default reduction/enlargement ratio.

Custom
Reduce/Enlarge

Sets the custom reduction/enlargement ratio.

Original Size

Sets the document paper size.

Original Type

Sets the document paper type.

Darken/Lighten

Sets the default copy density.

Sharpness

Sets the default sharpness level.

Color Saturation

Adjusts the saturation of colors to make the colors lighter
or darker.

Auto Exposure

Sets whether to suppress the background to enhance text
on the copy.

Auto Exposure Level

Sets the background suppression level.

Copy Color Balance
Specifies the copy color balance.
Copy Settings
Configures the copy settings.
Copy Settings

2 Sided Copying

Sets whether to print on both sides of a sheet of
paper.

Binding of
Original

Sets the binding position for the two-sided
copying.

2-Up

Off

Does not perform multiple-up printing.

Auto

Automatically reduces to fit onto one sheet of
paper.

Manual

Specify the reduce/enlarge ratio in
Reduce/Enlarge.

Margin
Top/Bottom

Sets the value of the top and bottom margins.

Margin
Left/Right

Sets the value of the left and right margins.

Margin Middle

Sets the value of the middle margin.

Fax Defaults
Creates your own default fax settings.

150

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

Fax Defaults

Resolution

Standard

Suitable for documents with normal sized
characters.

Fine

Suitable for documents containing small
characters or thin lines or documents printed
using a dot-matrix printer.

Super Fine

Suitable for documents containing extremely
fine detail. The super fine mode is enabled only
if the remote machine also supports the Super
Fine resolution.

Photo

Suitable for documents containing
photographic images.

2 Sided Scanning

Sets whether to scan both sides of a document.

Binding of
Original

Sets the binding position for the two-sided
scanning.

Darken/Lighten

Sets the default density to fax your documents
lighter or darker.

Delayed Send

Sets the fax transmission start time when
sending a fax at a specified time.

Fax Settings
Configures the fax settings.
NOTE:
• You cannot set up the items on the Fax Settings page unless you set up the country code under
Country.
• Duplex print may not be done depending on the size of the received faxes or settings of the trays,
etc.
Fax Line Settings Fax Number

Allows you to enter the fax number of the
printer to be printed on the header of faxes.

Country

Sets the country where the printer is used.

Fax Header Name

Allows you to enter a name to be printed on the
header of faxes.

Line Type

Sets the default line type; Public Switched
Telephone Network (PSTN) or Private Branch
Exchange (PBX).

Line Monitor

Sets the volume of the line monitor, which
audibly monitors a transmission through the
internal speaker until a connection is made.

DRPD Pattern

Sets the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection
(DRPD) setting from Pattern1 to Pattern7.
DRPD is a service provided by some telephone
companies.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

151

Incoming
Defaults

Receive Mode

Telephone

Automatic fax reception is turned off. You can
receive a fax by picking up the handset of the
external telephone and then pressing a remote
receive code, or by tapping Receive in On
Hook and then tapping Receive. For details,
see "Receiving a Fax Manually."

Fax

Automatically receives faxes.

Telephone/Fax

When the printer receives an incoming fax, the
external telephone rings for the time specified
in Auto Receive Tel/Fax, and then the printer
receives a fax. If an incoming call is not a fax, the
printer beeps from the internal speaker
indicating that the call is a telephone call.

Ans Machine/Fax The printer can share a telephone line with an
answering machine. In this mode, the printer
monitors the fax signal and pick up the line if
there are fax tones. If the telephone
communication in your country is serial, this
mode is not supported.
DRPD

152

Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern
Detection (DRPD) option, a distinctive ring
service must be installed on your telephone line
by the telephone company. After the telephone
company has provided a separate number for
faxing with a distinctive ring pattern, configure
the fax setup to monitor for that specific ring
pattern.

Ring Tone
Volume

Sets the volume of the ring tone, which
indicates that an incoming call is a telephone
call through the internal speaker when Receive
Mode is set to Telephone/Fax.

Auto Receive Fax

Sets the interval at which the printer goes into
the fax receive mode after answering an
incoming call.

Auto Receive
Tel/Fax

Sets the interval at which the printer goes into
the fax receive mode after the external
telephone receives an incoming call.

Auto Receive
Answer/Fax

Sets the interval at which the printer goes into
the fax receive mode after the external
answering machine receives an incoming call.

Junk Fax Setup

Sets whether to reject unwanted faxes by
accepting only the faxes from the numbers
registered in the phone book.

2 Sided Printing

Sets whether to print on both sides of a sheet of
paper.

Remote Receive

Sets whether to receive a fax by pressing a
remote receive code on the external telephone.

Remote Receive
Tone

Sets a 2-digit remote receive code when
Remote Receive is On.

Discard Size

Sets whether to delete text or images at the
bottom of a fax page when the entire page does
not fit onto the output paper. Selecting Auto
Reduction automatically reduces the fax page
to fit it onto the output paper, and does not
discard any images or text at the bottom of the
page.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

Received Fax
Forward

Sets your printer to forward incoming faxes to
another fax number, to e-mail addresses, or to a
server.

Forward

Forwards incoming faxes to a specified
destination. Prints incoming faxes if an error
occurs during the transfer.

Forwarding
Number

Allows you to enter the fax number of the
destination to which incoming faxes are
forwarded.

Forward to
E-mail

Forwards incoming faxes to specified e-mail
addresses. Prints incoming faxes if an error
occurs during the transfer.

Forwarding
E-mail Address 1

Allows you to enter the e-mail address to which
incoming faxes are to be forwarded.

Forwarding
E-mail Address 2
Forwarding
E-mail Address 3
Forwarding
E-mail Address 4
Forwarding
E-mail Address 5
Forward to
Server

Forwards incoming faxes to a specified server
address. Prints incoming faxes if an error occurs
during the transfer.

Server Type

Sets the server type.

Server Address

Sets the server address registered under the
server ID.

Server Port
Number

Sets the server port number.

Sets the login name.

Sets the login password.

Re-enter
Password

Enter the password again to check it.

Share Name

Sets the shared name.

Server Path

Sets the server path.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

153

Transmission
Defaults

Fax Reports

Redial Attempts

Sets the number of redial attempts to make if
the destination fax number is busy. If you enter
0, the printer does not redial.

Interval of Redial

Sets the interval between redial attempts.

Resend Delay

Sets the interval between re-send attempts.

Tone/Pulse

Sets whether to use tone or pulse dialing.

Prefix Dial

Sets whether to set a prefix dial number.

Prefix Dial
Number

Sets a prefix dial number of up to five digits. This
number dials before any auto dial number is
started. It is useful for accessing the Private
Automatic Branch Exchange (PABX).

Fax Cover Page

Sets whether to attach a cover page to faxes.

Fax Header

Sets whether to print the information of the
sender on the header of faxes.

ECM

Sets whether to enable the Error Correction
Mode (ECM). To use the ECM, the remote
machines must also support the ECM.

Modem Speed

Allows you to adjust the fax modem speed
when a fax transmission or reception error
occurs.

Display Manual
Fax Recipients

Sets whether to show the fax number of the
recipient on the Sending Fax screen when
manually sending a fax.

Fax Activity

Sets whether to automatically print a fax activity
report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax
communications.

Fax Transmit

Sets whether to print a transmission report after
every fax transmission or only when an error
occurs.

Fax Broadcast

Sets whether to print a transmission report after
every fax transmission to multiple destinations
or only when an error occurs.

Fax Protocol

Sets whether to print the protocol monitor
report after every fax transmission or only when
an error occurs.

Scan Defaults
Creates your own default scan settings.

154

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

Scan Defaults

File Format

Sets the file format in which scanned data is to be saved.

Output Color

Sets whether to scan in color or in black and white.

Resolution

Sets the default scan resolution.

Original Size

Sets the document paper size.

2 Sided Scanning

Sets whether to scan both sides of a document.

Binding of Original

Sets the binding position for the two-sided scanning.

Darken/Lighten

Sets the default scan density.

Sharpness

Sets the default sharpness level.

Contrast

Sets the default contrast level.

Auto Exposure

Sets whether to suppress the background to enhance text
on the scanned data.

Auto Exposure Level

Sets the default background suppression level.

Margin Top/Bottom

Sets the value of the top and bottom margins.

Margin Left/Right

Sets the value of the left and right margins.

Margin Middle

Sets the value of the middle margin.

TIFF File Format

Sets the TIFF file format to TIFF V6 or TTN2.

Image Compression

Sets the image compression level.

File Naming Mode

Sets the detailed settings of File Naming Mode to Auto,
Add Prefix or Add Suffix.

Prefix/Suffix String

Sets the texts that are added when Add Prefix or Add
Suffix are selected.

Create Folder

Sets whether to create a folder when saving scanned
data.

Direct Print Defaults / USB Direct Print Defaults
NOTE:
• For Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw, Direct Print Defaults is displayed. For Dell S2825cdn, USB
Direct Print Defaults is displayed.

Creates your own Direct Print Defaults / USB Direct Print Defaults setting.
Direct Print Defaults / Output Color
USB Direct Print
Select Tray
Defaults
2 Sided Printing

Sets whether to print in color or in black and white.
Sets the default input tray.
Sets whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.

Layout

Sets Displays the default paper layout when Layout is
selected.

Image Types

Sets the print image quality when printing documents.

Collation

Sets whether to sort the output.

PDF Password

Sets a password.

Re-enter PDF
Password

Confirms the set password.

MIFARE Customized Card
Registers SSFC formatted NFC ID cards.
User ID Block 1

Allows you to register the MIFARE Customized Card.

User ID Block 2
User ID Block 3

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

155

NOTE:
• This is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Printer Maintenance
The Printer Maintenance tab includes the Paper Density, Adjust Transfer Belt Unit,
Adjust 2nd BTR, Adjust Fusing Unit, Color Registration Adjustments, Clean Developer,
Reset Defaults, Initialize Print Meter, Clear Stored Jobs, Non-Dell Toner, Adjust
Altitude, Clock Settings, and Web Link Customization pages.
Paper Density
Specifies the paper density for the plain paper and labels.
Adjust Transfer Belt Unit
Adjusts the transfer bias when the faint image of the previous page, a part of the page
currently printing, etc. appear on the output.
Adjust Transfer Belt
Unit

K Offset

If faint black colored ghosts appear, try to decrease the
value.

YMC Offset

If faint ghosts in color (yellow, magenta, or cyan) appear,
try to decrease the value.

Adjust 2nd BTR
Specifies the optimum voltage settings for printing for the 2nd Belt Transfer Roller (2nd
BTR). To lower the voltage, set negative values. To increase, set positive values. If you see
mottles on the print output, try to increase the voltage. If you see white spots on the
print output, try to decrease the voltage.
NOTE:
• The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.
Adjust 2nd BTR

Plain
(60-90g/m2)

Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller
for each paper type.

Plain Thick
(91-105g/m2)
Covers
(106-176g/m2)
Covers Thick
(177-220g/m2)
Coated
(106-176g/m2)
Coated Thick
(177-220g/m2)
Label
Envelope
Recycled

Adjust Fusing Unit
Specifies the optimum temperature settings for printing for the fusing unit. To lower the
temperature, set negative values. To increase, set positive values. When the printouts are

156

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

curled, try to lower the temperature. When the toner does not fuse on the paper
properly, try to increase the temperature.
NOTE:
• The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.
Adjust Fusing Unit

Plain
(60-90g/m2)

Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for each
paper type.

Plain Thick
(91-105g/m2)
Covers
(106-176g/m2)
Covers Thick
(177-220g/m2)
Coated
(106-176g/m2)
Coated Thick
(177-220g/m2)
Label
Envelope
Recycled

Color Registration Adjustments
Specifies whether to automatically perform color registration adjustment.
Clean Developer
Stirs the developer in the drum cartridge and cleans the transfer unit.
Clean Developer

Clean Developer and
Transfer Unit

Click Start to stir the developer in the drum cartridge and
clean the transfer unit.

Yellow Toner Refresh Click Start to expel the toner in the drum cartridge, and
supply the fresh toner from the toner cartridge.
Magenta Toner
Refresh
Cyan Toner Refresh
Black Toner Refresh

Reset Defaults
Initializes the non-volatile (NV) memory. After executing this setting and restarting the
printer, all the menu parameters are reset to their default values.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

157

Reset Defaults

Reset Defaults User
Fax Section and
restart printer.

Click Start to reset the fax number entries in the address
book.

Reset Defaults User
Scan Section and
restart printer.

Click Start to reset the e-mail and server address entries
in the address book.

Reset Defaults User
Account Section and
restart printer.*

Click Start to reset the user account entries.

Reset Defaults User
App Section and
restart printer.*

Click Start to reset the user application entries.

Reset Defaults System Click Start to reset the system parameters.
Section and restart
printer.
Power On Wizard
*

Click Start to perform the initial setup for the printer.

This is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Initialize Print Meter
Initializes the print meter of the printer. When the print meter is initialized, the meter
count is reset to 0.
Clear Stored Jobs
NOTE:
• Clear Stored Jobs feature is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.

Clears all files stored in the RAM disk.
Clear Stored Jobs

All

Click Start to clear all files stored as Secure Print, Proof
Print, Private Mailbox, and Public Mailbox in the RAM disk.

Secure Document

Click Start to clear all files stored as Secure Print in the
RAM disk.

Stored Document

Click Start to clear all files stored as stored print in the
RAM disk.

Non-Dell Toner
Uses toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
CAUTION:
• Using a non-Dell toner cartridge may severely damage the printer. The warranty does not cover
damages caused by using non-Dell toner cartridges.

Adjust Altitude
Specifies the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric
pressure. Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the
printer is being used.
Clock Settings
Specifies the clock settings.

158

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

Machine Clock

Date Format
Time Format
Time Zone
Set Date
Set Time

Web Link Customization
Specifies a link used for ordering consumables, which can be accessed from Order
Supplies at: in the left frame.
Web Link
Customization

Select Reorder URL

Sets a URL to be linked to Order Supplies at:

Regular

Displays the regular URL
(http://accessories.us.dell.com/sna) that can be linked to
Order Supplies at:.

Premier

Displays the premier URL (http://premier.dell.com) that
can be linked to Order Supplies at:.

Print Server Settings
Use the Print Server Settings menu to set the type of printer interface and the necessary
conditions for communication.

Print Server Reports
The Print Server Reports tab includes the Print Server Setup Page and the E-Mail Server
Setup Page.
Print Server Setup Page
Displays the current settings of the print server and network.
E-Mail Server Setup Page
Displays the current settings of the e-mail server, e-mail alert, and e-mail report.

Print Server Settings
The Print Server Settings tab includes the Basic Information, Port Settings, TCP/IP,
SMB, E-Mail Server, Bonjour (mDNS), SNMP, Scan to Network Folder, SNTP, AirPrint,
Mopria, Google Cloud Print, Dell Document Hub, Proxy Server, Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi Direct, and
Reset Print Server pages.
Basic Information
Configures basic information of the printer.
System Settings

Printer Name
Location

Sets the location of the printer.

Contact Person

Sets the contact name, number, and other information of
the printer administrator and service center.

Administrator E-Mail
Address

Sets the contact address of the printer administrator and
service center.

Asset Tag Number

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

159

Dell Printer
Configuration Web
Tool Settings

Auto Refresh

Automatically refreshes the contents of the status display
pages.

Auto Refresh Interval Sets the time interval for refreshing the contents of the
status display pages automatically.

NOTE:
• The Auto Refresh feature is effective for the contents of the top frame, Printer Status page, Job
List page, and Completed Jobs page.

Port Settings
Enables or disables printing ports and management protocol features.
Ethernet*

Ethernet Settings Auto
10Base-T
Half-Duplex

Detects the Ethernet transmission rate and the
duplex mode.
Specifies as the default value.

10Base-T
Full-Duplex
100Base-TX
Half-Duplex
100Base-TX
Full-Duplex
1000Base-T
Full-Duplex
Current Ethernet
Settings
MAC Address
Energy Efficient
Ethernet
Port Status

LPD

Select the check box to enable the Energy
Efficient Ethernet feature.
Sets whether to enable each item.

Port9100
IPP
WSD Print
WSD Scan
Network TWAIN
FTP
SMB
Bonjour (mDNS)
E-Mail Alert
Telnet
SNMP
Update Address
Book
SNTP
Google Cloud
Print
Print from
Widget Apps
Scan to Widget
Apps

160

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

This item is available only when the printer is connected using an Ethernet cable.
NOTE:
• The settings in the Port Settings page become valid only when the printer is restarted. When you
change or configure the settings, click the Apply New Settings button to apply the new settings.

TCP/IP
Configures the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address of the printer.
TCP/IP Settings

IP Mode
Host Name
IPv4

IP Address Mode Sets the method for acquiring the IP address.
Manual IP
Address

When an IP address is being set manually, the IP
is allocated to the printer using the format
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to
254. 127 and any value in the range of 224 to
254 cannot be specified for the first octet of a
gateway address.

Manual Subnet
Mask

When an IP address is being set manually, the
subnet mask is specified using the format
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to
255. 255.255.255.255 cannot be specified as the
subnet mask.

Manual Gateway When an IP address is being set manually, the
Address
gateway address is specified using the format
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to
254. 127 and any value in the range of 224 to
254 cannot be specified for the first octet of a
gateway address.
IPv6

Enable Stateless
Address

Select the check box to enable the stateless
address.

Use Manual
Address

Select the check box to set the IP address
manually.

Get IP Address
from DHCP

Allows you to enable or disable the automatic
setting of the IP address via DHCP.

Manual Address

Sets the IP address. To specify an IPv6 address,
enter the address followed by a slash (/) and
then "64." For details, contact your system
administrator.

Manual Gateway Sets the gateway address.
Address

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

161

DNS

DNS Domain
Name
IPv4

IPv6

Get DNS Server
Address from
DHCP

Allows you to enable or disable the automatic
setting of the DNS server address via DHCP.

Manual DNS
Server Address

Manually sets the DNS server address in
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format when Get DNS Server
Address from DHCP is not selected.

Get DNS Server
Address from
DHCPv6-lite

Select the check box to get the DNS server
address automatically from the DHCPv6-lite
server.

Manual DNS
Server Address

Sets the DNS server address.

DNS Dynamic
Update (IPv4)

Select the check box to enable dynamic
updates to DNS.

DNS Dynamic
Update (IPv6)

Select the check box to enable dynamic
updates to DNS.

Auto Generate
Search List

Select the check box to automatically generate
the search list.

Search Domain
Name

Sets the search domain name. Up to 255
alphanumeric characters, periods, and hyphens
can be used. If you need to specify more than
one domain name, separate them using a
comma or semicolon.

Time-out

Sets the time-out period.

Priority to IPv6
DNS Name
Resolution

Select the check box to enable the DNS Name
Resolution feature.

WINS Mode

Allows you to enable or disable the automatic
setting of the primary and secondary WINS
server addresses via DHCP.

WINS Primary
Server

Manually sets the primary WINS server address
in xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format when WINS Mode is
not selected.

WINS Secondary
Server

Manually sets the secondary WINS server
address in xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format when WINS
Mode is not selected.

LPD

Connection
Time-Out

Sets the connection time-out period.

Port9100

Port Number

Sets the port number from 9000 to 9999.

Connection
Time-Out

Sets the connection time-out period.

Printer URI

Displays the printer URI.

Connection
Time-Out

Sets the connection time-out period.

Port Number

Displays the port number for receiving requests
from the client.

Maximum
Sessions

Displays the maximum number of connections
received simultaneously by the client.

WINS

IPP

162

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

WSD

Port Number

Sets the port number to 80 or from 8000 to
9999.

Receive
Time-Out

Sets the receive time-out period.

Notification
Time-Out

Sets the notification time-out period.

Maximum
Number of TTL

Sets the maximum number of TTL from 1 to 10.

Maximum
Number of
Notification

Sets the maximum number of notifications from
10 to 20.

Network TWAIN

Connection
Time-Out

Sets the connection time-out period.

FTP

Password

Sets the password for FTP.

Re-enter
Password

Enter the password again to check it.

Connection
Time-Out

Sets the connection time-out period.

Port Number

Sets the port number to 80 or from 8000 to
9999.

Simultaneous
Connections

Displays the maximum number of simultaneous
connections.

CSRF Protection

Select the check box to enable the CSRF
Protection.

Connection
Time-Out

Sets the connection time-out period.

Password

Sets the password for Telnet.

Re-enter
Password

Confirms the set password.

Connection
Time-Out

Sets the connection time-out period.

Connection
Time-Out

Sets the connection time-out period.

HTTP

Telnet

Update Address
Book

SMB
Specifies the setting of the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol.
SMB

Host Name

Sets the host name of the server computer.

Workgroup

Sets the workgroup.

Maximum Sessions

Sets the maximum number of sessions.

Unicode Support

Sets whether to notify the host name and workgroup
name in Unicode characters during SMB transmission.

Auto Master Mode

Sets whether to enable the Auto Master Mode.

Encrypt Password

Sets whether to encrypt the password.

Job Time-Out

Sets the job time-out period.

Connection Time-Out Sets the connection time-out period.

E-Mail Server
Configures detailed settings of E-Mail Server, E-Mail Alert and E-Mail Report. This page
can also be displayed by clicking E-Mail Server Settings Overview in the left frame.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

163

E-Mail Server
Settings

E-Mail Alert
Settings

Primary SMTP
Gateway

Sets the primary SMTP gateway.

SMTP Port
Number

Sets the SMTP port number. This must be 25,
465, 587 or between 5000 and 65535.

E-Mail Send
Authentication

Sets the authentication method for outgoing
e-mail.

SMTP Login User

Sets the SMTP login user. Up to 63
alphanumeric characters, periods, hyphens,
underscores, and at symbols (@) can be used. If
specifying more than one address, separate
them using commas.

SMTP Login
Password

Sets the SMTP account password using up to 31
alphanumeric characters.

Re-enter SMTP
Login Password

Confirms the set SMTP account password.

POP3 Server
Address*

Sets the POP3 server address of pop.gmail.com
or as a DNS host name using up to 63
characters.

POP3 Port
Number*

Sets the POP3 server port number. This must be
110 or between 5000 and 65535.

POP User Name*

Sets the POP3 account user name. Up to 63
alphanumeric characters, periods, hyphens,
underscores, and at symbols (@) can be used. If
specifying more than one address, separate
them using commas.

POP User
Password*

Sets the POP3 account password using up to 31
alphanumeric characters.

Re-enter POP
User Password*

Confirms the set password.

Reply Address

Designates the reply e-mail address sent with
each E-mail Alert.

SMTP Server
Connection

Displays the status of the SMTP server
connection.

E-Mail List 1

Sets acceptable e-mail addresses for the E-Mail
Alert feature using up to 255 alphanumeric
characters.

Select Alerts for
List 1

Supplies Alerts

Select the check box to receive an E-Mail Alert
for consumables.

Paper Handling
Alerts

Select the check box to receive an E-Mail Alert
for paper handling.

Service Call

Select the check box to receive an E-Mail Alert
for Service Calls.

E-Mail List 2

Select Alerts for
List 2

164

Sets acceptable e-mail addresses for the E-Mail
Alert feature using up to 255 alphanumeric
characters.
Supplies Alerts

Select the check box to receive an E-Mail Alert
for consumables.

Paper Handling
Alerts

Select the check box to receive an E-Mail Alert
for paper handling.

Service Call

Select the check box to receive an E-Mail Alert
for Service Calls.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

E-Mail Report
Settings

History Report

Sets whether to receive the job history report by
e-mail after every 20 print, copy, scan, and fax
jobs.

Statistics Report

Sets whether to receive the statistic report by
e-mail on the use of print, copy, scan, and fax.

Volume Report

Sets whether to receive the print volume report
by e-mail.

Transmission
Time

Sets what time the reports are sent.

Recurrence

Sets at what recurrence the reports are sent.

Weekly Settings
(for Weekly only)

Sets the day of the week the reports are sent.

Monthly Settings
(for Monthly
only)

Sets the day of the month the reports are sent.

Destination
E-Mail Address 1

Allows you to enter the e-mail address to which
the reports are sent to.

Destination
E-Mail Address 2

Allows you to enter the e-mail address to which
the reports are sent to.

This item is available only when POP before SMTP (Plain) or POP before SMTP (APOP) for E-Mail Send
Authentication is selected.

Bonjour (mDNS)
Configures the detailed settings of Bonjour.
LAN1*

LAN2*

Host Name

Sets the host name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and
"-" (hyphen). The original setting remains valid if no input
is made.

Printer Name

Sets the printer name up to 63 alphanumeric characters
and symbol sets. The original setting remains valid if no
input is made.

Wide-Area Bonjour

Select the check box to enable the Wide-Area Bonjour
protocol.

Host Name

Sets the printer name up to 63 alphanumeric characters
and symbol sets. The original setting remains valid if no
input is made.

Printer Name

Sets the printer name up to 63 alphanumeric characters
and symbol sets. The original setting remains valid if no
input is made.

This is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

SNMP
Configures the detailed settings of SNMP.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

165

SNMP Configuration

Enable SNMP v1/v2c
Protocol

Select the check box to enable the SNMP v1/v2c
protocol.

Edit SNMP v1/v2c
Properties

Click to display the SNMP v1/v2c page and to edit the
setting of SNMP v1/v2c protocol from the page.

Enable SNMP v3
Protocol

Select the check box to enable the SNMP v3 protocol.

Edit SNMP v3
Properties

Click to display the SNMP v3 page and to edit the setting
of SNMP v3 protocol from the page.
You can click this item only when SSL/TSL
communication is enabled.

Community Name

Community Name
(Read only)*1

Sets the community name to access (read only) data
using up to 31 alphanumeric characters.
The original setting remains valid if no input is made.
Characters entered for community name in the previous
settings are not displayed on the screen. The default Read
Community is public.

Re-enter Community Enter the community name to access (read only) data
again to check it.
Name (Read only)*1
Community Name
(Read/Write)*1

Sets the community name to access (read and write) data
using up to 31 alphanumeric characters.
The original setting remains valid if no input is made.
Characters entered for community name in the previous
settings are not displayed on the screen. The default
Read/Write Community is private.

Re-enter Community Enter the community name to access (read and write)
Name (Read/Write)*1 data again to check it.
Community Name
(Trap)*1

Sets the community name used for trap up to 31
alphanumeric characters.
The original setting remains valid if no input is made.
Characters entered for Community Name (Trap) in the
previous settings are not displayed on the screen. The
default Trap Community is " " (NULL).

Re-enter Community Enter the community name used for trap again to check
it.
Name (Trap)*1
Trap Notification 1-4

Trap Address Type

Select the check boxes to notify trap occurrence. In this
case, specify the IP address and IP socket in the following
format:

Trap Address

IPv4

Port Number

Specify the IP address and IP socket in the
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn:mmmmm format. Each section of nnn
is a variable value between 0 and 255. Note that values
127 and 224-254 are not valid for the first three-digits
only. IP socket mmmmm is a variable value between 0
and 65,535.

Notify
Network*2

IPv6
Specify the IP address and IP socket in the
xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:mmmmm format.
Each section of XXXX is a hexadecimal variable value
between 0 and ffff. IP socket mmmmm is a variable value
between 0 and 65,535.
Authenticate Error
Trap
*1

Select the check box to notify Authenticate Error Trap.

The default value can be changed by using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.

166

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

This item is available only when Wi-Fi Direct is set to Enable.
The Wi-Fi Direct feature is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

SNMP v3
Edits the detailed settings of SNMP v3 protocol.
To enter this page, click Edit SNMP v3 Properties in the SNMP page.
Administrator
Account

Account Enabled

Select the check box to enable the administrator account.

User Name

Enter the user name of the administrator account.

Authentication
Password

Sets the authentication password of the administrator
account using 8 to 32 alphanumeric characters.

Re-enter
Authentication
Password

Confirms the set password.

Privacy Password

Sets the privacy password of the administrator account
using 8 to 32 alphanumeric characters.

Re-enter Privacy
Password

Confirms the set password.

Print Drivers / Remote Account Enabled
Client Account
Reset to default
Password

Select the check box to enable the print drivers and
remote client account.
Click to reset the password for the print drivers and
remote client account to default.

Scan to Network Folder
Specifies the client when scanning data.
FTP Client

Connection Time-Out Sets the connection time-out period.
FTP Passive

SMB Client

Sets whether to enable the FTP Passive mode.

Connection Time-Out Sets the connection time-out period.
SMB Protocol

Sets the SMB protocol.

SNTP
Configures the SNTP server settings in order to perform time synchronization through
SNTP.
SNTP

IP Address / Host
Name

Sets the IP address or the host name of the SNTP server.

Connection Time-Out Sets the connection time-out period.
Time Synchronization
Interval

Sets the interval for performing time synchronization
using SNTP.

Last Connection Time Displays the last date and time when the printer was
connected to the SNTP server.
Connection Status

Displays the status of the connections between the SNTP
server and the printer.

AirPrint
Configures the detailed setting of AirPrint.
AirPrint

Enable AirPrint

Select the check box to enable the printer for AirPrint.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

167

Bonjour

Name

Enter the name that is to be displayed as an AirPrint
printer.

Location

Enter the location of the printer.

Geo-Location

Enter the physical location of the printer.

Basic Authentication

Select the check box to enable the basic authentication
scheme.

User Name

Enter the user name.

Password

Enter the user password.

Re-enter Password

Re-enter the user password for confirmation.

SSL/TLS

Click Settings to display the SSL/TLS page.

Supply Levels

Cyan Toner Cartridge Displays the toner level.

IPP Authentication

Magenta Toner
Cartridge
Yellow Toner
Cartridge
Black Toner Cartridge

Mopria
Enable to use Mopria Print Service.
NOTE:
• The Enable button is disabled, when both Bonjour(mDNS) and IPP are enabled.

Google Cloud Print
Registers the printer to Google Cloud Print.
Google Cloud Print*

(Registration state)

Displays the Google Cloud Print registration state.

Google Cloud Print can only be used when the printer is using IPv4.

Dell Document Hub
Configures the connections to the Dell Document Hub Server.
NOTE:
• Dell Document Hub is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.
Dell Document Hub

Connection Time-Out Sets the time duration until the connection becomes
time-out.
Polling Interval

Proxy Server
Configures the Proxy Server settings.

168

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

Sets the interval time for polling.

Proxy Server

Use Proxy Server

Sets whether to enable the use of a proxy server.

Address to Bypass
Proxy Server

Sets the address to bypass proxy server.

Server Name

Sets the name of the proxy server.

Port Number

Sets the port number from 1 to 65535.

Authentication

Sets whether to enable authentication.

Sets the login name for the proxy server.

Password

Sets the login password for the proxy server.

Re-enter Password

Confirms the set password.

Wi-Fi
Configures the detailed setting for the wireless network.
To use the wireless network, make sure to disconnect the Ethernet cable.
NOTE:
• Wi-Fi feature is available only when the printer is connected using the wireless network.
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.
• Once Wi-Fi is activated, wired LAN protocol is disabled.
Wi-Fi Settings

Wi-Fi

Sets whether to enable the Wi-Fi connection.

SSID

Sets the name that identifies the wireless
network. Up to 32 alphanumeric characters can
be entered.

Network Type

Sets the network type from either Ad-Hoc or
Infrastructure.

MAC Address

Displays the MAC address of the printer.

Link Channel

Displays the channel number of the wireless
connection for the printer.

Link Quality

Displays the quality of the wireless network
connection for the printer.

Security Settings Encryption

Select the encryption type from the list.
No Security

Sets No Security to configure the wireless
setting without specifying an encryption type
from WEP, WPA-PSK, and WPA-Enterprise.

WEP

Sets the WEP to use through the wireless
network.

WPA-PSK
AES/WPA2-PSK
AES*1, 2

Sets the WPA-PSK AES/WPA2-PSK AES to use
through the wireless network.

WPA-Enterprise- Sets the WPA-Enterprise AES/WPA2-Enterprise
AES/WPA2AES to use through the wireless network.
EnterpriseAES*2, 3
Mixed Mode
PSK*1, 2

Sets the Mixed Mode PSK to use through the
wireless network. Mixed Mode PSK
automatically selects the encryption type from
either WPA-PSK AES or WPA2-PSK AES.

Mixed Mode
Enterprise*2, 3

Sets the Mixed Mode Enterprise to use through
the wireless network. Mixed Mode Enterprise
automatically selects the encryption type from
either WPA-Enterprise AES or WPA2-Enterprise
AES.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

169

WEP

WPA-PSK

WPAEnterprise*4

*1
*2
*3
*4

Encryption

Select the WEP key code from either Hex or
Ascii.

WEP Key 1

Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless
network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is
selected for Encryption.

Re-enter WEP
Key 1

Enter the WEP key 1 again to check it.

WEP Key 2

Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless
network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is
selected for Encryption.

Re-enter WEP
Key 2

Enter the WEP key 2 again to check it.

WEP Key 3

Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless
network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is
selected for Encryption.

Re-enter WEP
Key 3

Enter the WEP key 3 again to check it.

WEP Key 4

Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless
network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is
selected for Encryption.

Re-enter WEP
Key 4

Enter the WEP key 4 again to check it.

Transmit Key*5

Sets the transmit key type from the list.

Passphrase/Key

Sets the passphrase.

Re-enter
Passphrase/Key

Enter the passphrase again to check it.

EAP-Identity

Sets the EAP-Identity for the authentication.

Authentication
Method

Shows the authentication method.

Sets the login name for the authentication.

Password

Sets the password.

Re-enter
Password

Enter the password again to check it.

For encryption, AES method is used.
This item is available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network Type.
For authentication and encryption by digital certificate, AES method is used.
To activate the setting, import a certificate which supports wireless LAN (server/client) on the SSL/TLS pages,
and enable the relevant certificate in advance.
When Auto is selected for Transmit Key, the key set specified for WEP Key 1 is used.

Wi-Fi Direct
Configures the detailed setting of the Wi-Fi Direct connection.
NOTE:
• Wi-Fi Direct is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

170

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

Wi-Fi Direct

Sets whether to enable the Wi-Fi Direct connection.

Group Role

Sets the group role of the printer.

Device Name

Specifies the printer name that identifies the Wi-Fi Direct
network with up to 32 alphanumeric characters. Check it
when selecting the printer name on your mobile device.

WPS Setup

Configures the Wi-Fi Direct network using Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS).

Group Owner

SSID (Character string Specifies a name to identify the Wi-Fi Direct network. Up
following
to 32 alphanumeric characters can be entered. "DIRECT-"
"DIRECT-**")
cannot be changed.
Passphrase

Displays the passphrase. Check it when entering the
passphrase into your mobile device.

IP Address

Displays the IP address of the Wi-Fi Direct adapter.

Subnet Mask

Displays the subnet mask.

Status

Displays the status.

Paired Device

Displays the mobile name currently connected.

Current Role

Displays the current group role of the printer.

Current SSID

Displays the current SSID. Check it selecting the Wi-Fi
Direct network name on your mobile device.

Reset Print Server
Initializes NVRAM (non-volatile RAM) for the network feature and restarts the printer. You
can also initialize NVRAM of the printer from Reset Defaults in the Printer Settings
menu.
Initialize NIC NVRAM Memory
and restart printer.

Click Start to initialize NVRAM, revert network settings to the factory
default settings, and restart the network capability.

Restart Printer

Click Start to restart the printer.

Security
The Security tab includes Set Password, Authentication System, Kerberos Server, LDAP
Server, LDAP Authentication, LDAP User Mapping, SSL/TLS, IPsec, 802.1x, IP Filter, and
SMTP Domain Filtering pages.
Set Password
Specifies the password that is required to access the setup parameters of the printer
from Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. This page can also be displayed by clicking
Set Password in the left frame.
NOTE:
• To restore the password to the default (NULL), initialize the non-volatile memory (NVM).
• You can set the password for access to Admin Settings.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

171

Set Password

Administrator
Password

Sets the password using up to 128 alphanumeric
characters.

Re-enter
Administrator
Password

Confirms the set password.

Access denial by the Sets the amount of time the administrator should wait for
authentication failure the access to the printer setup from Dell Printer
of the Administrator Configuration Web Tool. The access is denied if the
time-out time is exceeded. If you set 0, this mode is
disabled.

Authentication System
Specifies the server authentication type, the server response time-out, or the search
time-out.
Authentication Type

Authentication
System Settings

Select the authentication system from the list.

Authentication Type Authentication
(for ColorTrack PRO)* System Settings

Select the authentication system from the list. When the
server you are accessing uses the Kerberos
authentication, select Kerberos (Windows) as the
authentication method and specify the server settings in
"Kerberos Server."

Optional Information Server Response
Time-Out

Sets the amount of time the printer should wait for
response from the server.

Search Time-Out

Sets the amount of time the printer should wait for
searching for the server.

This is available on Dell S2825cdn.

Kerberos Server
Specifies the settings for the Kerberos server.
Kerberos Server

Kerberos Server (for
ColorTrack PRO)*

Kerberos server 1- 5
IP Address / Host
Name & Port

Sets the IP address or host name, and the port address.

Domain Name

Specifies each information.

IP Address / Host
Name & Port

Sets the IP address or host name, and the port address.

Domain Name

Enter the domain name.

This is available on Dell S2825cdn.

LDAP Server
Specifies the settings of the LDAP server.
Server Information

172

IP Address / Host
Name & Port

Sets IP address or the host name, and the port address.

LDAP Server

Displays the current software information of the LDAP
server.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

Optional Information Search Directory Root Enter the starting point to search for a destination.
Example: cn=users, dc=example, dc=com
Login Credentials to
Access LDAP Server

Select the credential used to access the LDAP server. To
use anonymous login, select None and make sure that
the LDAP server accepts anonymous login.

Enter the login name.

Password

Enter the login password using 1 to 127 alphanumeric
characters. If the password is left blank (NULL), you
cannot log in to a server.

Re-enter
Password

Enter the login password again to check it.

Search
Time-Out

Select Wait LDAP Server Limit to follow the time
specified by the LDAP server. Select Wait to specify the
time.

Search Name Order

Sets the search order.

Server Address Book

Select the check box to enable the server address book.

Server Phone Book

Select the check box to enable the server phone book.

IP Address / Host
Server Information
(for ColorTrack PRO)* Name & Port

LDAP Server

Sets IP address or the host name, and the port address.
The port address must be 389, 636, 3268, 3269, or
between 5000 and 65535. When LDAPS communication
is required, set the port number to 636, and when you use
the global catalog, set the port number to 3269.
Displays the current software information of the LDAP
server.

Optional Information Search Directory Root Enter the search directory root.
(for ColorTrack PRO)* Login Name
Enter the login name.

Password

Enter the login password using 1 to 127 alphanumeric
characters.

Re-enter Password

Enter the login password again to confirm it.

Search Time-Out

Select Wait LDAP Server Limit to follow the time
specified by the LDAP server. Select Wait to specify the
time.

This is available on Dell S2825cdn.

NOTE:
• Server Address Book must be set to On before you can use the server address book for the Scan to
Email feature.
• Server Phone Book must be set to On before you can use the server phone book for the fax
function.

LDAP Authentication
Specifies the LDAP server authentication method.
LDAP Authentication

Authentication
Method

Shows the authentication method.

Use Added Text String Select whether to use the added text string from the list.
Text String Added to
User Name

Enter the added text string.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

173

LDAP Authentication
(for ColorTrack PRO)* Authentication
Method

Specifies the LDAP server authentication method.
Shows the authentication method.

Use Added Text String Select whether to use the added text string from the list.
Text String Added to
User Name
*

Enter the added text string.

This is available on Dell S2825cdn.

LDAP User Mapping
Specifies the settings of the LDAP user mapping.
LDAP User Mapping

Common Name

Sets the attribute type of the common name set for the
LDAP server.

Surname

Sets the attribute type of the surname set for the LDAP
server.

Given Name

Sets the attribute type of the given name set for the LDAP
server.

E-mail Address

Sets the attribute type of the e-mail address set for the
LDAP server.

Fax Phone

Sets the attribute type of the fax phone number set for
the LDAP server.

SSL/TLS
Specifies the settings for the SSL/TSL encryption communication to the printer, and
set/delete the certificate used for IPsec, LDAPS, or Wi-Fi.
NOTE:
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.
SSL/TLS

174

HTTP - SSL/TLS Select the check box to enable the HTTP-SSL/TLS Communication.
Communication*1
HTTP - SSL/TLS
Communication
Port Number

Sets the port number, which is not identical with that of HTTP for
SSL/TLS. This must be 443 or between 8000 and 9999.

LDAP - SSL/TLS
Communication

Select the check box to enable the LDAP, and access is established
using SSL/TLS communication.

SMTP - SSL/TLS
Communication

Sets the type of SSL/TLS used to communicate with the SMTP
server.

MD5

Select the check box to enable the MD5.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

Machine Digital
Certificate

Generate
Self-Signed
Certificate*2

Click to display the Generate Self-Signed
Certificate page and to create a security
certification from the page. The Generate
Self-Signed Certificate button is available only
when the self-signed certificate is not
generated.
Public Key
Method

Select the public key method of the self-signed
certificate.

Size of Public Key Select the size of public key.
Issuer

Sets the issuer of self-signed certificate.

Validity

Enter the valid days from 1 to 9999 days.

Generate Signed Click to generate the self-signed certificate.
Certificate
Certificate
Signing Request
(CSR)

Click to display the Certificate Signing Request
(CSR) page and to create a certificate signing
request from the page.
Digital Signature Select the digital signature algorithm.
Algorithm
Public Key Size

Select the public key size.

2 Letter Country Enter the 2-letter country code.
Code (Required)
State / Province
Name

Enter the state or province name up to 16 bytes.

Locality Name

Enter the locality name up to 32 bytes.

Organization
Enter the organization name up to 32 bytes.
Name (Required)
Organization
Unit (Required)

Enter the organization unit up to 32 bytes.

Common Name

Enter the common name.

E-mail Address

Enter the e-mail address.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

175

Machine Digital
Certificate

Upload Signed
Certificate*2

Click to display the Upload Signed Certificate
page and to upload the certificate file to the
device from the page.
Password

Enter the password to upload the certificate file.

Re-enter
Password

Enter the password again for confirmation.

File Name

Click Browse to browse the file name to upload
to the device.

Import

Click Import to upload the certificate file to the
device.
Click to display the Certificate Management
page and to manage a security certification
from the page.

Certificate
Management*2
Category

Select the device to certificate.

Certificate
Purpose

Select the connection to certificate.

Certificate Order Select the order to certificate.
Delete All
Certificates
Certificate List

176

Display the List

Click to display the Certificate List page.

Delete

Click to delete all the certificates.

Cancel
*2

Category

Displays the device to certificate selected at the
Certificate Management page or SSL/TLS page.

Issued To

Displays the device to certificate.

Issuer

Displays the issuer to certificate.

Serial Number

Displays the serial number of the device.

Public Key
Method

Displays the public key method.

Size of Public Key Displays the size of public key.

Certificate
Signing Request
(CSR) Details

Valid From

Displays the time the certificate is valid.

Valid Until

Displays the time the certificate is invalid.

Status

Displays whether certificate is valid or not.

Certificate
Purpose

Displays the purpose of certificate.

Certificate
Selection Status

Displays the type of device certificate you
selected.

E-mail Address

Displayed only when an e-mail address is
specified in the certificate.

Use this
certificate

Click to apply this certificate to the device.

Delete

Click to delete this certificate.

Export This
Certificate

Click to export the certificate to the other
device.

2 Letter Country Displays the details of the Certificate Signing
Code (Required) Request (CSR).
State / Province
Name
Locality Name
Organization
Name (Required)
Organization
Unit (Required)
Common Name
E-mail Address

*1
*2

This item is available only when the self-signed certificate has been generated.
This item is effective only when connected via SSL/TLS (https). Only the administrator is allowed to display the
pages.

IPsec
Specifies the Security Architecture settings for Internet Protocol (IPsec) for encrypted
communication to the printer.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

177

IPsec Settings

Protocol

Select the check box to enable the protocol.

IKE

Pre-Shared Key is displayed for IKE.

Pre-Shared Key

Sets a shared key. Up to 255 alphanumeric characters,
periods, and hyphens can be used.

Re-enter Pre-Shared
Key

Enter the shared key again to check it.

IKE SA Lifetime

Sets the lifetime for IKE SA from 5 to 28,800 minutes.

IPsec SA Lifetime

Sets the lifetime for IPsec SA from 5 to 2,880 minutes.

DH Group

Sets the DH group.

PFS

Select the check box to enable the PFS setting.

Remote peers IPv4
address

Sets the IP address to connect to.

Remote peers IPv6
address

Sets the IP address to connect to.

Non IPsec
communication
policy

Allows communication with a device which does not
support IPsec.

NOTE:
• If IPsec is enabled with incorrect settings, you must disable it using the IPsec menu on the
operator panel.

802.1x
Specifies the settings for IEEE 802.1x authentication for encrypted communication to the
printer.
Configure 802.1x Enable IEEE
802.1x
Authentication
Method

Select the check box to enable IEEE 802.1x
authentication.
EAP-MD5

Selects the authentication method to use for
IEEE 802.1x authentication.

EAP-MSCHAPv2
PEAP/MSCHAPv2
Login Name:
(Device Name)

Sets the login name (device name) for IEEE
802.1x authentication using up to 128
alphanumeric characters.

Password

Sets the login password for IEEE 802.1x
authentication using up to 128 alphanumeric
characters.

Re-enter
Password

Confirms the set login password.

NOTE:
• This is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

IP Filter
Specifies whether to enable the IP filter feature, which only allows communication with
devices whose IP addresses are registered in the printer.
NOTE:
• This feature does not apply to communication via Wi-Fi Direct.

178

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

IPv4 Filter

Enables or disables IPv4 Filter.

IP Filter Rule List

Add, edit, or delete IP filter rule. Up to 20 rules can be registered.

IPv6 Filter

Enables or disables IPv6 Filter.

IP Filter Rule List

Add, edit, or delete IP filter rule. Up to 20 rules can be registered.

IP Filter Setup Procedure
To activate the IP Filter feature, you need to register the IP address and subnet mask of a
device that you want to allow to communicate with the printer. The following procedure
uses the address information below as an example to describe how to specify the IP
Filter settings.
• IP address: 192.0.2.1
• Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
1 Select the Enable check box under IPv4 Filter.
2 Click Apply New Settings

Restart Printer.

3 After the printer is restarted, access the IP Filter screen again.
4 Click Add under IP Filter Rule List of IPv4 Filter.
5 Enter "192.0.2.1" in the Source IP Address text box and "24" in the Source IP Mask
text box.
The subnet mask needs to be specified in prefix format.
6 Click Apply New Settings

Restart Printer.

SMTP Domain Filtering
Specifies whether to limit e-mail destination domains.
NOTE:
• This feature does not restrict sending e-mails through the E-Mail Alert feature.
SMTP Domain
Filtering

Domain Filtering

Select the check box to enable Domain Filtering.

Allow Domain List

Allows you to register up to five domains allowed for
sending e-mails.

Copy Printer Settings
Copy Printer Settings
The Copy Printer Settings tab includes the Copy Printer Settings and Copy Printer
Settings Report pages.
Copy Printer Settings
To copy the printer settings to one or more printers on the network having the same
model number.
NOTE:
• This feature allows you to copy printer settings to up to 10 destination printers simultaneously. If
the destination printer has different configuration fields, only the common fields will be copied.
• You cannot copy the address book when the destination printer has a job and is operated on the
Fax/Scan/Address Book menu of the operator panel.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

179

1 Select the desired settings you want to copy from Printer Settings, ColorTrack
(Internal Settings), or/and Address Book.
2 Enter the IP address and password of the destination printer in the IP Address text
box and Password text box.
3 Click Copy the settings to the Host in the above list.
NOTE:
• The copying of printer settings will time-out within 60 seconds if no input is received.

4 Check the Copy the settings to the Host in the above list and reboot the printer
menu of Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool in the destination printer to verify if the
settings were successfully copied.
Copy Printer Settings Report
Displays whether the printer setting is successfully copied to the destination printers.
NOTE:
• The history is cleared by turning off the printer.

Print Volume
Print Volume
The Print Volume tab includes the Print Volume and Dell ColorTrack pages.
Print Volume
Displays the number of printed pages. This page can also be displayed by clicking Print
Volume in the left frame.
Printer Page Count

Displays the total number of pages printed since the printer was
shipped from the factory.

Paper Used

Displays the number of pages printed for each paper size.

Dell ColorTrack
Specifies which users have access to color printing and to limit print volume per user.

180

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

Dell ColorTrack

Edit Print User
Registration

ColorTrack Mode Off

Enables to print the data with no authentication
information.

Internal Mode

Sets the authentication mode as Internal Mode
using user information registered on the printer.

External Mode*1

Sets the authentication mode as External Mode
using user information registered on an external
server. To authenticate on the external
authentication server with External Mode, it is
not necessary to register user information on
the printer.

Non Registered
User

Sets whether to permit the printing of data with
no authentication information. To permit the
printing for non-account user, select the check
box.

Auto Color To
Mono Print

Sets whether to print all print jobs in black and
white even when color print is specified.

ColorTrack Error
Report

Sets whether to automatically print
error-related information if printing using
ColorTrack results in an error.

User
Registration*2

Click Edit User Registration to display the Edit
Print User Registration page.
To register a user, click Create to open the Print
User Settings page.
To delete a user, click Delete to open the Delete
User page.
Clicking Back returns the screen to the status
prior to deleting the user.
To check or change the registered user, click
Confirm / Change to open the Print User
Settings page.

Print User
Settings

*1
*2

User Registration
No.

Displays the user registration number. The
Delete User button is displayed when the user is
already registered.

User Name

Sets the user name.

Password

Sets the user password using 4 to 12
alphanumeric characters.

Re-enter
password

Enter the password again to check it.

Color Mode
Limitation

Sets whether to limit color printing.

Upper Limit for
Color Print

Sets the maximum number of pages allowed for
color printing.

Cumulative Color
Page Count

Displays the cumulative number of pages
printed for color printing.

Upper Limit for
Monochrome
Print

Sets the maximum number of pages allowed for
monochrome printing.

Cumulative
Monochrome
Page Count

Displays the cumulative number of pages
printed for monochrome printing.

This is available on Dell S2825cdn.
This item is displayed only when ColorTrack Mode is On.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

181

Address Book
E-Mail Address
The E-Mail Address tab includes the E-Mail Address, E-Mail Group and Default Setup
pages.
E-Mail Address
Displays the e-mail address entries registered on the E-Mail Address page.
E-Mail Address

Address List to:

Selecting each button displays a list of entries for the
group of user IDs indicated on the button.

Displays the user ID.

Name

Displays the user name. (Not in Use) is displayed when
there is no registration.

Address

Displays the e-mail address of the user.

Delete

Deletes the entry for the selected user ID.

Confirm / Change

Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry of the
selected user ID.

Create

Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry
under the selected user ID.

E-Mail Address (Confirm/Change, Create)
Displays or edits the e-mail address entries on the E-Mail Address page, or create a new
entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Confirm /
Change or Create on the E-Mail Address top page.
E-Mail Address

Displays the selected user ID.

Name

Allows you to view or edit the name of the user registered
under the user ID, or enter a name for the new entry.

Address

Allows you to view or edit the e-mail address of the user,
or enter an e-mail address for the new entry.

Delete*
*

This item is available only when you click Confirm / Change.

E-Mail Address (Delete)
Deletes the e-mail address entries registered on the E-Mail Address page. The following
items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Delete on the E-Mail Address
top page.
E-Mail Group
Displays the e-mail address entries registered on the E-Mail Group page.

182

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

E-Mail Group

GroupID

Displays the group ID.

Name

Displays the assigned group name. (Not in Use) is
displayed when there is no registration.

Delete

Deletes the entry for the selected group ID.

Confirm / Change

Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the
selected group ID.

Create

Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry
under the selected group ID.

E-Mail Group (Confirm/Change, Create)
Displays or edits the e-mail address group entries on the E-Mail Group page, or create a
new entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click
Confirm / Change or Create on the E-Mail Group top page.
E-Mail Group

E-Mail Group

Displays the selected group ID.

Name

Allows you to view or edit the name assigned
for the group ID, or enter a new group name.

Delete*
E-Mail Address

Address List to:

Selecting each button displays a list of entries
for the group of IDs indicated on the button.

Displays the user ID.
Select the check box on the left to create the
group.

Name

Displays the user name. (Not in Use) is displayed
when there is no registration.

Address

Allows you to view or edit the e-mail address of
an entry registered under the selected user ID,
or enter an e-mail address for the new entry.

This item is available only when you click Confirm / Change.

E-Mail Group (Delete)
Deletes the e-mail group entries registered on the E-Mail Group page. The following
items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Delete on the E-Mail Group top
page.
Default Setup
Sets the default e-mail subject and message.
Default Setup

Default Subject

Allows you to enter the default e-mail subject.

Body Text

Allows you to enter the default e-mail message.

Server Address
The Server Address tab includes the Server Address page.
Server Address
Displays the server address entries registered on the Server Address page.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

183

Server Address

Address List to:

Selecting each button displays a list of entries for the
group of IDs indicated on the button.

Displays the server ID.

Name

Displays the file directory name. (Not in Use) is displayed
when there is no registration.

Server Address

Displays the address of the file directory.

Delete

Deletes the entry for the selected server ID.

Confirm / Change

Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the
selected server ID.

Create

Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry
under the selected server ID.

Server Address (Confirm/Change, Create)
Displays or edits the server address entries on the Server Address page, or create a new
entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Confirm /
Change or Create on the Server Address top page.
Server Address

Displays the selected server ID.

Name

Allows you to view or change the server name
assigned to the server ID, or enter a new server
name.

Server Type

Allows you to view the server type if you click
Confirm / Change. Allows you to edit the server
type if you click Create.
FTP*1

Select this to store scanned data on a server via
the FTP protocol.

SMB*1

Select this to store scanned data on a computer
via the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol.

Server Address

Allows you to view or edit the server address
registered under the server ID, or enter a new
server address.

Share Name*2

Allows you to view or edit the assigned shared
name, or enter a new shared name, when
Server Type is set to SMB.

Server Path

Allows you to view or edit the assigned server
path, or enter a new path.

Server Port
Number

Allows you to view or edit the assigned server
port number, or enter a new port number. If you
leave the text box blank, the default port
number (FTP: 21, SMB: 139) is used.

Allows you to view or edit the login name that is
required to access the selected protocol, or
enter a new login name.

Allows you to view or edit the password that is
required to access the selected protocol, or
enter a new password.

Re-enter
Password

Confirms the set password.

Delete*3
*1
*2

You can edit this item only when you click Create.
This item is available only when Server Type is set to SMB.

184

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

This item is available only when you click Confirm / Change.

Server Address (Delete)
Deletes the server address entries registered on the Server Address page. The following
items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Delete on the Server Address
top page.

Phone Book
The Phone Book tab includes the FAX Speed Dial and FAX Group pages.
FAX Speed Dial
Displays the fax number entries registered on the FAX Speed Dial page.
FAX Speed Dial

Speed Dial List to:

Selecting each button displays a list of entries for the
group of speed dial codes indicated on the button.

Speed Dial

Displays the speed dial ID.

Name

Displays the assigned name for a speed dial ID.

Phone Number

Displays the speed dial code. (Not in Use) is displayed
when there is no registration.

Delete

Deletes the entry for the selected speed dial code.

Confirm / Change

Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the
selected speed dial code.

Create

Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry
under the selected speed dial code.

FAX Speed Dial (Confirm/Change, Create)
Displays or edits the speed dial entries on the FAX Speed Dial page, or create a new
entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Confirm /
Change or Create on the FAX Speed Dial top page.
FAX Speed Dial

Speed Dial

Displays the selected speed dial code.

Name

Allows you to view or edit the name of an entry registered
under the speed dial code, or enter a name for the new
entry.

Phone Number

Allows you to view or edit the fax number of an entry
registered under the speed dial code, or enter a fax
number for the new entry.

Delete*

Deletes the entry for the speed dial code. This button is
available only on the dialog box for editing an existing
entry.

This item is available only when you click Confirm / Change.

FAX Speed Dial (Delete)
Deletes the speed dial entries registered on the FAX Speed Dial page. The following
items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Delete on the FAX Speed Dial
top page.
FAX Group
Displays the fax group entries registered on the FAX Group page.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

185

FAX Group

Displays a fax group ID.

Name

Displays the assigned group name. (Not in Use) is
displayed when there is no registration.

Delete

Deletes the entry for the selected group ID.

Confirm / Change

Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the
selected group ID.

Create

Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry
under the selected group ID.

FAX Group (Confirm/Change, Create)
Displays or edits the fax number group entries on the FAX Group page, or create a new
entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Confirm /
Change or Create on the FAX Group top page.
FAX Group

FAX Group

FAX Speed Dial

Displays the selected group ID.

Name

Allows you to view or edit the name assigned
for the group ID, or enter a new group name.

Delete*

Deletes the current entry.

Speed Dial List
to:

Selecting each button displays a list of entries
for the group of speed dial codes indicated on
the button.

Speed Dial

Displays the speed dial code. Select the check
box on the left to add the speed dial code in the
group.

Name

Displays the name registered for the speed dial
code. (Not in Use) is displayed when there is no
registration.

Phone Number

Allows you to view or edit the fax number of an
entry registered under the selected speed dial
code, or enter a fax number for the new entry.

This item is available only when you click Confirm / Change.

FAX Group (Delete)
Deletes the fax number group entries registered on the FAX Group page. The following
items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Delete on the FAX Group top
page.

Tray Management
Use the Tray Management menu to set the paper size and type of paper loaded in tray1
and the optional 550-sheet feeder.

186

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

Tray Management
Tray Settings

MPF Mode

Sets whether to use the print driver settings for the size
and type of paper loaded in the Multipurpose Feeder
(MPF).

MPF Paper Size*1
*1

Sets the size of paper loaded in the MPF.

MPF Paper Type

Sets the type of paper loaded in the MPF.

MPF Custom Paper
Size - Y*1

Sets the length of custom size paper loaded in the MPF.

MPF Custom Paper
Size - X*1

Sets the width of custom size paper loaded in the MPF.

MPF Display Tray
Prompt*1

Sets whether to display a popup message that prompts
the user to set the paper size and type when the paper is
loaded in the MPF.

Tray 1 Paper Size

Sets the size of paper loaded in tray1.

Tray 1 Paper Type

Sets the type of paper loaded in tray1.

Tray 1 Custom Paper
Size - Y

Sets the length of custom size paper loaded in tray1.

Tray 1 Custom Paper
Size - X

Sets the width of custom size paper loaded in tray1.

Tray 1 Display Prompt Sets whether to display a popup message that prompts
the user to set the paper size and type when the paper is
loaded in tray1.

Tray Priority

Tray 2 Paper Size*2

Sets the size of paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet
feeder.

Tray 2 Paper Type*2

Sets the type of paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet
feeder.

Tray 2 Custom Paper
Size - Y*2

Sets the length of custom size paper loaded in the
optional 550-sheet feeder.

Tray 2 Custom Paper
Size - X*2

Sets the width of custom size paper loaded in the
optional 550-sheet feeder.

Tray 2 Display
Prompt*2

Sets whether to display a popup message that prompts
the user to set the paper size and type when the paper is
loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.

1st Priority

Sets the paper source to be used as the first priority.

2nd Priority
*2

3rd Priority
*1
*2

Sets the paper source to be used as the second priority.
Sets the paper source to be used as the third priority.

This item is available only when Use Panel Settings in MPF Mode is selected.
This item is available only when the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed.

Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool

187

Print Media Guidelines
This section describes selecting and caring for print media. The printer provides
high-quality printing on a variety of print media. Selecting the appropriate print media for
the printer helps to avoid printing troubles.
NOTE:
• Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet print media in the printer.

To help avoiding jam, see "Before Loading."

Supported Print Media
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)
Paper Size

A4 (210 × 297 mm)
B5 (182 × 257 mm)
A5 (148 × 210 mm)
B6 (128 × 182 mm)
A6 (105 × 148 mm)
Letter (8.5 × 11 inches)
Folio (8.5 × 13 inches)
Legal (8.5 × 14 inches)
Executive (7.25 × 10.5 inches)
Statement (5.5 × 8.5 inches)
Envelope #10 (104.8 × 241.3 mm)
Monarch (98.4 × 190.5 mm)
DL (110 × 220 mm)
C5 (162 × 229 mm)
Custom*1:
Width: 76.2 – 215.9 mm (3 – 8.5 inches)
Length: 127 – 355.6 mm (5 – 14 inches)

188

Print Media Guidelines

Paper Type

Plain (Light)
Plain (Normal)
Plain (Thick)
Covers (Thin)*2
Covers (Thick)*2
Rough Surface*2
Coated (Normal)*2
Coated (Thick)*2
Label (Light)*2
Label (Normal)*2
Envelope*2
Recycled
Letterhead*2
Preprinted*2
Prepunched*2
Color

Loading Capacity
*1
*2

50 sheets of the standard paper

XML Paper Specification (XPS) driver does not support custom size paper.
Paper type that does not support printing on the back side of printed paper.

Tray1
Paper Size

Print Media Guidelines

189

Paper Type

Plain (Light)
Plain (Normal)
Plain (Thick)
Covers (Thin)*2
Covers (Thick)*2
Coated (Normal)*2
Coated (Thick)*2
Labels (Light)*2
Labels (Normal)*2
Envelope*2
Recycled
Letterhead*2
Preprinted*2
Prepunched*2
Color

Loading Capacity
*1
*2

250 sheets of the standard paper

XML Paper Specification (XPS) driver does not support custom size paper.
Paper type that does not support printing on the back side of printed paper.

Optional 550-Sheet Feeder
Paper Size

A4 (210 × 297 mm)
B5 (182 × 257 mm)
A5 (148 × 210 mm)
Letter (8.5 × 11 inches)
Folio (8.5 × 13 inches)
Legal (8.5 × 14 inches)
Executive (7.25 × 10.5 inches)
Custom*1:
Width: 76.2 – 215.9 mm (3 – 8.5 inches)
Length: 190.5 – 355.6 mm (7.5 – 14 inches)

Paper Type

Plain (Light)
Plain (Normal)
Plain (Thick)
Covers (Thin)*2
Covers (Thick)*2
Coated (Normal)*2
Labels (Light)*2
Labels (Normal)*2
Recycled
Letterhead*2
Preprinted*2
Prepunched*2
Color

Loading Capacity

190

Print Media Guidelines

550 sheets of the standard paper

*1
*2

XML Paper Specification (XPS) driver does not support custom size paper.
Paper type that does not support printing on the back side of printed paper.

NOTE:
• For Plain and Label paper, you can preset the paper density by selecting the Paper Density (Light or
Normal) under Maintenance from the operator panel, Tool Box, or Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool.
Once you set the Paper Density settings, the printer uses the settings for Plain and Label paper.

Supported Paper Weight
Paper type

Weight (g/m2)

Plain

60 – 90

Plain Thick

91 – 105

Recycled

60 – 90

Labels

–

Covers

106 – 176

Covers Thick

177 – 220

Envelope

–

Coated

106 – 176

Coated Thick

177 – 220

Letterhead

60 – 90

Preprinted

60 – 90

Prepunched

60 – 90

Color

60 – 90

Unacceptable Print Media
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

Chemically treated paper used to make copies without carbon paper, also known as
carbonless paper, carbonless copy paper (CCP), or no carbon required (NCR) paper
Pre-printed paper with chemicals that may contaminate the printer
Pre-printed paper that can be affected by the temperature in the fusing unit
Pre-printed paper that requires a registration (the precise print location on the page)
greater than ±0.09 inch, such as Optical Character Recognition (OCR) forms. In
some cases, you can adjust registration with your software program to successfully
print on these forms.
Erasable bond, synthetic paper, and thermal paper
Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface paper, or curled paper
Recycled paper containing more than 25 percent post-consumer waste that does
not meet DIN 19309
Multiple-part forms or documents
Talc or acid paper that may deteriorate print quality (blank spaces or blotches may
appear in the text)

Recommended Print Media
Proper print media selection helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing.
• For the best print quality and feed reliability, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb) xerographic paper.

Print Media Guidelines

191

•
•
•

For the best print quality in black and white, use 90 g/m2 (24 lb) xerographic, grain
long paper.
Print media designed for general business use also provides acceptable print quality.
Laser printing process heats print media to high temperatures. Only use paper able
to withstand high temperatures without discoloring, bleeding, or releasing
hazardous emissions. Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether
the paper you have chosen is acceptable for laser printers.

Recommended Pre-Printed Media and Letterheads
•
•
•
•
•

•

Use grain long paper for best results.
Use only forms and letterheads printed using an offset lithographic or engraved
printing process.
Use print media that absorb ink, but does not bleed.
Avoid print media with rough or heavily textured surfaces.
Use print media printed with heat-resistant inks designed for use in xerographic
copying machines. The ink must withstand temperatures of 225°C (437°F) without
melting or releasing hazardous emissions.
Use print media printed with inks that are not affected by the resin in the toner or the
silicone in the fusing unit. Inks that are oxidation-set or oil-based should meet these
requirements; latex inks might not. If you are in doubt, contact your paper supplier.

Recommended Pre-Punched Print Media
•
•
•

•

Use only pre-punched paper made at the paper manufacturer.
Do not drill print media which are already packaged in a ream. Using them may
result in paper jams.
Pre-punched print media can include more paper dust than standard print media.
The printer may require more frequent cleaning, and feed reliability may not be as
good as standard print media.
Weight guidelines for pre-punched print media are the same as non-punched print
media.

Recommended Envelopes
Depending on the envelopes, it is possible to expect variable levels of wrinkling.
• Use only high-quality envelopes that are designed for use in laser printers.
• Use envelopes made from 75 g/m2 (20 lb bond) paper. You can use up to 105 g/m2
(28 lb bond) weight for the envelope feeder as long as the cotton content is 25
percent or less. Envelopes with 100 percent cotton content must not exceed 90
g/m2 (24 lb bond) weight.
• Use envelopes that can withstand temperatures of 205°C (401°F) without sealing,
excessive curling, wrinkling, or releasing hazardous emissions. If you are in doubt,
contact your envelope supplier.
• Check for high humidity. High humidity (higher than 60 percent) and high printing
temperature may seal the envelopes.
• Do not use envelopes that:
– Have excessive curl or twist

192

Print Media Guidelines

– Are stuck together or damaged in any way
– Contain windows, coated linings, self-stick adhesives, holes, perforations,
cutouts, or embossing
– Use metal clasps, string ties, or metal folding bars
– Have an interlocking design
– Have postage stamps attached
– Have any exposed adhesive when the flap is in the sealed or closed position
– Have nicked edges or bent corners
– Have rough, cockle, or laid finishes

Recommended Labels
•

•
•
•
•

Label adhesives, face sheet, and topcoats must be able to withstand temperatures of
205°C (401°F) and pressure of 25 pounds per square inch (psi) without sealing,
excessive curling, wrinkling, or releasing hazardous emissions.
Use labels without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or releasing hazardous
emissions.
Do not use label sheets with a slick backing material.
Do not use labels that have exposed adhesive.
Do not use label sheets that have adhesive to the edge of the sheet. It is
recommended that zone coating of the adhesive is done at least 1 mm (0.04 inch)
away from edges. Otherwise, a jam may occur in the printer, and adhesive material
may contaminate the printer and cartridges.
WARNING:
• Contaminating the printer and cartridges with adhesive could void your printer and cartridge
warranties.

Print Media Storage Guidelines
For proper print media storage, the following guidelines help you to avoid print media
feeding problems and uneven print quality.
• Store print media in an environment where the temperature is approximately 21°C
(70°F) and the relative humidity is 40 percent.
• Store print media on a flat surface so that the edges do not buckle or curl.
• Print media should be stored on pallets, cartons, shelves, or in cabinets, rather than
directly on the floor.
• Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.

Print Media Guidelines

193

Loading Print Media
Loading print media properly helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing.
Before loading any print media, identify the recommended print side of the print media.
This information is usually indicated on the print media package.

Before Loading
The following instructions describe how to avoid paper jams:
• Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in the printer.
• Use only recommended print media. See "Print Media Guidelines."
• Keep print media stored in an acceptable environment. See "Print Media Storage
Guidelines."
• Do not overload the print media sources. Make sure that the print media stack height
does not exceed the maximum height indicated by the load-line labels in the tray.
• Do not load wrinkled, creased, damp, or curled print media.
• Flex, fan, and straighten the print media before loading.
• Do not use print media that you have cut or trimmed.
• Do not mix different print media sizes, weights, or types in the same print media
source.
• Make sure that the recommended print side is facing up when you load the print
media.
• Do not remove the feeding tray during printing.
• Make sure that all cables that connect to the printer are attached correctly.
• Overtightening the guides may cause jams.
• If jams caused by misfeeding paper occur frequently, wipe the retard rollers in the
tray or Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) with a cloth moistened with water.
• Do not perform a printing operation with the MPF removed.

Loading Print Media in Tray1 and the Optional
550-Sheet Feeder
NOTE:
• To avoid paper jams, do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.

194

Loading Print Media

1 Pull the tray out of the printer.

For the optional 550-sheet feeder:
a Pull the tray of the optional 550-sheet feeder halfway out of the printer.

b Hold the tray with both hands, slightly tip the front of the tray upwards, and then
pull it out completely.

Loading Print Media

195

2 Adjust the paper guides according to the paper size that you want to load.

NOTE:
• When you load Legal-size paper, extend the tray while pushing the lever located on the front
part of the tray.

3 Before loading the print media, flex and fan the sheets. Straighten the edges of the
stack on a level surface.

4 Load the print media into the tray with the recommended print side facing up.
NOTE:
• Do not exceed the maximum fill line in the tray. Overfilling the tray may cause paper jams.
• When loading coated paper, load one sheet at a time.
• When loading letterhead, pre-printed, or pre-punched paper, see "Loading Letterhead,
Pre-Printed, and Pre-Punched Paper."

196

Loading Print Media

5 Make sure that paper guides rest lightly against the edge of the print media stack.
NOTE:
• Overtightening the guides may cause jams.
• When loading user-specified print media, adjust the width guides and slide the extendable
part of the tray by pinching the length guide and sliding it until it rests lightly against the edge
of the paper.

6 Insert the tray into the printer and push until it stops.

NOTE:
• If the front side of the tray is extended, the tray protrudes when it is inserted into the printer.

7 When the Tray Configuration screen appears, tap Size.

Loading Print Media

197

The following shows the Tray1 screen as an example.

NOTE:
• Set the same paper size and type as the actual paper being loaded. An error may occur if the
paper size or type setting is different from the loaded paper.

8 Select
or
paper size.

until the desired paper size appears, and then select the desired

9 Tap Type.
10 Select
or
paper type.

until the desired paper type appears, and then select the desired

11 Tap OK.

Loading Envelopes in the Tray1
NOTE:
• Use only recommended envelopes. See "Recommended Envelopes."

The following guidelines describe how to load envelopes.
• Use only freshly unpackaged and undamaged envelopes.
If you do not load envelopes in the tray right after they have been removed from the
package, they may bulge. To avoid jams, press firmly across the whole envelopes to
flatten them as shown in the illustration before loading the envelopes in the tray.

Feed direction

•
•

198

Use only same size envelopes for a single print job.
The maximum height (quantity) of envelopes that can be loaded in the tray is
approximately 27.5 mm (1.08 inch) (20 envelopes).

Loading Print Media

•

When printing on envelopes, set the print media source to the tray. From the print
driver, select Envelope for the paper type, and then select the correct size of the
envelope.
Adjust the paper guides accordingly after envelopes are loaded.

Envelope #10, Monarch, or DL
Load the envelopes with the flaps closed and the print side facing up. Make sure that the
flaps are on the left side when you face towards the printer.

C5
When loading envelopes with the flaps open, load the envelopes so that the print side
faces up and the bottom edge (the edge with no flaps) enters the printer first.

When loading envelopes with the flaps closed, load the envelopes so that the print side
faces up and the top edge (the edge with flaps) enters the printer first.

Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)
NOTE:
• Do not add or remove print media when there is still print media in the MPF or when the printer is
printing from the MPF. This may result in a paper jam.
• Do not place objects on the MPF.
• Do not apply excessive force on the MPF or press it down.
• If a jam occurs with print media, feed one sheet at a time through the MPF.
• The label on the MPF shows how to load the MPF with paper, and how to turn an envelope for
printing.

Loading Print Media

199

1 Gently pull and open the MPF cover.

NOTE:
• Extend the extension tray as necessary.

2 Slide the width guides according to the paper size that you want to load.

200

Loading Print Media

3 Insert all print media facing up and top edge first into the MPF.
NOTE:
• Do not force the print media into the MPF.
• When loading coated paper, load one sheet at a time.
• When loading letterhead, pre-printed, or pre-punched paper, see "Loading Letterhead,
Pre-Printed, and Pre-Punched Paper."

4 Make sure that both width guides rest lightly against the edge of the print media
stack.
NOTE:
• Overtightening the guides may cause jams.

5 When the MPF Configuration screen appears, tap Size.
6 Tap

until the desired paper size appears, and then select the size.

7 Tap Type.
8 Tap

until the desired paper type appears, and then select the type.

9 Tap OK.

Loading Envelopes in the MPF
NOTE:
• Use only recommended envelopes. See "Recommended Envelopes."

The following guidelines describe how to load envelopes.
• Use only freshly unpackaged and undamaged envelopes.

Loading Print Media

201

If you do not load envelopes in the MPF right after they have been removed from the
package, they may bulge. To avoid jams, press firmly across the whole envelopes to
flatten them as shown in the illustration before loading the envelopes in the MPF.

Feed direction

•
•
•

•

Use only same size envelopes for a single print job.
The maximum height (quantity) of envelopes that can be loaded in the MPF is
approximately 5 mm (0.19 inch) (5 envelopes).
When printing on envelopes, set the print media source to the MPF. From the print
driver, select Envelope for the paper type, and then select the correct size of the
envelope.
Adjust the width guides accordingly after envelopes are loaded.

Envelope #10, Monarch, or DL
Load the envelopes with the flaps closed and the print side facing up. Make sure that the
flaps are on the left side when you face towards the printer.

202

Loading Print Media

C5
When loading envelopes with the flaps open, load the envelopes with the print side
facing up and the bottom edge first into the MPF.

When loading envelopes with the flaps closed, load the envelopes with the print side
facing up and the top edge first into the MPF.

Loading Labels in the MPF
NOTE:
• Use only recommended labels. See "Recommended Labels."

The following guidelines describe how to load labels:
• Do not load labels in the MPF together with other types of paper.
• Use full label sheets. Partial sheets may cause labels to peel off during printing,
resulting in a jam.
• Set the paper type to Label from the print driver.
• Portrait orientation is preferred, especially when printing bar codes.
• Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inch) of the die-cut.
• Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inch) of the edge of the label, of the perforations, or
between die-cuts of the label.
• Do not print a label through the printer more than once.

Loading Print Media

203

Loading Letterhead, Pre-Printed, and Pre-Punched
Paper
Letterhead, pre-printed, and pre-punched paper must be inserted bottom edge first with
the print side facing down as shown in the following illustration.
NOTE:
• Make sure that Letterhead 2 Sided is set to Enable, and Type is set to Letterhead,
Preprinted, or Prepunched on the operator panel even when printing on a single side. You can
also set the same setting using the print driver.

For Tray1 and optional 550-sheet feeder:
• Face up
• Letterhead enters the printer first.

ER
TT
LE
AD

For MPF:
• Face up
• Letterhead enters the printer first.

TER

LET

Linking Trays
The printer links the trays when you load the same size and type of print media in them.
The first tray is utilized until the print media runs out after which the next tray is used.
NOTE:
• The print media should be the same size and type in each tray.
The Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) cannot be linked to any of the tray sources.

After loading the selected trays with the same size and type of print media, select the
Paper Type setting in the Tray Settings component for each tray.
To disable tray linking, change the paper type for one of the trays to a unique value.
NOTE:
• If different types of print media of the same size are loaded in the trays, the printer links them if the
paper type is not specified in the print driver properties/preferences.

204

Loading Print Media

Loading Documents
You can use the Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (DADF) or the document glass to
load a document. Using the DADF, you can load up to 50 sheets of 75 g/m2 (20 lb) paper
at a time. Using the document glass, you can load one sheet at a time.
NOTE:
• To get the best scan quality, especially for color or gray scale images, use the document glass
instead of the DADF.

Before Loading Documents in the DADF
The following instructions describe how to avoid paper jams:
• Do not use document smaller than 139.7 mm by 139.7 mm (5.5 inches by 5.5 inches)
and larger than 215.9 mm by 355.6 mm (8.5 inches by 14 inches).
• Do not use booklets, pamphlets, photographs, transparencies, and documents
having other unusual characteristics.
• Do not use carbon or carbon-backed paper, coated paper, onion skin or thin paper,
wrinkled or creased paper, curled or rolled paper, and torn paper.
• Do not use documents with staples or paper clips.
• Do not use documents exposed to adhesives or solvent based materials such as
glue, ink and correcting fluid.
• Do not use document that you have cut or trimmed.
• Do not use wrinkled, creased, damp, or curled document.
• Do not mix different sizes, weights, or types of document in the DADF.
• Flex, fan, and straighten document before you load it.
• Do not overload the DADF. Make sure that the document stack height does not
exceed the maximum height indicated by the load-line labels in the DADF.
• If jams caused by misfeeding paper occur frequently, wipe the DADF feed rollers
with a cloth moistened with water.
• Do not apply excessive pressure on the DADF cover or subject it to strong impact.
Doing so may cause paper jams.

Loading Documents

205

Loading a Document in the Duplex Automatic
Document Feeder (DADF)
1 Adjust the document guides according to the document size that you want to load,
and place the document(s) facing up with the top edge of the document(s) first into
the DADF.

NOTE:
• Overtightening the guides may cause jams.
• Before loading the document(s) on the DADF, straighten the edges of the stack of the
document(s).
• Use the document stopper when copying a legal-size document.

Loading a Document on the Document Glass
NOTE:
• Make sure that no document is in the DADF. If any document is detected in the DADF, it takes
priority over the document on the document glass.

1 Open the document cover.

206

Loading Documents

2 Place the document facing down on the document glass and align it with the
registration guide on the top left corner of the glass.

3 Close the document cover.
NOTE:
• Leaving the document cover open while copying may affect the copy quality and increase the
toner consumption.
• If you are copying/scanning/faxing a page from a book or magazine, lift the cover until its
hinges are caught by the stopper and then close the cover. If the book or magazine is thicker
than 30 mm, start copying/scanning/faxing with the cover open.

Loading Documents

207

4
Printing, Copying, Scanning,
Faxing, and Dell Document Hub

208

Printing

209

Copying

218

Scanning

221

Faxing

247

Dell Document Hub

263

Printing and Scanning Directly From SharePoint®

272

Printing
This chapter covers tips for printing, how to print certain information from the printer,
and how to cancel a job.
NOTE:
• Selecting the appropriate print media and loading them properly into the paper tray is key to
producing good quality prints and reducing paper jams. See "Print Media Guidelines" and "Loading
Print Media."

Sending a Job to Print
NOTE:
• Print settings made from the print driver have precedence over the menu settings made from the
operator panel or Tool Box.
• If you are not familiar with a feature in the print driver window, open the online Help for more
information.

The following procedure uses a typical Windows® and OS X program as an example.
1 Open the file you want to print.
2 From the File menu, select Print.
3 Check that the correct printer is selected in the dialog box, and then check and
change the print settings in the dialog box.
4 For Windows®, click Preferences, adjust print settings that are not available in the
dialog box, and then click OK.
For OS X, proceed to step 5.
5 Click Print.
NOTE:
• You can switch the paper size loaded in the tray between A4 and letter. Also, you can switch the
paper size between A5 and statement. When you want to switch the page size, load the print media
of the selected size.
See "A4<>Letter Switch" and "A5<>Statement Switch."

Canceling a Print Job
You can cancel a job using the operator panel or a computer.

Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel
Canceling a Job While Print Is in Progress
Tap Stop.
The print job in progress is canceled.
NOTE:
• All the following jobs are not canceled.

Canceling a Job Before Printing Starts
1 Press the

(Job Status) button.

2 Tap the job you want to cancel.

Printing

209

3 Tap Stop

Stop Job.

Canceling a Job From a Computer
Canceling a Job From the Taskbar (Windows® Only)
When you send a job to print, a small printer icon appears in the bottom right corner of
the taskbar.
1 Double-click the printer icon.
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.
2 Select the job you want to cancel.
3 Press on the keyboard.

Canceling a Job From the Dock (OS X Only)
When you send a job to print, the printer icon appears in the Dock.
The following procedure uses OS X 10.10 as an example.
1 Click the printer icon.
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.
2 Click the delete job button on the left.

Duplex Printing
The duplex printing feature allows you to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
NOTE:
• The duplex printing feature does not support thick cover paper, thick coated paper, labels, and
envelopes.

Using Duplex Print
For Windows®:
The following procedure uses a typical Windows® program on Windows® 7/Windows®
10 as an example.
1 Open the file you want to print.
2 Open the print dialog box from the program.
3 Select the print driver, and then click Preferences

General.

4 In the Paper Source drop-down list box, select a paper tray.
5 In the Duplex drop-down list box, select Flip on Short Edge or Flip on Long Edge.
NOTE:
• For details about the Flip on Short Edge and Flip on Long Edge options, see "Flip on Short
Edge" and "Flip on Long Edge."

6 Click OK

Print.

For OS X:
The following procedure uses TextEdit on OS X 10.10 as an example.

210

Printing

1 Open the file you want to print.
2 From the File menu, select Print.
3 Make sure that the Two-Sided check box is selected in the dialog box.
4 In the TextEdit drop-down list box, select Layout.
5 In the Two-Sided drop-down list box, select Long-Edge binding or Short-Edge
binding.
6 Click Print.

Using Booklet Print
The booklet print feature prints a document as a booklet. The pages are arranged in the
correct order when the printout is collated or stapled.
NOTE:
• When the XML Paper Specification (XPS) or PostScript (PS) driver is used, booklet print is not
available.
• You must select Flip on Long Edge in the Duplex when using the booklet print feature.
Flip on Long Edge

Assumes binding along the long edge of the page (left edge for
portrait orientation and top edge for landscape orientation). The
following illustration shows long-edge binding for portrait and
landscape pages:
Portrait

Flip on Short Edge

Landscape

Assumes binding along the short edge of the page (top edge for
portrait orientation and left edge for landscape orientation). The
following illustration shows short-edge binding for portrait and
landscape pages:
Portrait

Landscape

Printing

211

Using Stored Print
When you send a job to the printer, you can specify in the print driver to store the job in
the memory. When you are ready to print the job, go to the printer and use the operator
panel to identify which job in the memory you want to print.
NOTE:
• The data in the memory is cleared when the printer is turned off.
• The stored print feature is available when:
- The RAM disk is enabled in the printer menu.
- RAM Disk is set to Available in the print driver.

Overview
The stored print feature includes the following job types.
Read each description to select optimum job type for your print job.
If you want to print confidential documents, see "Secure Print" and "Private Mailbox."
If you want to store the print job in the printer for re-printing, see "Private Mailbox" and
"Public Mailbox."
If you want to prevent large number of misprinted copies, see "Proof Print."

Secure Print
You can temporarily store print jobs secured with a password in the memory. Users with
the password can print them from the operator panel. This feature can be used to print
confidential documents. A stored print job is deleted after you print it or at a designated
time.

Send confidential data.

Enter the password
from the operator
panel.

Print data.

Confidential

Data is deleted at a
designated time.

Private Mailbox
You can store print jobs in the printer for re-printing with a password. The stored jobs
remain in the printer until you delete them from the operator panel. Only users with the

212

Printing

password can print them from the operator panel. This feature can be used to print
confidential documents.
Enter the password
from the operator
panel.

Send confidential data.

Print data.

Public Mailbox
You can store print jobs in the printer for re-printing without a password. The stored jobs
remain in the printer until you delete them from the operator panel. Any user can print
them from the operator panel.
Print data.
Send data.

Proof Print
The collated print job is stored in the memory, but a single copy is printed so you can
check the print result. If you do not have problems with the print result, you can choose
to print more copies. This prevents large number of misprinted copies.
One set is
printed.
Send data.

Print the rest of sets from
the operator panel.
Check if the print
result is OK.

Procedures for Printing Stored Print
NOTE:
• The stored print feature is not available when a print job is too large for the available memory.
• The stored print feature is available when using the Printer Control Language (PCL) or PostScript
(PS) driver.

Printing

213

Storing Print Jobs With the Print Driver
To use the stored print feature, you need to select Secure Print, Proof Print, Private
Mailbox, or Public Mailbox from Job Type in the General tab of the print driver. The job
is stored in the memory until you request to print it from the operator panel.
NOTE:
• You must specify a password for the Secure Print and Private Mailbox jobs.
• If a document name is not assigned to your print job in the print driver, the job's name is identified
using the printer's time and date of submission to distinguish it from other jobs you have stored
under your name.

Printing the Stored Jobs From the Operator Panel
1 Press the

(Home) button.
Print.

2 Tap

3 Select a job type.
If the desired job type is not displayed, swipe the screen.
4 Select the desired user ID.
If the desired document is not displayed, tap

to scroll through the screen.

If you have selected Secure Print or Private Mailbox in step 3, enter the
password using the number pad, and then tap OK.
NOTE:
• If you enter an invalid password, the message Incorrect password Try again. appears.
Tap Close to return to the screen for entering the password.

5 Select the desired document.
If the desired document is not displayed, tap

to scroll through the screen.

To specify the number of copies, tap Quantity.
NOTE:
• For Secure Print, Quantity is not available.

6 For Secure Print, tap Print and Delete.
For Private Mailbox, tap Print.
NOTE:
• For Secure Print, the data in the memory is deleted after printing.
• For Private Mailbox, you can delete the data in the memory after printing if you select the
Print and Delete check box.

7 Tap OK.
The stored job will be printed.

Deleting Stored Jobs
With Secure Print, a job that has been stored is deleted after printing or deleted at a
designated time entered on the operator panel.
For other jobs, these jobs remain stored until you delete them from the operator panel.
To delete the stored jobs:
1 Press the
(Home) button.

214

Printing

Print.

2 Tap

3 Select a job type.
If the desired job type is not displayed, swipe the screen.
4 Select the desired user ID.
If the desired document is not displayed, tap

to scroll through the screen.

5 Select the desired document.
If the desired document is not displayed, tap

to scroll through the screen.

6 Tap Delete.

Printing From USB Flash Drive
The USB Direct Print feature allows you to print files stored in a USB flash drive without
using a computer.
CAUTION:
• To prevent damage to the printer, do not connect any device other than a USB flash drive to the
front USB port of the printer.
• Do not remove the USB flash drive from the front USB port until the printer has finished printing.
NOTE:
• If the Functions Control setting is set to On (Password), you need to enter the four-digit
password to use the function. If the Functions Control setting is set to Off, the function is disabled
and the menu is not displayed on the screen. See "Functions Control."

Supported USB Flash Drive
For the front USB port of the printer, you can use a USB flash drive with the following
specification:
• USB 2.0 and 1.1
• Type A connector
• Metal shielded
• FAT16/FAT32
NOTE:
• If the USB flash drive is formatted in a file system other than the above, the printer may not detect
the USB flash drive.
• A USB flash drive with authentication feature and some brands of USB flash drive cannot be used
with this printer.

Supported File Formats
Files in the following file formats can be printed directly from a USB flash drive:
• PDF
• TIFF
• JPEG
Printing

215

Printing a PDF/TIFF or JPEG File in a USB Flash Drive
1 Press the

(Home) button.

2 Insert a USB flash drive to the front USB port of the printer.

3 Tap Print PDF/TIFF or Print JPEG.
4 Select the desired file.
If the desired file is not displayed, swipe the screen or tap folders.
NOTE:
• Only the following characters are displayed on the touch panel:
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 $ % ’ ‘ - @ {} ~ ! # ( ) & _ ^
• Up to 10 PDF/TIFF or 100 JPEG files can be selected and printed in display order.

5 Tap
, and then check and change the print settings.
See "Print Settings."
6 Tap Print.
CAUTION:
• Do not remove the USB flash drive while the printer is accessing the drive.
The data in the drive may be destroyed, or the drive itself may be damaged and become
unusable.
NOTE:
• Color printing is secured with a password if the Functions Control setting for USB Direct
Print is set to On (Color Password). If you set Output Color to Full Color and the
Functions Control setting for USB Direct Print to On (Color Password), you are
required to enter the four-digit password.
• Only PDF/TIFF or JPEG files created using the scan function of the printer can be printed
through the USB Direct Print feature.

7 Remove the USB flash drive from the printer.
CAUTION:
• Make sure that the printer is not accessing the USB flash drive.

Printer Settings
You can change most of the print settings from the program you are printing from.
Settings from the program update the default system settings for the printer. Settings
from the print driver only apply to the job that you are currently sending to the printer.
If you cannot change a setting from the program, use the operator panel, Tool Box on
Dell Printer Hub/Dell Printer Management Tool, or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.

216

Printing

Changing a system setting from the operator panel, Tool Box, or Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool makes that setting the user default.
You can verify the detailed system settings by printing a system settings report. For
details about how to print a system settings report, see "Report / List."
You can reset settings to their default values from the operator panel.
See "Resetting Defaults."
1 Press the
(Information) button.
2 Tap the Tools tab Admin Settings.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
3 Tap PCL, PS, or PDF.
4 Select the desired menu item.
If the desired menu item is not displayed, tap

to scroll through the screen.

5 Select the desired setting or enter the value, and then tap OK.
6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 as needed.

Printing

217

Copying
NOTE:
• If the Functions Control setting is set to On (Password), you need to enter the four-digit
password to use the function. If the Functions Control setting is set to Off, the function is disabled
and the menu is not displayed on the screen. See "Functions Control."

Making Copies From the Document Glass
NOTE:
• A computer connection is not required for copying.
• Remove any documents from the Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (DADF) before copying
from the document glass.
• Contaminants on the document glass may cause black spots on the copy output. For best results,
clean the document glass before use. See "Cleaning the Scanner."

1 Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and then close the
document cover.
See "Loading Documents."
2 Press the

(Home) button.
Copy.

3 Tap

4 Check and change the copy settings.
See "Copy."
5 In Quantity, tap – or + to specify the number of copies.
6 Tap Copy.
NOTE:
• To cancel a copy job, tap Stop at any time while scanning a document.

Making Copies From the DADF
CAUTION:
• Do not load more than 50 sheets into the DADF or allow more than 50 sheets to be fed to the
document output tray. The document output tray should be emptied before it exceeds 50
sheets or your documents may be damaged.
NOTE:
• A computer connection is not required for copying.

1 Load the document(s).
See "Loading Documents."
2 Press the
3 Tap

(Home) button.
Copy.

4 Check and change the copy settings.
See "Copy."
5 In Quantity, tap – or + to specify the number of copies.

218

Copying

6 Tap Copy.
NOTE:
• To cancel a copy job, tap Stop at any time while scanning a document.

Using the ID Copy
NOTE:
• If the Functions Control setting is set to Disable, the function is disabled and the menu is not
displayed on the screen. See "Functions Control."

You can copy both sides of an ID card on one side of a single sheet of paper in its
original size by tapping ID Copy on the touch panel. This feature helps to show both
sides of an ID card in one page in its original size.
1 Place an ID card facing down on the document glass, and then close the document
cover.
See "Loading Documents."
2 Press the

(Home) button.
ID Copy.

3 Tap

4 Check and change the copy settings.
See "Copy."
5 In Quantity, tap – or + to specify the number of copies.
6 Tap Copy.
NOTE:
• Color copy is secured with a password if the Functions Control setting for Copy is set to On
(Color Password). If you set Output Color to Full Color and the Functions Control
setting for Copy to On (Color Password), you are required to enter the four-digit
password.

After the front side of the ID card is scanned, the screen prompts you to turn over
the card.
To copy the back side:
a Turn the ID card over.
b Tap Continue.
To copy only one side:
a Tap Print Now.

Changing the Default Copy Settings
The default settings of the copy menu options such as Output Color, Select Tray,
and Darken/Lighten can be set to the most frequently used modes. When you copy a
document, the specified default settings are used unless they are changed using the
operator panel.

Copying

219

The settings on Default Settings will be reflected when you create a new tile. If you
change the settings on Default Settings after creating the new tile, it does not affect
the settings of the tile you created earlier. See "Adding a New Tile."
NOTE:
• You can set the same setting using the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub/Dell Printer Management Tool
or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. See the help on the Tool Box or "Dell™ Printer
Configuration Web Tool."

To specify your own default settings:
1 Press the
(Information) button.
2 Tap the Tools tab

Default Settings

3 Select the desired menu item.
If the desired menu item is not displayed, tap

Copy Defaults.
or

to scroll through the screen.

4 Select the desired setting or enter the value, and then tap OK.
5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 as needed.

220

Copying

Scanning
NOTE:
• If the Functions Control setting is set to On (Password), you need to enter the four-digit
password to use the function. If the Functions Control setting is set to Off, the function is disabled
and the menu is not displayed on the screen. See "Functions Control."

Scanning Overview
The printer provides several ways to scan your document. There are two main scanning
types. One is operated on the printer side without using the scanner driver, and the other
is operated on the computer side using a software and the scanner driver.
The following illustration shows overview for each scanning type.

Computer/
Mobile Device

Operate from the Printer
"Scanning to a Computer With a USB Connection”
“Scanning to a Computer With a Network Connection"
Operate from the Computer/Mobile Device
"Scanning From a Computer Using Web Services on Devices (WSD)"
“Scanning Using the TWAIN Driver"
"Scanning Using the Windows® Image Acquisition (WIA) Driver”
"Scanning Using Wi-Fi Direct"

Scan
FTP Server/
Shared Folder
"Scanning to a Computer or Server With SMB/FTP"

E-mail
"Sending a Scanned Data via E-Mail"

USB

"Scanning to a USB Flash Drive"

The resolution setting to use when you scan an item depends on the item type and how
you plan to use the image or document after you scan it to your computer. For the best
results, use these recommended settings.
Type

Resolution

Documents

300 dpi black-and-white or 200 dpi grayscale or
color

Documents of poor quality or that contain small text 400 dpi black-and-white or 300 dpi grayscale
Photographs and pictures

100–200 dpi color or 200 dpi grayscale

Images for an inkjet printer

150–300 dpi

Images for a high-resolution printer

300–600 dpi

Scanning

221

Scanning above the recommended resolutions may exceed the capabilities of the
program. To scan above the recommended resolutions, preview (or pre-scan) and crop
the image to reduce the size before scanning the image.

Tips for Easy Network Scanning
•

•

The network scanning with the Scan to Computer feature is recommended if you
are not familiar with the network scanning setup. It provides the simple and easy
steps for your convenience. For details, see "Scanning to a Computer With a
Network Connection."
Before using the Scan to Network Folder feature, configure the network connection
details using the Address Book Editor if you are not familiar with the setup using Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool.
The Address Book Editor helps to register the scanning destination details to the
printer.

Scanning to a Computer With a USB Connection
You can send scanned data from the operator panel to a computer connected via USB
cable. The scanned data is saved in the Documents folder for Windows® or on the
desktop for OS X by default. To change the location to save, see "Changing the Location
to Save the Scanned Data."
NOTE:
• You must connect your computer via USB for selecting the Scan to Computer feature from the
operator panel. Network connection is not supported.
• This feature is supported on both Windows® and OS X.

1 Load the document(s).
See "Loading Documents."
2 Press the

(Home) button.
Scan to Computer.

3 Tap

4 Select a computer.
If the desired computer is not displayed, swipe the screen.
5 Check and change the scan settings.
See "Scan to Computer."
6 Tap Scan.

Scanning to a Computer With a Network Connection
If the printer is connected to a computer via the Scan to Computer network using Web
Services on Devices (WSD), you can send scanned data to a computer.
NOTE:
• You need to setup connection using Web Services on Devices (WSD).
• Web Services on Devices (WSD) is supported only on Windows Vista®, Windows® 7, Windows® 8,
Windows® 8.1, and Windows® 10.

Printer Setup for Scan to Web Services on Devices (WSD)
Setup the printer and computer for connection using Web Services on Devices (WSD).
222

Scanning

Checking the Printer Setting
To use this scanning method, make sure that the Web Services on Devices (WSD) is
enabled from the operator panel of the printer or on Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool. See "Port Settings" or "Protocols."

Setting Up the Computer
NOTE:
• For Windows® 8, Windows® 8.1, and Windows® 10, the computer automatically connects the
printer using Web Services on Devices (WSD). There is no need to install the printer manually.

The following procedure uses Windows® 7 as an example.
1 Click Start Computer Network.
2 Right-click the icon of the printer, and then click Install.
The printer is connected using Web Services on Devices (WSD).
3 Click Start

Devices and Printers.

4 Right-click the icon of the printer, and then click Scan profiles.
5 Select the scanner, and then click Edit.
6 Specify the various settings of the profile, including the Source where the
documents are loaded.

Scanning and Sending Images to the Computer
1 Load the document(s).
See "Loading Documents."
2 Press the

(Home) button.
Scan to Computer.

3 Tap
NOTE:

• Whether to scan from the DADF or from the document glass can be specified in the scan
profile. Make sure to specify the scan profile accordingly if you want to scan the document
from the DADF.

4 Select a computer.
If the desired computer is not displayed, swipe the screen.

5 Specify the type of scan.
If the desired type is not displayed, swipe the screen.

Scanning

223

For details about the type of scan, see "Scan to Computer."

6 Tap Scan.

Changing the Location to Save the Scanned Data
Use Dell Printer Hub (Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw) or Dell Printer Management Tool
(Dell S2825cdn) to change the output destination of the obtained image files and to
select whether to open the image files using the related program. For details, see the
FAQs on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management Tool.
NOTE:
• Dell Printer Hub and Dell Printer Management Tool are supported on Windows® 7 or later.

To open Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management Tool:
The following procedure uses Windows® 7, Windows® 10, and OS X 10.10 as examples.
For Windows® 7:
Click Start All Programs
Management Tool.
For Windows® 10:
Click the Start button

Dell Printers

Dell Printer Hub/Dell Printer

Dell Printer Hub/Dell Printer Management Tool.

For OS X 10.10:
Click Finder Applications Dell Dell Color Cloud Multifunction Printer H625cdw/Dell Color Cloud Multifunction Printer - H825cdw/Dell Color Smart
Multifunction Printer - S2825cdn, and then double-click ScanButton Manager.

224

Scanning

Scanning From a Computer Using Web Services on
Devices (WSD)
If the printer is connected to a computer via network using Web Services on Devices
(WSD), you can scan documents from the computer.
NOTE:
• To scan from the computer using Web Services on Devices (WSD), you need to setup connection
using Web Services on Devices (WSD).
• Web Services on Devices (WSD) is supported only on Windows Vista®, Windows® 7, Windows® 8,
Windows® 8.1, and Windows® 10.

Preparations for Scanning From the Computer
The same preparations are necessary as in using the Scan to Computer feature. See
"Scanning to a Computer With a Network Connection."

Scanning From the Computer
The following procedure uses Windows® 7 and Windows® 10 as example.
1 Load the document(s).
See "Loading Documents."
2 For Windows® 7:
Click Start

Devices and Printers.

For Windows® 10:
Right-click the Start button, and then click Control Panel
Devices and Printers.

Hardware and Sound

3 Right-click the printer, and then select Start scan.
4 Specify the necessary settings for scanning, and then click Scan.
NOTE:
• When you use Windows Vista®, use the drawing software such as Microsoft® Photo Gallery,
select the printer connected using the Web Services on Devices (WSD), and start scanning.

Scanning Using the TWAIN Driver
With the TWAIN driver, you can import scanned images to a software such as Adobe®
Photoshop®.
NOTE:
• Both USB and Network connections are supported.
• This feature is supported on Windows® and Mac OS X 10.7 or later.
• To check and set the IP address of the printer, or set the password for Functions Control feature
when PC Scan is set to On (Password). For details, see "Managing the Scanner."

The following procedure uses typical program that supports TWAIN as an example.
1 Load the document(s).
See "Loading Documents."
2 Start the graphic software that supports TWAIN, such as Adobe® Photoshop®.
3 Select the scanner from the TWAIN menu on the graphic software, specify the
necessary settings, and then start scanning on the window such as shown below.
Scanning

225

For details on operating the graphic software, see the manuals of your software.
For Windows®:

For OS X:

NOTE:
• The screen image may vary depending on the operating system.

Scanning Using the Windows® Image Acquisition
(WIA) Driver
Windows® Image Acquisition (WIA) is one of the standard components provided by
Windows® XP and later operating systems and works with digital cameras and scanners.
Unlike the TWAIN driver, the Windows® Image Acquisition (WIA) driver allows you to scan
an image and easily manipulate those images without using additional software.

226

Scanning

With the Windows® Image Acquisition (WIA) driver, you can import scanned images to
Microsoft® programs such as Windows® Photo Gallery and Microsoft® Paint.
NOTE:
• Both USB and Network connections including Web Services on Devices (WSD) are supported.
• The Windows® Image Acquisition (WIA) driver is supported only on Windows® computers.
• To check and set the IP address of the printer, or set the password for Functions Control feature
when PC Scan is set to On (Password). For details, see "Managing the Scanner."

Scanning an Image From the Drawing Software
The following procedure uses Windows® 7 as an example.
1 Load the document(s).
See "Loading Documents."
2 Start the drawing software, such as Microsoft® Paint for Windows®.
NOTE:
• When using Windows Vista® or Windows Server® 2008, use Windows® Photo Gallery instead
of Microsoft® Paint.
• When using programs that utilize Windows® Image Acquisition (WIA) 2.0, such as Windows®
Fax and Scan on Windows Vista®, Windows® 7, Windows® 8, Windows® 8.1, and Windows® 10,
the Feeder (Scan both sides) option can be selected for duplex scanning.

3 Click Paint From scanner or camera.
The following image uses Dell H825cdw as an example.

NOTE:
• The screen image may vary depending on the operating system.

4 Select your desired type of picture, and then click Adjust the quality of the scanned
picture.
5 Click the desired properties
6 Click Scan

OK.

Save.

Scanning Using Wi-Fi Direct
This section provides information for Wi-Fi Direct scanning. Wi-Fi Direct allows your
mobile devices such as computers, smartphones, and tablets, to connect to the printer

Scanning

227

directly via a Wi-Fi network. With Wi-Fi Direct, you can scan documents from your
mobile devices directly without an access point or a wireless router.
To setup and connect using Wi-Fi Direct, See ”Setting Up Wi-Fi Direct.”
NOTE:
•
•
•
•

Wi-Fi Direct is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.
The maximum number of mobile devices that can be connected via the Wi-Fi Direct network is 3.
You cannot connect your mobile device to the Internet via the printer’s Wi-Fi Direct network.
Depending on the mobile device, the channel used to connect the mobile device to the printer via
Wi-Fi Direct may differ from the channel used by the printer to connect to a network via Wi-Fi
infrastructure mode. In such a case, simultaneous connection with Wi-Fi Direct and Wi-Fi
infrastructure mode may not work properly.
• The printer connected with Wi-Fi Direct supports the following protocols;
LPD, Port9100, WSD*, Bonjour (mDNS), SNMPv1/v2c, Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, TWAIN,
WIA, ICA.
*
WSD stands for Web Services on Devices.

Scanning via Wi-Fi Direct
The scanning procedure varies depending on the mobile device and the application you
are using. Refer to the manual supplied with your mobile device or application to scan.

Scanning to a Computer or Server With SMB/FTP
You can scan and send the scanned data to a shared folder on a computer or an FTP
server.
NOTE:
• This feature does not require a network scanner driver.

Overview
The Scan to Network Folder feature allows you to send the scanned data to a computer
or FTP server.
Computer
FTP Server

Scan

Using FTP

Using SMB
Computer

228

Scanning

Required Operating Systems:
For FTP:
NOTE:
• For details about how to configure the FTP service, refer to the manual supplied with the software.
• Windows Vista® supports IPv4 only.

•

Windows®
Windows Server®
FTP service of Microsoft® Internet Information Services

•

Mac OS X 10.7 or later operating systems
FTP service of Mac OS X

For SMB:
This feature is supported on Windows Server® 2008 or later and Mac OS X 10.7 or later.

Overview for Scanning to an FTP Server
The following is a typical setup flow for sending scanned data to an FTP server:
1 Set SMB/FTP Destination into the address book.
See "Setting SMB/FTP Destination Into the Address Book."
2 Send the scanned data on the network.
See "Sending the Scanned Data on the Network."

Overview for Scanning to a Shared Folder Using SMB
NOTE:
• The setup for Scan to Network Folder via SMB can be configured easily with the bundled Address
Book Editor utility.
For details about Address Book Editor, see "Using Address Book Editor."
• Scan to Network Folder can be also accomplished with the Web Services on Devices (WSD)
function.
For details about scanning using the Web Services on Devices (WSD) function, see "Scanning to a
Computer With a Network Connection" and "Scanning From a Computer Using Web Services on
Devices (WSD)."

The following is a typical setup flow for sending scanned data to a shared folder using
SMB:
1 Set a user account.
See "Setting a User Account (SMB Only)."
2 Create a shared folder.
See "Creating a Shared Folder (SMB Only)."
3 Set SMB/FTP Destination into the address book.
See "Setting SMB/FTP Destination Into the Address Book."
4 Send the scanned data on the network.
See "Sending the Scanned Data on the Network."

Scanning

229

Setting a User Account (SMB Only)
To send scanned data to a SMB shared folder, it is necessary to have a shared folder on a
computer. To create a shared folder, a user account with a valid password is required.
For Windows®:

If the user account you are going to use does not have a login password, set a password
with the following procedure.
After checking the login user name and password of the user account, proceed to
"Creating a Shared Folder (SMB Only)."
The following procedure uses Windows® 7, Windows® 10, and OS X 10.10 as examples.
For Windows® 7:
1 Click Start Control Panel User Accounts and Family Safety
Create a password for your account.

User Accounts

2 Add in a password for your user login account.
For Windows® 10:
1 Right-click the Start button, and then click Settings.
2 Click Accounts

Sign-in options

Add under Password.

3 Add in a password for your user login account.
For OS X 10.10:
1 Click System Preferences

Users & Groups

Change Password.

2 Enter a password for your user login account in New password.
3 Re-enter the password in Verify.

Creating a Shared Folder (SMB Only)
Create a shared folder to store the scanned data from the printer.
The following procedure uses Windows® 7, Windows® 10, and OS X 10.10 as examples.
For Windows® 7 and Windows® 10:
1 Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer.
MyShare is used as an example folder name in this procedure.
230

Scanning

2 Right-click on the folder, and then click Properties.
3 Click the Sharing tab

Advanced Sharing.

4 Select the Share this folder check box.
5 Enter a shared name in the Share name box.
NOTE:
• Write down the shared name as you need to use this name in the next setting procedure.

6 Click Permissions to create a write permission for this folder.
7 Click Add.
8 Search user login name by performing either of the following:
• Click Advanced, and then search user login name.
• Enter the user login name in the Enter the object names to select text box, and
then click Check Names.

Scanning

231

Myself is used as an example login name in the following illustration.

9 Click OK.
10 Click the user login name that you have just entered, and then select the Full
Control check box.
This permits the document to be sent into this folder.
NOTE:
• Do not use Everyone as the user login name.

11 Click OK.
NOTE:
• To add sub-folders, create new folders in the shared folder you have created.
For example:
Folder name: MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic, Third-level folder name: John
You should now see MyShare\MyPic\John in your directory.

When you are finished creating a shared folder, proceed to "Setting SMB/FTP Destination
Into the Address Book."
For OS X 10.10:
1 Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer.
MyShare is used as an example folder name.
2 Click the created folder

File

Get Info.

3 Select the Shared folder check box.
4 Open System Preferences, and then click Sharing.
5 Select the File Sharing check box, and then click Options.

232

Scanning

6 Select the Share Files and folders using SMB and account name check boxes.
7 Click Done.
When you are finished creating a shared folder, proceed to "Setting SMB/FTP Destination
Into the Address Book."

Setting SMB/FTP Destination Into the Address Book
You can register the connection details for SMB and FTP server in the address book using
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool or Address Book Editor.
Before entering the destination information, make sure that you have the IP address of
your computer ready. See "Confirming the IP Address of Your Computer."
After you finish registering the destination information of the SMB or FTP server, proceed
to "Sending the Scanned Data on the Network."

Confirming the IP Address of Your Computer
Perform the following procedure to check the IP address of the computer.
For Windows®:
The following procedure uses Windows® 7/Windows® 10 as an example.
1 For Windows® 7:
Click Start All Programs Accessories Run.
For Windows® 10:
Right-click the Start button, and then click Run.
2 Enter "cmd" in the text box, and then click OK.
A command prompt window opens.
3 Enter ipconfig, and then press on the keyboard.
4 Write down the IP address.
For OS X:
The following procedure uses OS X 10.10 as an example.
1 Open System Preferences, and then click Network.
The IP address is displayed under Status.
2 Write down the IP address.

Using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
1 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."

Scanning

233

2 Click Address Book.

If a security login dialog box appears, enter user name and password.
NOTE:
• The default user name is "admin," and the default password is left blank (NULL).

3 Click the Server Address tab

234

Scanning

Create.

The Server Address page appears.

4 Enter the information as follows to fill in the fields.
Name

Enter a name of your choice. This appears as the name for the Server
Address in the address book.

Server Type

Select FTP to send documents to an FTP server.
Select SMB to send documents to a shared folder on your computer
using Server Message Block (SMB).

Server Address

Enter the name or IP address of the server or computer.
Example:
• For FTP:
Server name: abc.example.com
(abc: host name, example.com: domain name)
IP address: 192.0.2.1
• For SMB:
Computer name: abc
IP address: 192.0.2.1

Share Name

Enter the name of the shared folder. See "Creating a Shared Folder
(SMB Only)." For SMB only.
• Example: Share, Sharefolder

Server Path

Enter the path of the sub-folder within the shared folder. If you have
not created a sub-folder, leave this blank.
When entering the sub-folder path, make sure that the sub-folder is
already created. Do not enter the name of the shared folder.
Example:
Shared Folder name: MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic
Enter "MyPic".
If you have created a sub-folder within a sub-folder, separate each
sub-folder name with a backslash (SMB) or forward slash (FTP).
Example:
Shared Folder name: MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic,
Third-level folder name: John
• For SMB enter "MyPic\John".
• For FTP enter "MyPic/John".

Server Port Number

Enter the Server Port Number. If you are unsure, you can enter the
default value of 21 for FTP or 139 for SMB.
Available ports are:
FTP: 21, 5000 - 65535
SMB: 139, 445, 5000 - 65535

Scanning

235

Enter the user account name to allow access to a shared folder on
your computer or to an FTP server.
• For FTP: Contact your system administrator.
• For SMB: Windows® login name that you have specified in "Setting
a User Account (SMB Only)."

Enter the password corresponding to the above login name.
• For FTP: Contact your system administrator
• For SMB: Empty password is not valid in Network (Computer).
Make sure that you have a valid password for the user login
account. See "Setting a User Account (SMB Only)."

Re-enter Password

Re-enter your password.

5 Click Apply New Settings.

Using Address Book Editor
The following procedure uses OS X 10.10 as an example.
NOTE:
• For Windows®, you can operate Address Book Editor with using the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub
and Dell Printer Management Tool. See "Tool Box."

1 Click Finder Applications Dell Dell Color Cloud Multifunction Printer H625cdw/Dell Color Cloud Multifunction Printer - H825cdw/Dell Color Smart
Multifunction Printer - S2825cdn, and then double-click Address Book Editor.
2 Perform either of the following:
Click New (Device Address Book)

236

Scanning

New Server.

3 Enter the information as follows to fill in the fields.

Name

Enter a name of your choice. This appears as the name for the Server
Address in the address book.

Server Type

Select Computer to send documents to a shared folder on your
computer using Server Message Block (SMB).
Select Server to send documents to an FTP server.

Server Name/IP Address

Enter the name or IP address of the server or computer.
Example:
• For Computer (SMB):
Computer name: myhost
IP address: 192.0.2.1
• For Server (FTP):
Server name: abc.example.com
(abc: host name, example.com: domain name)
IP address: 192.0.2.1

Share Name

Enter the name of the shared folder. See "Creating a Shared Folder
(SMB Only)." For SMB only.
Example: Share, Sharefolder

Path

Enter the path of the sub-folder within the shared folder. If you have
not created a sub-folder, leave this blank.
When entering the sub-folder path, make sure that the sub-folder is
already created and do not enter the name of the shared folder.
Example:
Shared Folder name: MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic
Enter "MyPic".
If you have created a sub-folder within a sub-folder, separate each
sub-folder name with a backslash (SMB) or forward slash (FTP).
Example:
Shared Folder name: MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic,
Third-level folder name: John
• For SMB enter "MyPic\John".
• For FTP enter "MyPic/John".

Enter the user account name to allow access to a shared folder on
your computer (SMB) or to an FTP server.
• For Computer (SMB): Windows® login name that you have
specified in the procedure 1.
• For Server (FTP): Contact your system administrator.

Scanning

237

Enter the password corresponding to the login name.
• For Computer (SMB): Empty password is not valid in
Network(Computer). Make sure that you have a valid password for
the user login account. See "Setting a User Account (SMB Only)."
• For Server (FTP): Contact your system administrator.

Confirm Login Password

Re-enter your password.

Port Number

Enter the Server Port Number. If you are unsure, you can enter the
default value of 139 for Computer (SMB) and 21 for FTP server.
Available ports are:
For Computer (SMB): 139, 445, 5000 - 65535
For Server (FTP): 21, 5000 - 65535

4 Click OK.

Sending the Scanned Data on the Network
1 Load the document(s).
See "Loading Documents."
2 Press the

(Home) button.
Scan to Network Folder.

3 Tap

4 Tap the desired address Done.
If the desired address is not displayed, swipe the screen.
5 Tap
, and then check and change the scan settings.
See "Scan Settings."
6 Tap Scan.
When the document is loaded on the document glass, the screen prompts you to
scan another page.
If you want to scan another page, place the document, and then tap Continue.
If you are finished scanning, tap Done.

•
•

Scanning to a USB Flash Drive
The Scan to USB feature allows you to store scanned data directly to a USB flash drive
attached to the printer without using software.
See "Supported USB Flash Drive."

Procedures
To store the scanned data to a USB flash drive:
NOTE:
• If you insert a USB flash drive to the front USB port first, the USB Drive Detected screen may
appear. In this case, select Scan to USB, and then proceed to step 6.

1 Load the document(s).
See "Loading Documents."
2 Press the

(Home) button.

3 Insert a USB flash drive into the front USB port of the printer.

238

Scanning

4 Tap Scan to USB.
5 Select a folder to save the scanned data.
See "Specifying a Folder to Save the Scanned Data."
6 Tap
, and then check and change the scan settings.
See "Scan Settings."
7 Tap Scan.
CAUTION:
• Do not remove the USB flash drive while the printer is accessing the drive.
The data in the drive may be destroyed, or the drive itself may be damaged and become
unusable.

When the document is loaded on the document glass, the screen prompts you to
scan another page.
•
•

If you want to scan another page, place the document, and then tap Continue.
If you are finished scanning, tap Done.

8 Remove the USB flash drive from the printer.
CAUTION:
• Make sure that the printer is not accessing the USB flash drive.

Specifying a Folder to Save the Scanned Data
To save the scanned data to a folder in the USB flash drive, specify the folder before
executing the scan job.
1 If folders exist in the USB flash drive, the folder names appear on the touch panel.
2 Select a folder to save the scanned data.
NOTE:
• The default saving location is the root directory of the USB flash drive.
• You cannot directly enter a folder path using the numeric keypad.
• You can select any folder in the USB flash drive but cannot create a new folder in this step.
You should always create a new folder before connecting the USB flash drive to the printer.

If the name of the scanned data already exists in the folder, the printer generates a
new file name to save the data.

Sending a Scanned Data via E-Mail
You can send the data scanned as an e-mail attachment using the Scan to Email feature.
To send an e-mail, an e-mail account is necessary such as the corporate mail account or
the Internet service provider's mail account. Gmail account can be used as well.
The following are the procedures necessary to setup Scan to Email feature:
1 "Gathering the Necessary Information About Your E-mail Account"
2 "Setting the DNS Server Address"
3 "Setting the Information Necessary to Access the Mail Server"

Scanning

239

Gathering the Necessary Information About Your E-mail
Account
To send an e-mail from the printer, the following information is necessary:
• E-mail account (user account) information
• E-mail server information
NOTE:
• For details about your e-mail account or the mail server, contact your network administrator or
your Internet service provider.
• When the printer is connected to the network via a proxy server, the printer may not be able to
send the e-mail. In this case, contact your network administrator.
• The following preparations are effective while the e-mail account information is valid. You do not
have to repeat the settings whenever you send the e-mail.

Setting the DNS Server Address
To set the DNS server address to the printer, perform the following procedure:
1 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
2 Click Print Server Settings

the Print Server Settings tab

TCP/IP.

3 Perform either of the following:
• If you are using DHCP for TCP/IP setting for the printer:
Select the Enable check box for Get DNS Server Address from DHCP in DNS.
•

If you are setting TCP/IP manually:
Set Manual DNS Server Address in DNS.

4 Click Apply New Settings.

Setting the Information Necessary to Access the Mail Server
To make the printer to send an e-mail, perform the following procedure:
1 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
2 Click Print Server Settings

240

Scanning

E-Mail Server.

3 Set the mail server information as follows:
NOTE:
• In this procedure, the server settings for a Gmail account are used as an example. The server
settings differ for each e-mail service.
• Information about the Gmail account is based on the information as of June 2015. For the
latest information, visit the homepage of Gmail.

a In the Primary SMTP Gateway text box, set the primary SMTP gateway.
For example: smtp.gmail.com
b In the SMTP Port Number text box, enter the SMTP port number.
This must be 25, 465, 587 or between 5000 and 65535.
For example: 465
c In the E-Mail Send Authentication drop-down list box, specify the authentication
method for outgoing e-mail.
For example: SMTP AUTH (Login)
d In the SMTP Login User text box, set the SMTP login user.
Up to 63 alphanumeric characters, periods, hyphens, underscores, and at
symbols (@) can be used. If specifying more than one address, separate them
using commas.
For example: abc@gmail.com
NOTE:
• It is not recommended to share a personal e-mail account with the Scan to Email function
of the printer. Instead, use an e-mail account dedicated to Scan to Email function.

e In the SMTP Login Password text box, set the SMTP account password.
Up to 31 alphanumeric characters can be used.
f

In the Re-enter SMTP Login Password text box, enter the login password again
to check it.
g Perform either of the following:

Scanning

241

•

If you have selected other than POP before SMTP (Plain) or POP before SMTP
(APOP) in the E-Mail Send Authentication drop-down list box, proceed to
step h.
• If you have selected POP before SMTP (Plain) or POP before SMTP (APOP) in
the E-Mail Send Authentication drop-down list box, enter the following:
– In the POP3 Server Address text box, enter the POP3 server address of
pop.gmail.com or as a DNS host name using up to 63 characters.
– In the POP3 Port Number text box, enter the POP3 server port number.
This must be 110 or between 5000 and 65535.
– In the POP User Name text box, set the POP3 account user name.
Up to 63 alphanumeric characters, periods, hyphens, underscores, and at
symbols (@) can be used. If specifying more than one address, separate
them using commas.
– In the POP User Password text box, enter the POP3 account password.
Up to 31 alphanumeric characters.
– In the Re-enter POP User Password text box, enter the POP user password
again to check it.
h In the Reply Address text box, enter the reply e-mail address sent with each
E-Mail Alert.
4 Click Apply New Settings.
• If SSL/TLS is not used or if Invalid, POP before SMTP (Plain), or POP before SMTP
(APOP) is selected for E-Mail Send Authentication, the mail server settings are
complete.
• If SMTP authentication is selected for E-Mail Send Authentication and if SSL/TLS
encryption is used to communicate with the SMTP server, the SSL/TLS type must
be set in SMTP-SSL/TLS Communication of SSL/TLS under the Security tab.
Proceed to step 5.
NOTE:
• To send an e-mail through Gmail, set the SSL/TLS type to SSL/TLS in SMTP-SSL/TLS
Communication of SSL/TLS under the Security tab.

5 Click the Security tab

SSL/TLS.

6 Select a SSL/TLS type from the SMTP-SSL/TLS Communication list.
NOTE:
• To use a Gmail account, select SSL/TLS.

7 Click Apply New Settings.

Registering a Destination E-Mail Address to Address Book
1 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
2 Click Address Book

242

Scanning

E-Mail Address tab

Create.

The E-Mail Address page for registering a new e-mail address appears.

3 Enter the following:
• Name
• Address
4 Click Apply New Settings.

Sending an E-mail With the Scanned Data
1 Press the
2 Tap

(Home) button.
Scan to Email.

3 Specify a recipient by either of the following:
• If you want to enter an e-mail address directly:
a Tap the Enter Recipient's Address text box.
b Enter the address using the keyboard.
c Tap Done.
You can remove or edit the recipient by tapping + and the recipient you specified.
•

If you want to select from the following types of address books:
a Tap Address Book.
b Select a recipient from either of the following:
– Tap Individuals to select an e-mail address registered in the address
book.
– Tap Groups to select a group of e-mails registered in the address book.
– Tap Network Address Book to search an e-mail address from the LDAP
server address book.
See "Sending an E-mail With the Scanned Data Using the E-mail Server
Address Book."
c Tap Done.

Scanning

243

You can remove or see details of the recipient, or set the e-mail as Bcc by tapping
+ and the recipient you specified.
4 Tap Sender, and then specify the sender's e-mail address by either of the following:
• If you want to enter an e-mail address directly:
a Tap Keyboard.
b Enter the address using the keyboard.
c Tap Done.
• If you want to select from the address book:
a Tap Address Book.
b Select an e-mail address registered in the address book.
c Tap Done.
• If you want to select from the server address book:
See "Sending an E-mail With the Scanned Data Using the E-mail Server Address
Book."
NOTE:
• For details about address book and server address book, see "Using the Address Book and
Phone Book."
• For details about Network Address Book, see "Using the Server Address Book and Server
Phone Book."
• E-mail addresses need to be registered before you can select Address Book.

5 Tap
, and then check and change the scan settings.
See "Scan Settings."
6 Tap Send.
When the document is loaded on the document glass, the screen prompts you to
scan another page.
If you want to scan another page, place the document, and then tap Continue.
If you are finished scanning, tap Done.

•
•

Managing the Scanner
You can select the port connected to the computer, or set the password for the scanner
from the TWAIN driver.
Open the application that supports TWAIN, and then click Settings in the scanning
window.

Port Settings
When the printer is connected to the computer directly by a USB cable, select USB.
When the printer is connected to the network, select Network. Enter the IP address or
hostname of the printer in the IP Address or Hostname text box, and then click OK.

When the Printer is Connected to the Network
When you are using DHCP for TCP/IP setting for the printer, the image capturing
software may not find the scanner occasionally due to the change of the IP address
allocated for the printer. In this case, check the IP address of the printer, and then
connect the scanner by specifying the IP address.

244

Scanning

On Windows®, you can check the IP address of the printer using Dell Printer Hub or Dell
Printer Management Tool. For Dell Printer Hub, select the printer from My Printers, and
then click Printer information on the left of the screen. For Dell Printer Management
Tool, select the printer displayed by default, or another printer from the drop-down list
on the upper-right of the screen, and then click Printer information on the left.

Searching the Scanner
In the Port Settings tab, you can search the scanners from the network and select the
desired one from the detected scanners.
Search all scanners from the
network (Windows® only)

Select to search scanners in your network.

Scanner List

Displays a list of detected scanners.

Search again

Click to search the scanners in your network.
®

Search Criteria (Windows only)

Click to display the Search Criteria dialog box for setting the search
condition. See "Search Criteria Dialog Box (Windows® only)."

Search Criteria Dialog Box (Windows® only)

Subnet Address

Enter the subnet address.
• IPv4: Broadcast Address such as 192.0.2.1
• IPv6: Multicast Address such as 2001:db8::

Search Time

Specify a time period for searching a scanner.

Community Name

Enter the SNMPv1/v2 community name. The default community
name is "public."

Password Settings
In the Password Settings tab, you can input the password that is set for your scanner to
access from your computer to the printer.

Scanning

245

For Windows®:

For OS X:

Password for Scanner

Enter the password.

Changing the Default Scan Setting
NOTE:
• You can set the same setting using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. See "Dell™ Printer
Configuration Web Tool."

1 Press the

(Information) button.

2 Tap the Tools tab

Default Settings

3 Select the desired menu item.
If the desired menu item is not displayed, tap

Scan Defaults.
or

to scroll through the screen.

4 Select the desired setting or enter the value, and then tap OK.
5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 as needed.

246

Scanning

Faxing
NOTE:
• If the Functions Control setting is set to On (Password), you need to enter the four-digit
password to use the function. If the Functions Control setting is set to Off, the function is disabled
and the menu is grayed out. See "Functions Control."

Initial Settings
To use the fax function, you need to perform the initial settings.
If you have already performed the initial settings for fax when you first turned on the
printer, you can skip this procedure. See "Setting Initial Settings on the Operator Panel."
If you have not performed the initial settings for fax, you can perform initial settings using
Dell Printer Easy Install or the operator panel.

Specifying the Fax Initial Settings Using Dell Printer Easy Install
1 Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer.
2 Click Main Menu.
3 Click Change.

4 Click Configure the Fax settings

Next.

5 Follow the on-screen instruction.

Faxing

247

Specifying the Fax Initial Settings Using the Operator Panel
To set the fax settings manually from the operator panel, set the following menus.
NOTE:
• You can set the same setting using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. See "Dell™ Printer
Configuration Web Tool."
• If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password when entering Admin Settings.
See "Panel Lock."

•

Fax Number, Country, Fax Header Name, and Line Type:
From the
(Information) button Tools tab Admin Settings
Settings Fax Line Settings

Fax

If you use DRPD option, you can set DRPD Pattern here.
NOTE:
• When you configure the country setting, the settings relevant to it is initialized.

•

Receive Mode:
From the
(Information) button
Settings Incoming Defaults

Tools tab

Admin Settings

Fax

Tone / Pulse:
From the
(Information) button Tools tab
Settings Transmission Defaults

Admin Settings

Fax

For details about each menu, see "Fax Settings."

Changing the Fax Settings
1 Press the

(Information) button.

2 Tap the Tools tab Admin Settings Fax Settings.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
3 Select the desired menu.
4 Select the desired setting or specify a value.
To specify a value, tap – or +, or use the number pad or the keyboard.
5 Tap OK.
6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 as needed.
For available options, see "Fax Settings."

Sending a Fax
You can fax data from the printer. You can also directly fax data transferred from a
computer running a Microsoft® Windows® operating system or a Macintosh computer.

Sending a Fax From Memory
1 Load the document(s).
See "Loading Documents."
2 Press the
3 Tap
248

(Home) button.
Fax.

Faxing

4 Tap
, and then check and change the fax settings.
See "Fax Settings."
To return to the previous screen, tap Back.
5 Enter or select a fax number by performing either of the following:
• If you want to enter a fax number directly:
a Tap the Enter Number text box.
b Enter the number using the keyboard.
c Tap Done.
• If you want to select from the phone book:
a Tap Phone Book.
– Tap Individuals to select an individual fax number.
– Tap Groups to select a group dial number.
– Tap Network Phone Book to search and select a fax number from the
LDAP server.
See "Sending a Fax Using the Fax Server Phone Book."
b Tap Done.
NOTE:
• For details about address book and server address book, see "Using the Address Book and
Phone Book."
• For details about Network Phone Book, see "Using the Server Address Book and Server
Phone Book."
• The fax number needs to be registered before you can select Address Book.

•

If you want to select from the speed dial:
a Tap Speed Dial.
b Enter the speed dial number using the number pad.
c Tap Done.
You can add more fax numbers by tapping +.

6 Tap Send.
NOTE:
• To cancel the fax job, tap Stop at any time while sending the fax.

When the document is loaded on the document glass, the screen prompts you for
another page.
•

If you want to place a new document, replace the document with a new
document, and then tap Continue.
• When you have finished loading documents, tap Done.
The printer starts dialing the number, and then sends the fax when the remote fax
machine is ready.

Sending a Fax Manually
1 Load the document(s).
See "Loading Documents."
2 Press the
3 Tap

(Home) button.
Fax.
Faxing

249

4 Tap
, and then check and change the fax settings.
See "Fax Settings."
5 Tap On Hook.
6 Enter the fax number of the recipient using the number pad.
You can also select the recipient by using speed dial number or address book. See
"Automatic Dialing."
7 Tap Send.
NOTE:
• To cancel the fax job, tap Stop at any time while sending the fax.

When the document is loaded on the document glass, the screen prompts you for
another page.
•

If you want to place a new document, replace the document with a new
document, and then tap Continue.
When you have finished loading documents, tap Done.

•

Confirming Transmissions
When the last page of your document has been sent successfully, the printer beeps and
returns to the standby mode.
If something goes wrong while sending your fax, an error message appears on the touch
panel.
If you receive an error message, tap Close to clear the message and send the document
again.
You can set the printer to print a confirmation report after each fax transmission. See
"Fax Transmit."

Automatic Redialing
If the number you have dialed is busy or there is no answer when you send a fax, the
printer redials the number every minute based on the number set in the redial settings.
For details about how to change the time interval between redials and the number of
redial attempts, see "Fax Settings."
NOTE:
• The printer does not redial a number when you send a fax manually.

Sending a Delayed Fax
The delayed start mode can be used to save scanned data for transmission at a specified
time to take advantage of lower long distance rates.
Once delayed start mode is activated, the printer stores all of the documents to be faxed
into its memory and sends them at the specified time.
After faxing in the delayed start mode is complete, the data in the memory is cleared.
1 Load the document(s).
See "Loading Documents."
2 Press the
3 Tap
250

(Home) button.
Fax.

Faxing

4 Tap
, and then check and change the fax settings.
See "Fax Settings."
5 In the Fax Settings screen, tap Delayed Send.
6 Select the On check box.
7 Specify the start time by tapping – or +, and then tap OK.
8 Tap Back.
9 Enter the fax number of the recipient using the number pad.
You can also select the recipient using speed dial number or address book. See
"Automatic Redialing."
10 Tap Send.
When the document is loaded on the document glass, the screen prompts you for
another page.
•

If you want to place a new document, replace the document with a new
document, and then tap Continue.
• When you have finished loading documents, tap Done.
Scanning starts and the data is stored in the memory to be sent at the specified time.
NOTE:
• If you restart the printer, the stored documents are sent as soon as the printer is activated.
• If the specified start time overlaps with the time periods for the available time or the fax
function, the printer cannot send the delayed fax at the specified time. For details about the
available time and the fax function, see "Set Available Time" and "Functions Control."

Sending a Fax Directly From a Computer
You can send a fax directly from your computer using the driver.
NOTE:
• Only black and white faxes can be sent using Direct Fax.
• If the specified start time overlaps with the time periods for the available time or the fax function,
the printer cannot send the delayed fax at the specified time. For details about the available time
and the fax function, see "Set Available Time" and "Functions Control."

Overview
The following images use Dell H825cdw as examples.
Send fax

Send data

Dell Color MFP
H825cdw Fax driver

Sending machine
(this printer)

Receiving machine
(fax machine/
multifunction printer)

Faxing

251

Procedure
NOTE:
• The names of the dialog boxes and the buttons may be different from those given in the following
procedure depending on the program you are using.
• To use this feature, you must install the fax driver. For Windows®, see "Installing the Software for
Windows® Computers." For OS X, see "Installing the Software and Print Drivers."

The following procedure uses Dell H825cdw as an example.
1 Open the file you want to fax.
2 Open the print dialog box from the program.
3 Select Dell Color MFP H825cdw Fax
for OS X.

Preferences for Windows® or FAX Setting

For Windows®:

For OS X:

4 Specify the following settings.
NOTE:
• The settings made here are only applied to a single fax job.

252

Faxing

For Windows®:

For OS X:

Transmission image quality

Select the output quality.
• Standard: For documents with normal sized characters.
• High Quality: For documents containing small characters or
thin lines or documents printed using a dot-matrix printer.
• Super-high image quality: For documents containing
extremely fine detail. The super fine mode is enabled only if the
remote machine also supports Super Fine resolution.
NOTE:
• Faxes printed in the Super-high image quality by Direct
Fax driver transmits at the highest resolution supported by
the receiving device.

Transmission report

Specify whether to print a fax transmission result.
• Output regularly: Prints a transmission result after every fax
transmission.
• Output for non-transmission: Prints a transmission result only
when an error occurs.
• Do not output: Does not print fax transmission results.

Faxing

253

Fax Cover Page

Specify whether to attach a cover page to your fax.
• According to Printer Settings: Determines whether to attach a
cover page to your fax in accordance with the setting you
specify in Fax Cover Page on the operator panel.
• Attach: Attaches a cover page to your fax.
• None: Does not attach a cover page to your fax.

Sender

Specify whether to print the sender's name on the fax cover
page.
• According to Printer Settings: Determines whether or not to
print the sender's name on the fax cover page based on the
printer settings.
• Enter a sender name: Allows you to enter a sender's name to
be printed on the fax cover page in Sender Name.

Sender Name

Enter a sender's name to be printed on the fax cover page.
The sender's name can be up to 30 characters. If it exceeds 30
characters, only the first 30 characters are printed.

5 Perform either of the following:
• For Windows®: Click OK to close the Printing Preferences dialog box, and then
click Print.
• For OS X: Click Print.
The Recipient Setting dialog box for Windows® or the Set/Check Fax Transmission
dialog box for OS X appears.
6 Enter the destination for the recipient by performing the following.
For details about how to enter the destination, refer to the Help of the driver.
For Windows®:

254

Faxing

For OS X:

•
•

Enter the name and fax number directly.
Select a fax number from a phone book:
Look Up Phone Book

Select from a list of fax numbers saved in the file specified for My
Phone Book file.

Look Up Device Data

Select from a list of fax numbers saved in the phone book on the
printer.

Import and add file
(Windows® only)

Select a source file such as a CSV file, WAB file, MAPI, or a LDAP
server. See "LDAP Server" and "Fax Server Phone Book."

NOTE:
• When you are using Mac OS X 10.7 or later, you cannot use Look Up Device Data feature on
some programs.
• Enter the password in the Password text box in the Authorization area before sending a fax if
the fax function is locked with a password.
• If the Functions Control setting is set to On (Password), you need to enter the four-digit
password to use the function.

7 Click Start Sending.

Automatic Dialing
Speed Dialing
You can store up to 200 frequently dialed numbers in speed dial locations (001–200).
When the speed dial job specified in the delayed fax or redial exists, you cannot change
the speed dial number from the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.

Setting Speed Dial
1 Press the

(Information) button.

2 Tap the Tools tab Admin Settings Phone Book Individuals.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
3 Select the desired speed dial number.

Faxing

255

If the desired speed dial number is not displayed, tap
screen.

to scroll through the

To jump to a specific speed dial number, enter the desired number and then # using
the number pad.
If a speed dial number is already set, the screen shows the name and the number of
entries.
4 Tap the Enter Name text box.
5 Enter the name, and then tap OK.
6 Tap the Enter Number text box.
7 Enter the fax number using the number pad, and then tap OK.
To insert a pause between numbers, press the
(Redial/Pause) button.
"-" appears on the touch panel.
8 Tap OK.
9 Repeat steps 3 to 8 as needed.

Editing Speed Dial
You can edit or delete a speed dial number.
1 Press the
(Information) button.
2 Tap the Tools tab Admin Settings Phone Book Individuals.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
3 Select the desired speed dial number.
If the desired speed dial number is not displayed, tap
screen.

4 Perform the following:
• To edit a speed dial number:
a Tap Edit the Name or Fax Number text box.
b Enter a new name or a fax number, and then tap OK.
• To delete a speed dial number:
Tap Remove Delete.
5 Repeat steps 3 to 4 as needed.

Sending a Fax Using Speed Dial
1 Load the document(s).
See "Loading Documents."
2 Press the
3 Tap

256

(Home) button.
Fax

Faxing

Speed Dial.

to scroll through the

4 Enter the speed dial number using the number pad, and then tap Done.
NOTE:
• Using the asterisk (*) in the first digit, you can send a document to multiple locations. For
example, if you enter 00*, you can send a document to the locations registered between 001
and 009.

5 Tap
, and then check and change the fax settings.
See "Fax Settings."
6 Tap Send.
When the document is loaded on the document glass, the screen prompts you for
another page.
•

If you want to scan another document, replace the document with a new
document, and then tap Continue.
• When you have finished loading documents, tap Done.
The fax number stored in the speed dial location is dialed. The document is sent when
the remote fax machine answers.

Group Dialing
If you frequently send a document to several destinations, you can create a group of
these destinations and set them under a one-digit group dial location. This enables you
to use a group dial number setting to send the same document to all the destinations in
the group.
NOTE:
• You cannot include one group dial number within another group dial number.

Setting Group Dial
1 Press the

(Information) button.

2 Tap the Tools tab Admin Settings Phone Book Groups.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
3 Select the desired group dial number.
If the desired group dial number is not displayed, tap
screen.

to scroll through the

If a group dial number is already set, the screen shows the name and the number of
entries stored in that group dial number.
4 Tap the Enter Group Name text box.
5 Enter the name, and then tap OK.
6 Tap Add from Phone Book.
NOTE:
• The fax number needs to be registered before you can select Add from Phone Book.

7 Select the desired speed dial number.
If the desired speed dial number is not displayed, tap
screen.

to scroll through the

Faxing

257

8 Tap OK.
9 Repeat steps 3 to 8 as needed.

Editing Group Dial
You can delete a specific speed dial number from a selected group or add a new number
to the selected group.
1 Press the
(Information) button.
2 Tap the Tools tab Admin Settings Phone Book Groups.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
3 Select the desired group dial number.
If the desired group dial number is not displayed, tap
screen.

to scroll through the

4 Perform the following:
• To edit a speed dial number:
a Tap Edit Enter Group Name text box.
b Enter a new name, and then tap OK.
• To delete a speed dial number from the group dial number:
Tap Remove.
5 Repeat steps 3 to 4 as needed.

Sending a Fax Using Group Dial (Multi-address Transmission)
You can use group dialing for Broadcasting or Delayed transmissions.
Follow the procedure of the desired operation. See "Delayed Send."
You can use one or more group numbers in one operation. Then continue the
procedure to complete the desired operation.
The printer scans the document loaded in the Duplex Automatic Document Feeder
(DADF) or on the document glass into the memory. The printer dials each of the
numbers included in the group.

Printing a Speed Dial List
You can check your automatic dial setting by printing a Speed Dial list.
See "Report / List."

Phone Book
You can select or search the registered phone numbers from the phone books.
1 Load the document(s).
See "Loading Documents."
2 Press the
3 Tap

(Home) button.
Fax

Phone Book.

4 Specify the recipient by performing either of the following:
• If you want to select from the local phone book:
258

Faxing

a Tap Individuals or Groups.
b Select the desired speed dial number or the group dial number.
If the desired number is not displayed, swipe the screen.
•

c Tap Done.
If you want to search from the server phone book:
a Tap Network Phone Book.
b Enter a keyword using the keyboard, and then tap Search.
c Tap a recipient from the search result Done.
NOTE:
• For details about address book and server address book, see "Using the Address Book and
Phone Book."
• For details about Network Phone Book, see "Using the Server Address Book and Server
Phone Book."
• A fax number needs to be registered before you can select an address book.

5 Tap Send.
When the document is loaded on the document glass, the screen prompts you for
another page.
•
•

If you want to place a new document, replace the document with a new
document, and then tap Continue.
When you have finished loading documents, tap Done.

Receiving a Fax
NOTE:
• To use the Telephone / Fax or Ans Machine/Fax mode, connect an answering machine to
the phone connector on the rear of the printer. See "Connecting a Telephone or Answering
Machine."

When the memory is full, the fax is received in the Telephone mode.

Loading Paper for Receiving Faxes
The instructions for loading paper in the paper tray are the same whether you are
printing, faxing, or copying, except that faxes can only be printed on Letter-sized,
A4-sized, or Legal-sized paper. See "Loading Print Media" and "Print Media Guidelines."

Receiving a Fax Automatically
To automatically receive a fax, use the Fax, Telephone / Fax, or Ans Machine/Fax
mode. The default setting is Fax mode. See "Receive Mode."
NOTE:
• To use the Telephone / Fax or Ans Machine/Fax mode, you must connect an external
telephone to the phone connector on the rear of the printer. See "Connecting a Telephone or
Answering Machine."

Receiving a Fax Manually
When in the Telephone or Telephone / Fax mode, you can receive the fax manually.
See "Receive Mode."

Faxing

259

Using Remote Receive
Use Remote Receive to manually receive a fax from an external telephone without
having to go to the printer.
To manually receive a fax using the external telephone, you must connect an external
telephone to the phone connector on the rear of the printer and also set Remote
Receive to On. See "Connecting a Telephone or Answering Machine."
When you receive a call on the external telephone and hear a fax tone, enter the remote
receive code from the external telephone.
NOTE:
• When entering the remote receive code from the external telephone, press the number keys slowly
in sequence. If you still hear the fax tone from the remote machine, try entering the two-digit code
again.
• The default remote receive code is 00. You can change the two-digit code to a number of your
choice. See "Receive Mode."
• Set the dialing system of your external telephone to DTMF.

Using Manual Receive in On Hook
You can manually receive a fax by tapping Receive in On Hook on the touch panel.
1 When the external telephone rings, pick up the handset.
2 Make sure that you hear the fax tone, and then press the
Fax

3 Tap

On Hook

Receive

(Home) button.

Receive.

4 Hang up the hand set of the external telephone.
The printer begins receiving a fax and returns to the standby mode when the reception is
completed.

Receiving Faxes Using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection
(DRPD)
The DRPD is a telephone company service which enables a user to use a single telephone
line to answer several different telephone numbers. The particular number someone
uses to call you on is identified by different ringing patterns, which consist of various
combinations of long and short ringing sounds.
Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection option, Distinctive Ring service must
be installed on your telephone line by the telephone company. To set up Distinctive Ring
Pattern Detection, you need another telephone line at your location, or someone
available to dial your fax number from outside.
To set up the DRPD:
NOTE:
• You can set the same setting using the Tool Box or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. See "Tool
Box" or "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool."

1 Press the

(Information) button.

2 Tap the Tools tab Admin Settings Fax Settings Fax Line
Settings.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
3 Tap
260

until DRPD Pattern appears, and then tap DRPD Pattern.
Faxing

4 Select the desired pattern, and then tap OK.
NOTE:
• The printer provides seven DRPD patterns. If this service is available from your telephone
company, ask your telephone company which pattern you need to select to use this service.

5 Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again to apply the settings.
To receive faxes in the DRPD, you need to set the menu to DRPD. See "Receive Mode."

Receiving Faxes in the Secure Receiving Mode
You may need to prevent your received faxes from being accessed by unauthorized
people. To restrict printing out all of the received faxes when the printer is unattended,
turn on the secure fax mode using the Secure Receive option. In the secure fax mode,
all incoming faxes are stored in memory. When the mode is turned off, all stored faxes
are printed.
NOTE:
• To turn on the secure fax mode, Panel Lock Control must be set to Enable.

To turn the secure receiving mode on:
NOTE:
• You can set the same setting using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. See "Dell™ Printer
Configuration Web Tool."

1 Press the

(Information) button.

2 Tap the Tools tab Admin Settings Fax Settings Incoming
Defaults.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
3 Tap

until Secure Receive appears, and then tap Secure Receive.

4 Tap Secure Receive Set

Enable.

5 Enter a four-digit password, and then tap OK.
When a fax is received in the secure receiving mode, the printer stores it into memory
and Secure Fax Receive is enabled on the Print screen to let you know that there is
a fax stored.
To print received documents:
1 Press the
(Home) button.
2 Tap

Print.

3 Swipe the screen until Secure Fax Receive appears, and then tap Secure Fax
Receive.
4 Enter a four-digit password, and then tap OK.
The faxes stored in memory are printed.
To turn the secure receiving mode off:
1 Follow the same steps 1 to 3 in "To turn the secure receiving mode on:."
2 Tap Secure Receive Set

Disable.

Faxing

261

Receiving Faxes in the Memory
Since the printer is a multi-tasking device, it can receive faxes while you are making
copies or printing. If you receive a fax while you are copying, printing, or run out of paper
or toner, the printer stores incoming faxes in the memory. And then, as soon as you
finish copying, printing, or re-supply the consumables, the printer starts printing the fax.

Polling Receive
You can receive faxes from the remote fax machine when you want to receive it.
1 Press the
(Home) button.
Fax

2 Tap

On Hook

Polling.

3 Enter the fax number of the remote machine using the number pad.
4 Tap Receive.

Reports Related to Fax
The following reports may be useful when using fax:
NOTE:
• For details about other reports and how to print a report, see "Report / List."
Speed Dial

This list shows all the numbers currently stored in the memory of the
printer as speed dial numbers.

Address Book

This list shows all the addresses currently stored in the printer's
memory as address book information.

Server Address

This list shows all of the numbers currently stored in the printer's
memory as Server Address information.

Fax Activity

This report shows information about the faxes you recently received
or sent.

Fax Pending

This list shows the status of pending faxes. You may print this list to
check your changes after changing any settings.

Print Meter

This report shows the total number of pages printed. The report is
titled as Print Volume Report or ColorTrack Report, depending on
the ColorTrack Mode setting.

Changing the Default Fax Setting
NOTE:
• You can set the same setting using the Tool Box or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. See "Tool
Box" or "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool."

1 Press the

(Information) button.

2 Tap the Tools tab

Default Settings

3 Select the desired menu item.
If the desired menu item is not displayed, tap

Fax Defaults.
or

to scroll through the screen.

4 Select the desired setting or enter the value, and then tap OK.
5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 as needed.

262

Faxing

Dell Document Hub
Dell Document Hub is a convenient one-stop gateway to a variety of cloud services to
help you manage your documents. With Dell Document Hub, you can convert hard copy
documents into editable digital content and store them directly in your preferred cloud
storage service. You can search for files across multiple clouds simultaneously and then
share and print content easily.
NOTE:
• Dell Document Hub is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Registering the User and Signing In to Dell Document
Hub
To use Dell Document Hub, you need a user account registered to the printer, and sign
in to Dell Document Hub.

Registering a New User to Dell Document Hub
Prepare the access information required for each of the cloud services you want to use,
and then make sure that you have a user account registered to the printer. See "Creating
a New User Account."

To Register a New User From a Computer
1 Access the Dell Document Hub website from your computer by entering the
following URL in the web browser:
www.dell.com/dochub
2 Follow the on-screen instruction.
An e-mail is sent to the registered e-mail address.
3 Check the e-mail and follow the instructions on the e-mail to activate.

To Register a New User From the Printer
You can start the user registration alternatively using the printer.
NOTE:
• To complete the registration process, you need a computer or mobile device to receive an e-mail
and access the Dell Document Hub website.

1 Log in to the printer as a registered user.
2 In the Home screen, tap Dell Document Hub

New User

Next.

Dell Document Hub

263

3 Follow the on-screen instruction.

Signing In to Dell Document Hub
1 Log in to the printer as a registered user.
2 In the Home screen, tap Dell Document Hub.

3 Tap the E-mail text box, and then enter the e-mail address.
NOTE:
• You can also tap
to select a recently entered e-mail address from a list. The list can
contain up to eight recently entered e-mail addresses.

4 Tap the Password text box, enter the password, and then tap Done.
If you want to save your e-mail address and password, select the Save E-mail &
Password check box.
NOTE:
• The e-mail address and password are stored in the printer under your user account of the
printer. For security purpose, it is recommended that you protect your user account of the
printer with a password. If your user account is not protected with a password, unauthorized
users may login to your user account of the printer, and then access your documents in the
cloud services through Dell Document Hub.

5 Tap Sign in.
NOTE:
• If all the tiles on the Dell Document Hub screen are pale and disabled when you sign in, you have
not completed the necessary procedures to activate your account of Dell Document Hub.
Check the e-mail you received from Dell Document Hub, and then activate your account.

Icons for the Dell Document Hub Screens
1
2
3

Indicates that the cloud service is correctly associated with Dell Document Hub.
Tap to display more information.

264

5 6 7

Dell Document Hub

Indicates that the cloud service is not associated, or not linked correctly.
Visit www.dell.com/dochub to link it again.
Tap to display more information.

Indicates that the cloud service link with Dell Document Hub has expired.
Visit www.dell.com/dochub to link it again.
Tap to display more information.

Tap to search for files in the current folder and subfolders (if any) from the selected cloud
service. This is displayed when you select Scan or Smart OCR Scan.

Tap to sort the results in ascending, descending, or by cloud services order.

Tap to change print, scan or e-mail settings.

Tap to preview the selected files, up to the first three pages of each file.

Tap to save print, scan, e-mail settings or folder as Favorite.

When the Favorite List Screen Is Displayed When You Tap the Tile
on the Dell Document Hub Screen
This means that your favorite settings for functions have been saved on the printer.
Select the desired setting from the list, or tap Skip to continue the procedure.

Returning to the Home Screen
Tap Back or press the

(Home) button.

NOTE:
• When you return to the Home screen by tapping Back or by pressing the
(Home) button,
sign-in status is maintained.
Next time you tap Dell Document Hub on the Home screen, you do not have to sign in while you
are logged in to the Home screen.
• You can tap Sign out as well to return to the Home screen, but the sign-in status is not
maintained. Next time you sign in to Dell Document Hub, you need to re-enter your e-mail
address and password.

Logging Out From the Printer
Press the
(Log In/Out) button to log out from the Home screen and to display the
portal screen.
NOTE:
• When you log out using the
(Log In/Out) button, the sign-in status to Dell Document Hub is
maintained as far as the Save E-mail & Password check box is selected in the step 4 in "Signing
In to Dell Document Hub." Next time you tap Dell Document Hub on the Home screen, you can
skip the sign in process.

Searching for and Printing Files
You can search for the files saved in the cloud services, and print them from the printer.
You can search across multiple cloud services at once. This method is suitable when you
want to search by the keywords, including the file name.
NOTE:
• To search for files across multiple cloud services, visit www.dell.com/dochub and connect the
cloud services with Dell Document Hub.

1 In the Dell Document Hub screen, tap Search for Files.

Dell Document Hub

265

2 Enter the keywords, and then tap Search.

Files are searched across multiple cloud services you registered.
3 Tap the files you want to print.
NOTE:
• If the desired file is not displayed, swipe the screen.
• You can select up to 10 files.
• You can sort the results by tapping
and selecting the sorting order.

4 Tap
, and then preview the selected files.
The first three pages of each file are displayed in the small previews of the File
Preview screen.
•
•
•

To show the page in the large preview, tap the page in the small previews.
To preview other files, flick the screen side to side.
To specify the file as the one to be printed, select the check box at the upper-left
corner beside the small previews.
To return to the previous screen, tap Back.

•

5 Tap
, and then check and change the print settings.
See "Print Settings."
6 Tap Print.
NOTE:
• To cancel printing, tap Stop.
• You can start printing by tapping Print in any screens of Search Results, File Preview or
Print Settings.

Browsing and Printing Files
You can browse and print the files saved in the selected cloud services. This method is
suitable when you know which cloud service the file you want to print is located in.
1 In the Dell Document Hub screen, tap Browse for Files.

266

Dell Document Hub

To link the cloud service with Dell Document Hub, visit
www.dell.com/dochub.
2 Tap the cloud service you want to browse in.
NOTE:
• If the desired cloud service is not displayed, swipe the screen.

3 Select the file you want to print by performing either of the following:
• Tap the location you want to browse in and the file you want to print.
NOTE:
• If the desired location is not displayed, swipe the screen.

•

Search the files in the selected cloud service.
a Tap
.
b Enter the file name or keywords, and then tap Search.
NOTE:
• You can sort the results by tapping

and selecting the sorting order.

c Tap Back to return to the previous screen.
NOTE:
• You can select up to 10 files.

4 Tap

, and then preview the selected files.
NOTE:
On the File Preview screen, the first three pages of each file are displayed.
To show the page in the large preview, tap the page in the small previews.
To preview other files, flick the screen side to side.
To specify the file as the one to be printed, select the check box at the upper-left corner
beside the small previews.
• To return to the previous screen, tap Back.

•
•
•
•

5 Tap
, and then check and change the print settings.
See "Print Settings."
NOTE:
• You can save your print settings and file path to the cloud service as a favorite.
1 Tap
in the Print Settings screen.
2 Name your favorite in the Save Favorite screen, and then tap Save.
• If you choose a name for a favorite that is the same as an existing favorite, the settings and the
file path will be overwritten.
• You can delete an unnecessary favorite by tapping
.
• Once you save your settings as a favorite, you can recall those settings the next time you sign
in to Dell Document Hub from any printer of the same model.

6 Tap Print.
NOTE:
• To cancel printing, tap Stop.
• You can start printing by tapping Print in any screens of contents list, Search Results, File
Preview, or Print Settings.

Scanning
You can scan the document and save the scanned data in the cloud service.

Dell Document Hub

267

1 In the Dell Document Hub screen, tap Scan.

2 Select the destination you want to save the scanned data to by performing either of
the following:
• Tap a cloud service you want to save the scanned data to, and then perform
either of the following:
– Tap the location you want to save the scanned data to.
NOTE:
• If the location is not displayed, swipe the screen.

– Search the files in the selected cloud service.
a Tap
.
b Enter the file name or keywords, and then tap Search.
NOTE:
• You can sort the results by tapping

and selecting the sorting order.

c Tap Back to return to the previous screen.
Search the files across multiple cloud services.
a Tap
.
b Enter the file name or keywords, and then tap Search.

•

NOTE:
• You can sort the results by tapping

and selecting the sorting order.

c Tap Back to return to the previous screen.
3 Tap Next.
4 Tap the File Name text box, and then enter the file name.
5 Tap the File Format box, and then select a file format.
6 Tap
, and then check and change the scan settings.
See "Scan Settings."
NOTE:
• You can save your print settings and file path to the cloud service as a favorite.
1 Tap
in the Scan Settings screen.
2 Name your favorite in the Save Favorite screen, and then tap Save.
• If you choose a name for a favorite that is the same as an existing favorite, the settings and the
file path will be overwritten.
• You can delete an unnecessary favorite by tapping
.
• Once you save your settings as a favorite, you can recall those settings the next time you sign
in to Dell Document Hub from any printer of the same model.

268

Dell Document Hub

7 Tap Scan.
NOTE:
• To cancel scanning, tap Stop.

When the document is loaded on the document glass, the screen prompts you for
another page.
•
•

If you want to scan another document, replace the document with a new
document, and then tap Continue.
When you have finished loading documents, tap Done.

Scanning the Document Using Optical Character
Recognition (OCR)
You can scan the document using OCR, and save it in the cloud service.
1 In the Dell Document Hub screen, tap Smart OCR Scan.

2 Select the destination you want to save the converted file to by performing either of
the following:
• Tap a cloud service you want to save the converted file to, and then perform
either of the following:
– Tap the location you want to save the converted file to.
NOTE:
• If the location is not displayed, swipe the screen.

– Search the files in the selected cloud service.
a Tap
.
b Enter the file name or keywords, and then tap Search.
NOTE:
• You can sort the results by tapping

•

and selecting the sorting order.

c Tap Back to return to the previous screen.
Search the files across multiple cloud services.
a Tap
.
b Enter the file name or keywords, and then tap Search.
NOTE:
• You can sort the results by tapping

and selecting the sorting order.

c Tap Back to return to the previous screen.
3 Tap Next.
4 Tap the File Name text box, and then enter the file name.

Dell Document Hub

269

5 Tap the File Format box, and then select a file format.
6 Tap
, and then check and change the scan settings.
See "Smart OCR Scan" and "Scan Settings.”
NOTE:
• You can save your print settings and file path to the cloud service as a favorite.
1 Tap
in the Scan Settings screen.
2 Name your favorite in the Save Favorite screen, and then tap Save.
• If you choose a name for a favorite that is the same as an existing favorite, the settings and the
file path will be overwritten.
• You can delete an unnecessary favorite by tapping
.
• Once you save your settings as a favorite, you can recall those settings the next time you sign
in to Dell Document Hub from any printer of the same model.

7 Tap Scan.
When the document is loaded on the document glass, the screen prompts you for
another page.
•

If you want to scan another document, replace the document with a new
document, and then tap Continue.
When you have finished loading documents, tap Done.

•

Sending the Scanned Data to Yourself via E-Mail
The document can be scanned and sent to you as an attached file of an e-mail.
1 In the Dell Document Hub screen, tap E-mail Me.

2 Tap the File Format box, and then select a file format.
3 Tap the Subject text box, and then enter the subject of the mail sent with the
scanned data.
4 Tap
, and then check and change the e-mail settings.
See "E-mail Me" and "Scan Settings."
NOTE:
• You can save your e-mail settings to the cloud service as a favorite.
1 Tap
in the Scan Settings screen.
2 Name your favorite in the Save Favorite screen, and then tap Save.
• If you choose a name for a favorite that is the same as an existing favorite, the settings and the
file path will be overwritten.
• You can delete an unnecessary favorite by tapping
.
• Once you save your settings as a favorite, you can recall those settings the next time you sign
in to Dell Document Hub from any printer of the same model.

5 Tap Send.
270

Dell Document Hub

When the document is loaded on the document glass, the screen prompts you for
another page.
•
•

If you want to scan another document, replace the document with a new
document, and then tap Continue.
When you have finished loading documents, tap Done.

Sending a Scanned Data of a Business Card to Yourself
via E-Mail
Business cards can be scanned and converted to vCard files, and sent to you as an
attached file of an e-mail.
1 In the Dell Document Hub screen, tap Business Card Reader.

2 Tap the Subject text box, and then enter the subject of the e-mail sent with the
vCard file.
3 Tap
, and then check and change the e-mail settings.
a Tap OCR Language, and then select a language.
b Tap Back to return to the previous screen.
4 Tap Send.
When the document is loaded on the document glass, the screen prompts you for
another page.
•
•

If you want to scan another document, replace the document with a new
document, and then tap Continue.
When you have finished loading documents, tap Done.

Dell Document Hub

271

Printing and Scanning Directly From
SharePoint®
You can connect to the SharePoint® server directly from the printer to print the
documents from the server or to save the scanned data to the server.
NOTE:
• This feature is available on Dell S2825cdn.
• Only the PDF and the JPEG files can be browsed, printed, and saved with this feature.

Registering the SharePoint® Server
You can register up to 10 servers.
1 Log in to the printer as a registered user using the local authentication.
2 In the Home screen, tap SharePoint.
The SharePoint Login screen is displayed.

3 Tap
The Configuration screen is displayed.
4 Tap the Enter Server URL box.
5 Enter the server URL, tap Done, and then tap +.
To register more SharePoint® server URLs, repeat steps 4 and 5.
6 Tap Back.

Editing the Server URL List
In the Configuration screen, you can edit the server URL list.
Tap the desired server URL, and tap Remove or Edit.

272

Printing and Scanning Directly From SharePoint®

Signing In to the SharePoint® Server
1 Log in to the printer as a registered user using the local authentication.
2 In the Home screen, tap SharePoint.
The SharePoint Login screen is displayed.

3 Tap the User ID text box, and then enter the user ID.
NOTE:
• You can also tap
to select a recently entered user ID from a list. The list can contain up to
eight recently entered user IDs.

4 Tap the Password text box, and then enter the password.
5 Tap

to select the desired SharePoint® server from the server list.

6 Tap Log in.

Returning to the Home Screen
Tap Exit or press the

(Home) button.

NOTE:
• When you return to the Home screen by tapping Exit or by pressing the
(Home) button, login
status is maintained.
Next time you tap SharePoint on the Home screen, you do not have to log in while you are
logged in to the Home screen.
• You can tap
Log out or
(Log In/Out) button as well to return to the Home screen, but
the login status is not maintained. Next time you tap SharePoint on the Home screen, you need to
log in to the SharePoint® server again.

Browsing and Printing Files
You can browse and print the files saved in the selected SharePoint® server.
1 In the SharePoint screen, tap Print.

Printing and Scanning Directly From SharePoint®

273

The Print from SharePoint screen is displayed.

2 Select the file you want to print by performing either of the following:
• Tap the file you want to print.
NOTE:
• If the desired file is not displayed, swipe the screen.

Search the files in the selected SharePoint® server.
a Tap
.
b Enter the file name or keywords, and then tap Search.
c Tap the file you want to print.

•

NOTE:
• You can select up to 10 files.

3 Tap
, and then check and change the print settings.
See "Print Settings."
NOTE:
• You cannot save your print settings to print documents in the SharePoint® server.

4 Tap Print.
NOTE:
• To cancel printing, tap Stop.
• You can start printing by tapping Print in any screens of Print from SharePoint, Search
Results, or Print Settings.

Scanning
You can scan the document and save the scanned data in the selected SharePoint®
server.
1 In the SharePoint screen, tap Scan.
The following SharePoint screen is displayed.

274

Printing and Scanning Directly From SharePoint®

When you want to save the scanned data to this folder, tap Next and proceed to
step 3.
2 Select the folder you want to save the scanned data to by performing either of the
following:
• Tap the folder you want to save the scanned data to, and then tap Next.
NOTE:
• If the desired folder is not displayed, swipe the screen.

Search the folder in the selected SharePoint® server.
a Tap
.
b Enter the folder name or keywords, and then tap Search.
c Tap the folder you want to save the scanned data to, and then tap Next.
The Scan to SharePoint screen is displayed.

•

3 Tap the File Name text box, and then enter the file name.
4 Tap the File Format box, and then select a file format.
5 Tap
, and then check and change the scan settings.
See "Scan Settings."
NOTE:
• You cannot save your scan settings to save the scanned data in the SharePoint® server.

6 Tap Scan.
NOTE:
• To cancel scanning, tap Stop.

When the document is loaded on the document glass, the screen prompts you for
another page.
•
•

If you want to scan another document, replace the document with a new
document, and then tap Continue.
When you have finished loading documents, tap Done.

Printing and Scanning Directly From SharePoint®

275

5
Know Your Printer

276

Understanding the Software of Your Printer

277

User Authentication

291

Multiple Desktop - Tile Customization

295

Using the Address Book and Phone Book

297

Using Digital Certificates

304

Understanding Printer Messages

313

Specifications

323

Understanding the Software of Your Printer
Overview
Use the Software and Documentation disc to install a combination of software
programs/utility tools.
The following shows the compatibility between the software programs/utility tools and
operating systems.
Item

Windows®

OS X

Linux

Dell Printer Hub/Dell Printer Management Tool
Printer Status Window
Status Monitor Console
Status Monitor Widget
Tool Box
Address Book Editor
ScanButton Manager
Dell™ Supplies Management System
User Setup Disk Creating Tool
App Manager
( : supported, Blank: not supported)

Dell Printer Hub/Dell Printer Management Tool
NOTE:
• Dell Printer Hub is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.
• Dell Printer Management Tool is available on Dell S2825cdn.
• It is supported on Windows® 7 or later.

This software consolidates your printer management, monitoring tools and cloud
connectivity.
You can conveniently access printer utilities, advanced scan features and
printer/consumables details, and receive notifications on driver/software updates as well
as printer status.
NOTE:
• Connecting to cloud and accessing scan features are available on Dell Printer Hub only.

You can also use Dell Printer Hub/Dell Printer Management Tool to order consumables
online or by phone from Dell.
See "Using Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management Tool."
To launch Dell Printer Hub/Dell Printer Management Tool, click Start All Programs
Dell Printers Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management Tool.
The following software are activated on Dell Printer Hub and Dell Printer Management
Tool:
• Address Book Editor
See "Address Book Editor."
•

Tool Box
See "Tool Box."

Understanding the Software of Your Printer

277

•

Printer Embedded Web Server (EWS)
Displays Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web
Tool."

•

Configuration tool
Configures the IP address settings, fax settings, and Wi-Fi settings.
NOTE:
• Wi-Fi settings are available for Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

•

App Manager
See "App Manager."

See the FAQs on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management Tool.

Printer Status Window
The Printer Status window alerts you when there is a warning or an error such as paper
jams and low toner.
By default, the Printer Status window opens only when an error occur. When an error
occur, the error message appears on the Printer Status window. You can set the Printer
Status window to always stay open when printing in Printing Status Window Properties.
You can also check the toner level, quantity of paper remaining or configuration of the
options for the printer.
See the help on the Printer Status window.

Status Monitor Console/Status Monitor Widget
Use the Status Monitor Console/Status Monitor Widget to manage multiple instances of
the Status Window for a particular printer.
To start the Status Monitor Console, select a printer from the list view or Printer
Selection, and then click the name of the printer to open the Status Window for that
particular printer.
For OS X, see "Using the Status Monitor Widget for Macintosh."
For Linux, see "Using the Status Monitor Console for Linux."

Tool Box
The Tool Box allows you to view, specify, and diagnose the system settings.
To start the Tool Box
1 For Windows® 7:
Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer
Management Tool.
For Windows® 10:
Click the Start button

Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management Tool.

2 For Dell Printer Hub, select the printer from My Printers on the home screen.
For Dell Printer Management Tool, select the printer displayed by default, or another
printer from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner of the home screen.
3 Click Tool Box on the left of the screen.

278

Understanding the Software of Your Printer

For details, see the help on the Tool Box.

Address Book Editor
The Address Book Editor allows you to register the contact information such as phone
number and e-mail address. See "Using Address Book Editor."

ScanButton Manager
You can change the location to save the scanned data using the ScanButton Manager.
See "Changing the Location to Save the Scanned Data."

Dell™ Supplies Management System
You can use Dell Supplies Management System to order consumables online or by
phone from Dell.
See "Dell Supplies Management System Window."

User Setup Disk Creating Tool
The User Setup Disk Creating Tool program is used to create driver installation packages
that contain custom driver settings. The User Setup Disk Creating Tool program is
located in the MakeDisk folder of the Utilities folder on the Software and
Documentation disc. The print drivers that are used are also located on the Software and
Documentation disc. A driver installation package can contain a group of saved print
driver settings and other data for things such as:
• Print orientation and Multiple Up
• Watermarks
• Font references
If you want to install the print driver with the same settings on multiple computers
running the same operating system, create a setup disk in a media or in a server on the
network. Using the setup disk that you have created reduces the amount of work
required when installing the print driver.
• Install the print driver in the computer on which the setup disk is to be created.
• The setup disk can only be used on the operating system on which the disk was
created or computers running the same operating system. Create a separate setup
disk for each of the operating systems.

App Manager
App Manager is a utility that allows you to install, update, and uninstall apps on the
printer.
NOTE:
• App Manager is supported on Windows® 7 or later.

Starting App Manager
The following procedure uses Windows® 7/Windows® 10 as an example.
For Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw
1 For Windows® 7:
Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell Printer Hub.
Understanding the Software of Your Printer

279

For Windows® 10:
Click the Start button

Dell Printer Hub.

2 Select the printer from My Printers on the home screen.
3 Click App Manager on the left of the screen of Dell Printer Hub.
4 Enter the same ID and password that is used for Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool,
and then click OK.
For Dell S2825cdn
1 For Windows® 7:
Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell Printer Management Tool.
For Windows® 10:
Click the Start button

Dell Printer Management Tool.

2 Select the printer displayed by default, or another printer from the drop-down list on
the upper-right corner of the home screen.
3 Click App Manager on the left of the screen of Dell Printer Management Tool.
4 Enter the same ID and password that is used for Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool,
and then click OK.

Using the Status Monitor Widget for Macintosh
Status Monitor Widget is a printer utility that promotes efficient use of the printer
through the exchange of information between the Macintosh and the printer.

Status Monitor Widget
•

Monitoring Dell Printers
Allows you to check the status of Dell printers currently connected to your
Macintosh

•

Receiving Alerts
Alerts you when there is a problem, such as paper jams or low toner

•

Ordering Supplies
Allows you to access the web site to order supplies

Before Installing the Status Monitor Widget
Operating Systems
•
•
•
•

Mac OS X 10.7
OS X 10.8
OS X 10.9
OS X 10.10

Network Protocols and Interfaces
•

280

LPR

Understanding the Software of Your Printer

•
•
•

Socket 9100
Bonjour
USB 2.0 and 1.1 (When connecting with multiple printers of the same model via USB
cables, only the printer recognized first can be monitored in the Status Monitor
Widget.)

Installing the Status Monitor Widget
1 Double-click the Dell Color MFP H625cdw/Dell Color MFP H825cdw/Dell Color
MFP S2825cdn icon in the Finder window.
2 Follow the on-screen instructions.
NOTE:
• Entering the administrative login name and password are required during the installation
process.

Opening and Closing the Status Monitor Widget
Opening the Status Monitor Widget
1 Click the Dashboard icon in the Dock.

NOTE:
• If the Status Monitor is not displayed, click the
(Plus) sign on the bottom-left corner of
the screen, and then click the icon of Status Monitor in the Widget Bar.
• If the message Select a printer is displayed, select the printer in Preferences. See
"Preferences."

Closing the Status Monitor Widget
1 Click the

(Minus) sign on the bottom-left corner of the screen.

2 Click the

(Close) button on the upper-left corner of the window.

Understanding the Software of Your Printer

281

Closing the Status Monitor Widget

Printer Status Window
When the Status Monitor Widget is activated, the Printer Status window appears on
Dashboard.

Printer Status Message Area
Displays a message of the current printer status.
NOTE:
• The Status Monitor Widget obtains the printer information at the updated interval that can be
specified in Preferences. Also, the printer status is refreshed when Dashboard appears or
Preferences is closed.
• If the Status Monitor Widget receives no response from the printer, the message Cannot get
printer information is displayed.
• When the printer is connected via USB cable, you cannot check the status of the printer during a
print or scan job.

Printer Status Image Area
Displays the image of printer condition.
• Estimated Toner Level image
Displays the estimated toner level of each color if the printer is functioning properly.

NOTE:
• If the utility does not receive a response from the printer, the Unknown toner image is
displayed.

•

Printer error image
Displays an indication image when an error occurs.
When this image is displayed, the printer cannot be used.

282

Understanding the Software of Your Printer

Order Supplies Button
Displays the Order window.
To hide the Order window, click Order Supplies again.

Info (i) Button
Opens Preferences.
NOTE:
• The info (i) button appears on the lower-right corner of the window when the cursor is over the
Printer Status window. The info (i) button is a standard used across all widgets.

Order Window
This window provides you with the information for ordering printer supplies online or by
phone.
To open the Order window:
Click Order Supplies in the Printer Status window.
NOTE:
• The Order window appears when low toner is detected.

Order Online
•

Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site. hyperlink
Displays the web site for ordering Dell printer supplies.

•

URL list
Displays a list of available URLs where you can order Dell printer supplies.
Select a URL address to use when the Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site
hyperlink is clicked.

Order By Phone
•

Phone number list
Displays a list of available phone numbers that you can call to order Dell printer
supplies.

•

Update phone contacts when rebooting check box

Understanding the Software of Your Printer

283

Select this check box to regularly update the phone number list.

Dell and the Environment
Click the hyperlink to access the web site about recycling.

Preferences
To open Preferences:
Click the info (i) button in the Printer Status window.
NOTE:
• The info (i) button appears on the lower-right corner of the window when the cursor is over the
Printer Status window. The info (i) button is a standard used across all widgets.

Printer
Displays a list of available printer names in the pull down menu. The first printer
displayed in this list is set as default.

Status Update Interval
You can specify the update interval of the printer status. By default, it is set to obtain the
printer information every 10 seconds.

SNMP Community Name
You can change the SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) community name if
using default community name (public). Up to 31 characters can be entered.

Service Tag
Click Get Tag to obtain the service tag.
NOTE:
• You cannot retrieve the service tag when the printer is connected via USB cable.

done
Click this button to return to the Printer Status window.

Using the Status Monitor Console for Linux
Status Monitor Console is a printer utility that promotes efficient use of the printer
through the exchange of information between the Linux and the printer.

Status Monitor Console
•

284

Monitoring Dell Printers
Allows you to check the status of Dell printers currently connected to your Linux.
|

Understanding the Software of Your Printer

•

Receiving Alerts
Alerts you to problems, such as paper jams or low toner.

•

Ordering Supplies
Allows you to access the web site to order supplies.

Before Installing the Status Monitor Console
NOTE:
• The Status Monitor Console requires the following modules installed.
- Python, PyGTK, Net-SNMP, cups-libs, and xdg-open
Make sure that these modules are installed before you install the Status Monitor Console.
• The Status Monitor Console is available when the printer is connected to a network (LPR or Socket
9100). USB connection is not supported.

Distributions
•
•
•

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
Ubuntu 12.04 LTS

Printing System
•

Common UNIX Printing System (CUPS)

Installing the Status Monitor Console
1 Activate the terminal, and then log in as a super user.
2 Enter the following rpm command in the terminal window.
For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop and SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11:
# rpm -ivh (Type the package file name)

For Ubuntu 12.04 LTS:
# dpkg -i (Type the package file name)

Starting the Status Monitor Console
1 Click Dell Printers Status Monitor Console
See "Printer Selection Window."
2 Select the printer.
See "Printer Status Window."

Understanding the Software of Your Printer

285

Printer Selection Window

Printers List
All the printers registered in the Common UNIX Printing System (CUPS) are displayed in a
list.
• Status icons:
Ready
Unknown/Offline/Toner Low/Paper Low
Door Open/Paper Jam/No Toner/Out Of Paper

Settings Button
Opens the Settings window.

Details Button
Opens the Printer Status window. If a non-supported printer is selected, it opens Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool. See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool."

Refresh Button
Updates the information of printers.

Close Button
Closes the Printer Selection window.

Printer Status Window
When the printer is specified in the Printer Selection window, the Printer Status window
appears.

286

Understanding the Software of Your Printer

Printer Status Message Area
Displays a message of the current printer status.
NOTE:
• The Status Monitor Console obtains the printer information at the updated interval that can be
specified in the Settings window. To refresh the printer status, click Refresh.
• If the Status Monitor Console receives no response from the printer, the message Cannot get
printer information is displayed.

Printer Status Image Area
•

Current Toner Status icons
Displays icons of the current status of each toner.
The toner level is more than 30 percent.
The toner level is less than 29 percent.
The toner level is less than 9 percent.
The toner level is unknown.

•

Estimated Toner Level images
Informs about the amount of toner that remains for each color.

Toner Alert
Displays an alert message when any remaining toner is low, empty, or unknown.

Order Online
•

Order Supplies Online button
Displays the web site for ordering Dell printer supplies. This button appears when the
amount of toners becomes less than 30 percent.

Refresh Button
Updates the status of the printer.

Close Button
Closes the Printer Status window.

Dell Supplies Management System Window
This window provides you with the information for ordering printer supplies by
telephone or from the web site.
To open the Dell Supplies Management System window:
Click Order Supplies Online in the Printer Status window.
OR

Understanding the Software of Your Printer

287

Click Dell Printers

Dell Supplies Management System.

Select Printer Model
Select the printer model name.

Order Online
•

Order Supplies Online button
– When the Regular URL is selected in the Select Reorder URL:
Displays Service Tag window.
– When the Premier URL is selected in the Select Reorder URL:
Displays the procurement and support web site.

•

Select Reorder URL
Displays a list of available URLs where you can order Dell printer supplies. Select a
URL address to use when the Order Supplies Online button is clicked.
– Regular URL: http://accessories.us.dell.com/sna/PrinterSeg.aspx
– Premier URL: http://premier.dell.com

Order by Phone
•

To order Dell printer supplies by phone, call the following
Select your country with phone number from the list, and then call the displayed
telephone number.

•

Update phone contacts when rebooting check box
Select this check box to regularly update the phone number list.

Dell and the Environment
Click the hyperlink to access the web site about recycling.

Close Button
Closes the Dell Supplies Management System window.

288

Understanding the Software of Your Printer

Service Tag Window

Enter the Dell printer service tag.
NOTE:
• For details about the service tag, see "Express Service Code and Service Tag."

Settings Window
Click Settings in the Printer Selection window.

Update of status
•

Printer Status is regularly updated check box
Select the check box to enable the printer status to be updated by the specified
interval.

•

Update interval text box
Specify the update interval of the printer status.

Port Number Settings
•

Port Number
Specify the port number in the Port Number text box to open the setting page of the
printer in a web browser.

Protocol Settings - SNMP
•

Community Name
Enter the Community name of SNMP in the Community Name text box.

Order URL
•

Select Reorder URL
Understanding the Software of Your Printer

289

The selected URL address is set as default web site for the Select Reorder URL in the
Dell Supplies Management System window.

Software Update
Software, driver, and firmware updates can be downloaded from the Dell Support web
site located at www.dell.com/support.

290

Understanding the Software of Your Printer

User Authentication
Using the user authentication setting, it is possible to create and manage up to 18 user
accounts secured with a password. Each user of the accounts can customize the Home
screen and save the changes.
You can select the user authentication method from either local authentication or
remote authentication. To use the remote authentication method, the LDAP or Kerberos
server is required to authenticate the user.
To select the user authentication method, see "Desktop Login" or "Desktop
Authentication."
It is also possible to associate NFC (Near Field Communication) capable ID Cards to user
account. When an ID card is associated with a user account, you can login to that user
account by tapping the ID card to the NFC reader, or waving the ID card over the NFC
reader.
NOTE:
• The printer supports the following card types:
- MIFARE® Ultralight
- MIFARE Standard (Classic) 1K
- MIFARE Standard (Classic) 4K
• The NFC feature is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.
• The portal screen is available when you select the local authentication.
• Remote authentication is available for Dell S2825cdn only.

Creating and Editing the User Accounts
To use user authentication, you must first create a user account.

Creating a New User Account
1 Turn on the printer and wait until the portal screen is displayed.
NOTE:
• If another account was created and specified as Initial Login, the Home screen of the
account appears.

2 Tap
.
If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, enter the password. See "Panel Lock."
3 Tap OK.
The printer enters the edit mode, and Add Account is displayed in the portal screen.
NOTE:
• In the edit mode, each tile except Add Account has

4 Enter the account name, tap Done, and then select the tile color.

User Authentication

291

You can preview the image of your custom tile in Preview.
Account Settings 1/2

Account Name
Preview

Guest

Tile Color

Print
Back

5 Tap Next.
6 Enter the account password and NFC ID.
To display the Home screen of your account when you turn on the printer, select the
Initial Login check box.
NOTE:
• If no account is specified as Initial Login, the portal screen is displayed when you turn on
the printer.
• You can create a new account without setting the account password and NFC ID.
• When the NFC Authentication is disabled, NFC ID is not displayed. NFC Authentication is
available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.
• When you use UID as the NFC ID, enter the hexadecimal characters. The characters A to F
should be entered in the capital letters.

7 Tap Done

Done.

Editing the User Account
1 Tap

in the portal screen.

2 Tap OK.
3 Tap the account tile you want to edit.
4 Edit the account name, tile color, password, NFC ID, or Initial Login.
NOTE:
• When the NFC authentication is disabled, NFC ID is not displayed. NFC Authentication is
available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

5 Tap Done.

Deleting the User Account
1 Tap

in the portal screen.

2 Tap OK.
3 Tap and hold the account tile you want to delete.
4 Drag the tile to

5 Tap OK.

292

User Authentication

Logging In to the User Account
There are two ways to log in to the account. One is to log in using the touch panel, and
the other is to log in using the NFC authentication card.
NOTE:
• NFC Authentication is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Logging In Using the Touch Panel
1 Start the printer and wait until the portal screen is displayed.
2 Tap the account tile you want to log in to.
NOTE:
• When the account you want to log in to does not require a password, skip step 3. The Home
screen is displayed.

3 Enter the account password, and then tap Login.

Logging In Using the NFC Authentication Card
NOTE:
• NFC Authentication is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.
• To use the NFC authentication card, the following settings are required:
- Enable the NFC authentication setting in Secure Settings of the operator panel. See "NFC
Authentication."
- Register your user account to the printer. See "Creating a New User Account."

1 Turn on the printer and wait until the portal screen is displayed.
NOTE:
• The NFC authentication is available only when the portal screen is displayed.

2 Wave the card over the NFC reader on the printer.

Logging In Using the Local Authentication or Remote
Authentication
Specifying the User Authentication Method
Use the operator panel menu or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For details about
how to specify the user authentication method, see "Desktop Login" or "Desktop
Authentication."

Preparations for Remote Authentication
To use the remote authentication method, the printer needs to be specified so that the
printer can access to the LDAP or Kerberos server, and that the users need to be
registered to the Server Address Book. For details, see "Using the Server Address Book
and Server Phone Book" and "Using the Address Book and Phone Book."

Logging In for Remote Authentication
The Sign in screen is displayed when the printer is turned on while the printer is
specified to use the remote authentication method.

User Authentication

293

Enter the login name and password registered in the LDAP or Kerberos server to log in to
the printer.
For LDAP:

For Kerberos:

Logging Out
When there is an account which is specified as Initial Login, the Home screen of the
account is always displayed after the printer is turned on. To log in to another account,
you need to log out first.
1 Press the
(Log In/Out) button.

294

User Authentication

Multiple Desktop - Tile Customization
The Home screen is like a desktop of your computer and customizable to suit your
preference or work style.
For example, you can gather only the tiles you often use, or rearrange the tiles so that
you can easily access the tiles you often use.
Home

Guest

Dell
Document
Hub

Copy

Print
PDF/TIFF

Fax

The tiles on the Home screen can be the shortcuts to the jobs to be performed on the
printer, like "taking seven copies of the handouts for the weekly meeting in two-sided
color copy" or "scanning the document and sending the scanned data to my boss by
e-mail." If you create a tile for a job with such job settings, the printer changes the
settings of the printer as you specified just by tapping the tile.

Adding a New Tile
You can select and add the tile from the pre-defined tiles, or you can create a new
customized tile which includes specific settings for copy, fax, scan or print. Up to 28 tiles
can be placed in your Home screen.
You can also add tiles to each of the copy, print, scan, and fax group screen that is
displayed when tapping the icons in the Dock Menu. Up to 8 tiles can be placed in each
group screen.
NOTE:
• If a tile is added to the Home screen, it will also be added to the relevant group screen. If a tile is
added to a group screen, it will also be added to the Home screen.

Selecting From the Pre-defined Tiles
The printer offers the pre-defined tiles which include the default job settings.
1 On the Home screen or group screen, tap Add App.
NOTE:
• If the maximum number of tiles have been reached in a group screen, the tiles relevant to the
group is not displayed in the list.

2 Tap the tile you want to add to your Home screen or group screen.
is displayed on the upper-right of the tile when you add the tile in your Home
screen.

Creating a New Tile Including the Job Settings
You may often use the same settings to copy a certain document, for example. You can
create the tile including those job settings and save it in your Home screen.

Multiple Desktop - Tile Customization

295

Creating Your Custom Tile
The following explanation is an example to create your custom tile for copying.
To create custom tiles for other jobs such as faxing, scanning, or printing, follow the
same procedures on the job settings screen of each job.
1 Tap the Copy tile in your Home screen.
2 Tap the setting tiles and change the copy options as needed.
See "Copy."
3 Tap

4 Tap the text box, and then enter the name of your settings.
5 Tap the color tile you want to set as your custom tile.
NOTE:
• You can preview the image of your custom tile in Preview.

6 Tap Save As.
NOTE:
• When a tile has the Lock icon, that function is controlled by the Functions Control setting. To
enable the function, you need to enter the password. See "Functions Control."
• When you save the job settings for Fax or Scan to Email as a custom tile, recipient information
is saved together with the settings. To prevent from sending faxes or e-mails to wrong recipients,
make sure that the fax numbers or e-mail addresses of the recipients displayed on the touch panel
are correct.
To prevent others from using customized tiles with personal information, log out from your user
account after you finish using the printer.

Editing Your Custom Tile
You can edit the job settings saved in your custom tile.
1 Tap the tile you want to edit in your Home screen or group screen.
2 Change the job settings as needed.
3 Tap

4 Tap the text box to name your settings if you want to rename your settings.
5 Tap the color tile if you want to change the color of the tile.
6 Tap Save.
NOTE:
• If you tap Save As instead, the new tile is added in your Home screen.

Moving or Deleting Your Tiles
You can move or delete your tiles from your Home screen or group screen.
See "Moving, Adding or Deleting Tiles."

296

Multiple Desktop - Tile Customization

Using the Address Book and Phone Book
There are several address books available for scan and fax functions. Address books help
you organize contact information, such as e-mail addresses, fax numbers and server
information, and quickly choose the recipient or locate the address. The address book
data can be obtained from the printer or a remote LDAP server.
NOTE:
• Phone book is described as one of address books in this section.
• For details about how to setup the LDAP server, see "LDAP Server" and "LDAP User Mapping." For
details about how to obtain e-mail addresses and fax numbers from LDAP servers, see "Using the
Server Address Book and Server Phone Book."

Types of Address Books
•

E-mail Address Book (for Scan to Email)
E-mail addresses registered for sending the scanned data via e-mail

•

E-mail Group (for Scan to Email)
Groups of e-mail addresses registered for sending the scanned data via e-mail

•

LDAP Server Address Book (for Scan to Email)
E-mail addresses registered in the LDAP server for sending the scanned data via
e-mail

•

Network Address Book (for Scan to Network Folder)
Computer and FTP server information registered for sending the scanned data to a
computer or ftp server

•

Phone Book (for Fax)
Fax numbers registered for sending scanned data from the printer

•

Group Dial (for Fax)
Groups of fax numbers registered for sending scanned data from the printer

•

LDAP Server Phone Book (for Fax)
Fax numbers registered in the LDAP server for sending scanned data from the printer

•

PC Fax Address Book (for Direct Fax)
Fax numbers registered for sending scanned data from your computer

•

PC Fax Address Book for group (for Direct Fax)
Groups of fax numbers registered for sending scanned data from your computer

Adding and Editing Entries to the Address Books
There are following three ways to add or edit entries to the address books:
• Operator panel of the printer
• Address Book Editor
• Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool

Using the Address Book and Phone Book

297

Functions

Scan

Features

E-mail

Types of Address
Books

Entry Method
Operator Panel Address Book
on the Printer Editor

Dell Printer
Configuration
Web Tool

Address Book
E-mail Group
Server Address Book
(LDAP server)

Fax

Network

Address Book

Fax

Phone Book
Group Dial
Server Phone Book
(LDAP server)

Direct Fax

PC Fax Address Book
PC Fax Address Book
- group

( : supported, Blank: not supported)

Using Operator Panel of the Printer
You can directly enter the fax numbers on the operator panel.
NOTE:
• For details about how to add a new entry, see "Setting Speed Dial."

Using Address Book Editor
You can use Address Book Editor installed on your computer to add or edit entries.
Address Book Editor is synchronized with the address books of the printer and updated
simultaneously as you save changes to the entries in Address Book Editor.
To start Address Book Editor on Windows®
1 For Windows® 7:
Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer
Management Tool.
For Windows® 10:
Click the Start button

Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management Tool.

To start Address Book Editor on OS X
See "Using Address Book Editor."
NOTE:
• When the printer and your computer is connected via USB, you must install the scanner driver.

298

Using the Address Book and Phone Book

With Address Book Editor, you can:
• Retrieve data from the address books of the printer at startup.
• Synchronize with the printer.
• Import the address book data from CSV file, WAB file, MAPI, and LDAP server.
• Export the address book data into a CSV file.
NOTE:
• Do not edit the exported CSV file with programs other than the Address Book Editor. Editing
the CSV file with other programs may corrupt the address data.

Address Book Panel
There are two address books you can manage in the Address Book Editor: Printer
Address Book for Fax, E-mail, and Server, and PC Fax Address Book for Direct Fax.

Editing an Entry
1 Select an address book that the entry you want to edit is stored.
2 Select an entry that you want to edit.
3 Click Edit, and then enter new information.
4 Click Save.
NOTE:
• When the address book entries are updated, it synchronizes with the printer and updates the
address books of the printer simultaneously.

Using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
You can use Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool using a general web browser.
NOTE:
• For details about how to add a new entry, see "Address Book."
• When the address book entries are updated, the address books of the printer are also updated
simultaneously.

Using the Server Address Book and Server Phone Book
With the E-mail Server Address Book and the Fax Server Phone Book, you can specify
an e-mail address or fax number of a recipient registered in the external LDAP server
when sending a scanned data with e-mail or fax.
To use the E-mail Server Address Book and the Fax Server Phone Book, the printer
needs to be configured in order to access the external LDAP server.
NOTE:
• To configure the settings of the external LDAP server, contact your system administrator.

Preparing the Printer to Access the External LDAP Server
Set the following items using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
• Authentication type
• LDAP Server
• LDAP User Mapping

Using the Address Book and Phone Book

299

Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
To start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, enter the IP address of the printer in the
address bar of a web browser.
If you do not know the IP address of the printer, verify the IP address by using the
operator panel, printing the system settings report, or using the ping command. See
"Verifying the IP Settings."

Setting Authentication Type
1 Click Print Server Settings

the Security tab

Authentication System.

2 In the Authentication System Settings drop-down list box under Authentication
Type, select LDAP as the authentication method, and then click Apply New Settings.
NOTE:
• When the server you are accessing uses the Kerberos authentication, select Kerberos as the
authentication method. To set the information necessary to access the Kerberos server, enter
the information in Kerberos Server under the Security tab. See "Kerberos Server."

3 Click Restart Printer.

Setting LDAP Server
NOTE:
• When SSL/TLS communication is required to access the LDAP server, select the Enable check box
for LDAP-SSL/TLS Communication in SSL/TLS under the Security tab. See "SSL/TLS."

300

Using the Address Book and Phone Book

1 Click Print Server Settings

the Security tab

LDAP Server.

2 In the IP Address/Host Name & Port text box under Server Information, enter IP
address or the host name, and the port number.
The port number must be 389, 3268, or between 5000 and 65535.
NOTE:
• When LDAPS communication is required, set the port number to 636, and when you use the
global catalog, set the port number to 3269.

3 Under Optional information, set the following items.
For details about configuring each item, contact your network administrator.
a In the Search Directory Root text box, enter the search directory root.
b In Login Credentials to Access LDAP Server, select credential used to access the
LDAP server. For details, see "LDAP Server."
c In the Login Name text box, enter the login name.
d In the Password text box, enter the login password using 1 to 127 alphanumeric
characters. If the password is left blank (NULL), you cannot log in to a server.
e In the Re-enter Password text box, enter the login password again to check it.
f In Search Time-Out, select Wait LDAP Server Limit if you want to follow the time
specified by the LDAP server. Select Wait if you want to specify the time.
g In the Search Name Order drop-down list box, specify the search order.
h In Server Address Book, select the check box if you want to enable the server
address book.
i In Server Phone Book, select the check box if you want to enable the server
phone book.
4 Click Apply New Settings.
5 Click Restart Printer.

Using the Address Book and Phone Book

301

Setting LDAP User Mapping
1 Click Print Server Settings

the Security tab

LDAP User Mapping.

2 Specify the attribute names used in the LDAP server.
NOTE:
• If the attribute names are not customized in the LDAP server, leave the settings in this step as
they are by default.

3 Click Apply New Settings.
4 Click Restart Printer.

Sending an E-mail With the Scanned Data Using the E-mail
Server Address Book
1 Press the

(Home) button.
Scan to Email.

2 Tap

3 Tap Address Book.

4 Tap Network Address Book.
5 Enter a keyword using the keyboard, and then tap Search.
6 Tap a recipient from the search result, and then tap Done.
7 Tap Send.

Sending a Fax Using the Fax Server Phone Book
1 Press the
302

(Home) button.

Using the Address Book and Phone Book

2 Tap

Fax.

3 Tap Phone Book.

4 Tap Network Phone Book.
5 Enter a keyword using the keyboard, and then tap Search.
6 Tap a recipient from the search result, and then tap Done.
7 Tap Send.

Using the Address Book and Phone Book

303

Using Digital Certificates
The authentication feature using digital certificates upgrades security when sending print
data or setting data.
This chapter describes how to manage digital certificates.
The printer supports the following digital certificate formats.
• PKCS#12
HTTPS, IPsec (PKI), Wi-Fi (WPA-Enterprise)
•

PKCS#7 (for CSR)
HTTPS, IPsec (PKI)
NOTE:
• For details about digital certificate error, see "Understanding Printer Messages" and "Digital
Certificate Problems."

The following is a typical setup flow for using digital certificates.
Prepare to manage digital certificates.
• Set HTTPS Communication
Import and set digital certificates.
• Import a Digital Certificate
• Set a Digital Certificate
• Check the Settings of a Digital Certificate
Set various security features using digital certificates.

Managing Certificates
This section describes how to manage digital certificates as follows:
• "Preparing to Use HTTPS Communication"
• "Creating and Downloading a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)"
• "Importing a Digital Certificate"
• "Setting a Digital Certificate"
• "Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate"
• "Deleting a Digital Certificate"
• "Exporting a Digital Certificate"

Preparing to Use HTTPS Communication
Before managing digital certificates, set HTTPS communication with a self-signed
certificate.
1 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
2 Click Print Server Settings

the Security tab

SSL/TLS.

3 Click Generate Self-Signed Certificate of Machine Digital Certificate.
304

Using Digital Certificates

4 Select the size of public key from the list of Size of Public Key.
5 Specify the issuer of self-signed certificate.
6 Click Generate Signed Certificate.
After the self-signed certificate is generated, the Restart Printer button appears.
7 Click Restart Printer.
8 Repeat steps 2 to 4.
9 When the self-signed certificate is set correctly, the HTTP- SSL/TLS Communication
column is set to Enable, select the Enable check box.

Creating and Downloading a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
NOTE:
• To download a CSR from the printer, you must set up HTTPS communication. See "Preparing to
Use HTTPS Communication."

1 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
2 Click Print Server Settings

the Security tab

SSL/TLS.

3 Click Certificate Signing Request (CSR).
4 Specify each item of certificate signing request.
5 Click Apply New Settings.
6 Check the settings of certificate signing request, and then click Download.
7 Save a CSR file to your computer.
Use this CSR to receive a signed certificate from a trusted certificate authority.

Importing a Digital Certificate
CAUTION:
• Before importing a certificate file, backup the certificate file.
NOTE:
• To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. See "Preparing to Use
HTTPS Communication."
• Make sure to import the certificate with Internet Explorer.
• After importing a PKCS#12 format certificate, the secret key is not exported even if you execute
exporting.

1 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
2 Click Print Server Settings

the Security tab

SSL/TLS.

3 Click Upload Signed Certificate of Machine Digital Certificate.
4 Enter a password.
NOTE:
• The password is not necessary when importing a PKCS#7 format certificate, which has the
filename extension of p7b.

Using Digital Certificates

305

5 Re-enter the password.
6 Click Browse of File Name, and then select the file to be imported.
7 Click Import.

Setting a Digital Certificate
NOTE:
• To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. See "Preparing to Use
HTTPS Communication."

1 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
2 Click Print Server Settings
Management.

the Security tab

SSL/TLS

Certificate

3 Perform the following:
To set a Wireless LAN (Server) certificate, select Trusted Certificate Authorities
within Category.
To set a certificate of SSL/TLS Server, SSL/TLS Client, IPsec, or Wireless LAN (Client),
select Local Device.
4 Select the purpose of use from the Certificate Purpose list.
5 Click Display the List.
NOTE:
• If the list includes more than 20 certificates, click Next to display the next page.

6 Select the certificate to associate. At this time, check that Validity of the certificate
selected is set to Valid.
7 Click Certificate Details.
8 Check the content, and then click Use This Certificate at the upper-right corner.

Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate
NOTE:
• To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. See "Preparing to Use
HTTPS Communication."

1 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
2 Click Print Server Settings
Management.

the Security tab

SSL/TLS

3 Click Certificate Management.
4 Select the category from the Category list.
5 Select the purpose of use from the Certificate Purpose list.

306

Using Digital Certificates

Certificate

6 Click Display the List.
NOTE:
• If the list includes more than 20 certificates, click Next to display the next page.

The certificate displayed with an asterisk as "*Valid" in the Validity column is the
certificate associated with the purpose of use and currently used.

Deleting a Digital Certificate
NOTE:
• To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. See "Preparing to Use
HTTPS Communication."

1 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
2 Click Print Server Settings
Management.

the Security tab

SSL/TLS

Certificate

3 Select the category from the Category list.
4 Select the purpose of use from the Certificate Purpose list.
5 Click Display the List.
NOTE:
• If the list includes more than 20 certificates, click Next to display the next page.

6 Select the certificate to be deleted.
7 Click Certificate Details.
8 To delete the selected certificate, click Delete at the upper-right corner.
NOTE:
• When a certificate is deleted, the features associated with the deleted certificate are disabled.
To delete a certificate being used, either set the feature to OFF in advance or switch the
association to another certificate, and then switch to another operation mode if possible
before deleting the certificate.

•
•
•
•

For an SSL/TLS Server, sets the HTTP-SSL/TLS and IPPS communication to OFF.
For an SSL/TLS Client, set the LDAP-SSL/TLS, SMTP-SSL/TLS, and IEEE 802.1x
(EAP-TLS) setting to OFF.
For IPsec, change the IKE setting to Pre-Shared Key or set the feature to OFF.
For wireless LAN, change the wireless security setting to other than
WPA-Enterprise before deleting the certificate. Wireless network is available on
Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Exporting a Digital Certificate
NOTE:
• To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. See "Preparing to Use
HTTPS Communication."
• Since the secret key is not exported, an imported PKCS#12 format certificate can be exported only
as a PKCS#7 certificate.

1 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."

Using Digital Certificates

307

2 Select Print Server Settings
Management.

the Security tab

SSL/TLS

Certificate

6 Select the certificate to be exported.
7 Click Certificate Details.
8 Click Export This Certificate.

Setting the Features
You can set various security features using digital certificates.
• "Setting the Certificate in the IPsec Digital Signature Mode"
• "Setting the SSL/TLS-Use Server Certificate (HTTP/IPP)"
• "Setting SMTP-SSL/TLS Communication"
• "Setting LDAP-SSL/TLS Communication"
• "Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS)"
• "Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (PEAPV0-MS-CHAPV2, EAP-TTLS PAP,
EAP-TTLS CHAP)"

Setting the Certificate in the IPsec Digital Signature Mode
NOTE:
• To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. See "Preparing to Use
HTTPS Communication."

1 Import the certificate to be used with IPsec. See "Importing a Digital Certificate."
2 Set the certificate to be used with IPsec. See "Setting a Digital Certificate."
3 Make sure that the certificate is set correctly in IPsec. See "Confirming the Settings of
a Digital Certificate."
4 Select Print Server Settings

the Security tab

IPsec.

5 Select the Enable check box for Protocol.
6 Click Digital Signature from the IKE list.
7 Set each item, as necessary.
8 Click Apply New Settings.
After restarting the printer, IPsec communication using digital signatures is enabled.
You can execute IPsec communication (Digital Signature Mode) between the printer
and the network device such as PC on which the certificate and IPsec are set
identically as on the printer.

308

Using Digital Certificates

Setting the SSL/TLS-Use Server Certificate (HTTP/IPP)
NOTE:
• To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. See "Preparing to Use
HTTPS Communication."

1 Import the certificate to be used with the SSL/TLS-use server. See "Importing a
Digital Certificate."
2 Set the certificate to be used with the SSL/TLS-use server. See "Setting a Digital
Certificate."
3 Make sure that the certificate is set correctly. See "Confirming the Settings of a
Digital Certificate."
NOTE:
• Check that the newly set certificate, not the self-signed certificate, is associated.

4 After restarting the printer, the certificate set as described above is used as the server
certificate when executing communication with HTTP/IPP-SSL/TLS.

Setting SMTP-SSL/TLS Communication
1 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
2 Click Print Server Settings

the Security tab

SSL/TLS.

3 Select the Enable check box for SMTP-SSL/TLS Communication.
4 Click Apply New Settings.
The printer is restarted and SMTP-SSL/TLS Communication is enabled.

Setting LDAP-SSL/TLS Communication
1 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
2 Click Print Server Settings

the Security tab

SSL/TLS.

3 Select the Enable check box for LDAP-SSL/TLS Communication.
4 Click Apply New Settings.
The printer is restarted and LDAP-SSL/TLS Communication is enabled.

Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS)
NOTE:
• To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. See "Preparing to Use
HTTPS Communication."
• WPA-Enterprise is available only when Infrastructure is selected as Network Type.
• Make sure to import the certificate with Internet Explorer.
• After importing a PKCS#12 format certificate, the secret key is not exported even if you execute
exporting.
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

1 Import the certificate to be used with Wireless LAN (server or root certificate). See
"Importing a Digital Certificate."

Using Digital Certificates

309

2 Set the digital certificate for wireless LAN (server or root certificate).
a Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
b Click Print Server Settings the Security tab SSL/TLS Certificate
Management.
c Click Trusted Certificate Authorities within Category.
d Select the Wireless LAN (Client) of use from the Certificate Purpose list.
e From Certificate Order, select how the certificates are sorted in Certificate List.
This setting is not necessary if you do not need to specify the order for the
certificates.
f Click Display the List.
g Select the certificate to associate. At this time, check that Validity of the
certificate selected is set to Valid.
h Click Certificate Details.
i Check the content, and then click Use This Certificate at the upper-right corner.
3 Make sure that the certificate is set correctly. See "Confirming the Settings of a
Digital Certificate."
4 Import the certificate to be used with Wireless LAN (client or client certificate). See
"Importing a Digital Certificate."
5 Set the digital certificate for wireless LAN (client or client certificate).
a Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
b Click Print Server Settings the Security tab SSL/TLS Certificate
Management.
c Click Local Device within Category.
d Select the Wireless LAN (Client) of use from the Certificate Purpose list.
e From Certificate Order, select how the certificates are sorted in Certificate List.
This setting is not necessary if you do not need to specify the order for the
certificates.
f Select the certificate to associate. At this time, check that Validity of the
certificate selected is set to Valid.
g Click Certificate Details.
h Check the content, and then click Use This Certificate at the upper-right corner.
6 Make sure that the certificate is set correctly. See "Confirming the Settings of a
Digital Certificate."
7 Set WPA-Enterprise for EAP-TLS.
a Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
b Click Print Server Settings

310

Using Digital Certificates

the Print Server Settings tab

Wi-Fi.

c Click WPA-Enterprise-AES/WPA2-Enterprise-AES from the Encryption list of
Secure Settings.
NOTE:
• WPA-Enterprise-AES/WPA2-Enterprise-AES becomes available only when the following
steps are set correctly.
- Importing a Digital Certificate
- Setting a Digital Certificate
- Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate

d Set EAP-Identity of WPA-Enterprise.
e Select EAP-TLS from the Authentication Method list of WPA-Enterprise.
f Click Apply New Settings.

Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (PEAPV0-MS-CHAPV2,
EAP-TTLS PAP, EAP-TTLS CHAP)
NOTE:
• To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. See "Preparing to Use
HTTPS Communication."
• WPA-Enterprise is available only when Infrastructure is selected as Network Type.
• Make sure to import the certificate with Internet Explorer.
• After importing a PKCS#12 format certificate, the secret key is not exported even if you execute
exporting.
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

1 Import the certificate to be used with Wireless LAN (server or root certificate). See
"Importing a Digital Certificate."
2 Set the digital certificate for wireless LAN (server or root certificate).
a Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
b Click Print Server Settings the Security tab SSL/TLS Certificate
Management.
c Click Trusted Certificate Authorities within Category.
d Select the purpose of use from the Certificate Purpose list.
e Click Display the List.
f Select the certificate to associate. At this time, check that Validity of the
certificate selected is set to Valid.
g Click Certificate Details.
h Check the content, and then click Use This Certificate at the upper-right corner.
3 Make sure that the certificate is set correctly.
a Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
b Click Print Server Settings the Security tab SSL/TLS Certificate
Management.
c Click the category from the Category list.
d Select the Wireless LAN (Server) of use from the Certificate Purpose list.

Using Digital Certificates

311

e From Certificate Order, select how the certificates are sorted in Certificate List.
This setting is not necessary if you do not need to specify the order for the
certificates.
f Click Display the List.
The certificate displayed with an asterisk as "*Valid" in the Validity column is the
certificate associated with the use purpose and actually used.
4 Set WPA-Enterprise for PEAPV0-MS-CHAPV2, EAP-TTLS PAP, or EAP-TTLS CHAP.
a Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
b Click Print Server Settings the Print Server Settings tab Wi-Fi.
c Click WPA-Enterprise-AES/WPA2-Enterprise-AES from the Encryption list of
Secure Settings.
NOTE:
• WPA-Enterprise-AES/WPA2-Enterprise-AES becomes available only when the following
steps are set correctly:
- Importing a Digital Certificate
- Setting a Digital Certificate
- Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate

d Set EAP-Identity, Login Name, and Password of WPA-Enterprise.
e Select either of the following from the Authentication Method list of
WPA-Enterprise:
• PEAPV0 MS-CHAPV2
• EAP-TTLS PAP
• EAP-TTLS CHAP
f Click Apply New Settings.

312

Using Digital Certificates

Understanding Printer Messages
The touch panel displays error messages describing the current state of the printer and
indicates possible printer problems you must resolve. This chapter provides a list of
status codes or error messages, and informs you what you can do to clear error
messages. When you contact customer support about an error, have the status codes
and messages ready.
CAUTION:
• When an error occurs, the print data remaining on the printer and the information accumulated
in the memory of the printer may be corrupted.
NOTE:
• A status code is listed in an error message.
• For status codes that are not listed in this chapter, refer to instructions in each error messages.

Status Codes
Status-Code

What you can do

004-310

Turn off the printer. Make sure that the tray is correctly installed, and then
turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.

005-121

Open the Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (DADF) cover and remove
the jammed documents.

009-340

Turn off the printer. Clean the Color Toner Density (CTD) sensor with a
clean dry cotton swab, and then turn on the printer. Contact customer
support if this failure is repeated. See "Cleaning the Color Toner Density
(CTD) Sensor."

009-360

Turn off the printer. Make sure that toner cartridge of the specified color is
correctly installed, and then turn on the printer. The status code differs
depending on the color of the toner cartridge. Contact customer support
if this failure is repeated. See "Replacing the Toner Cartridges."

009-361
009-362
009-363
009-367
009-368
009-369
009-370
010-377

Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again. Contact customer support if
this failure is repeated.

016-338

Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again. Contact your system
administrator if this failure is repeated.

016-404

Contact your system administrator. For details about digital certificate
problems, see "Digital Certificate Problems."

016-405

Security setting mismatch. Initialize the security setting, and then restart
the printer by turning off the printer and then on again. Contact your
system administrator for the security resetting.

016-503

Unable to resolve the e-mail SMTP server hostname. Tap Close, or wait
for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Make sure that SMTP server and
DNS server are set correctly.

016-504

Unable to resolve the e-mail POP3 server hostname. Tap Close, or wait
for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Make sure that user name and
password for POP3 server and DNS server are set correctly.

Understanding Printer Messages

313

Status-Code

What you can do

016-505

E-mail POP3 server login error. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the
printer to recover. Make sure that user name and password used for POP3
server are set correctly.

016-506

SMTP server is not configured. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the
printer to recover. Make sure that SMTP server or POP server is set.

016-507

E-mail SMTP server login error. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the
printer to recover. Make sure that user name and password used for SMTP
server are set correctly.

016-520

The certificate of the printer is invalid. Contact your system administrator.
Reset the certificate from other connectable clients with Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. If no device can be connected, disconnect
Ethernet cable, turn off the IPsec, and then reset the certificate with Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool.

016-521

The certificate of the destination client is invalid. Contact your system
administrator. Check the certificate of the destination client and reset.

016-530

Authentication server access error. Turn off the printer, and then turn it on
again. Check the access settings for the authentication server and try
again. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.

016-541

A wireless certificate of the server or client cannot be correctly referenced
while using Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise. Ask your
system administrator to connect the printer with a wired network, initialize
the wireless settings, import the wireless certificate, and then set
WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise again.

016-542

A server certificate error has occurred when acquiring the certificate with
the operation of WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise. This is a problem in
the server certificate, such as the validity period has expired for the server
certificate being used with the Radius server. Ask your system
administrator to check the server certificate being used with the Radius
server.

016-543

A wireless certificate of the server or client corruption error has occurred
while using the Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise. Ask
your system administrator to connect the printer with a wired network,
initialize the wireless settings, import the wireless certificate, and then set
WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise again.

016-718

Error relating to USB Direct Print problems has occurred. While the USB
flash drive is still inserted, set Image Types to Photos (Standard
Quality) in Print Settings under the Print PDF/TIFF menu and
try printing again. See "Image Types."

016-720

Error relating to Page Description Language (PDL) emulation problems
has occurred. Change the Print Mode setting in the Graphics tab of the
print driver. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.

016-756

Printing in the prohibited time. Contact your system administrator.

016-757

The account is not registered. Contact your system administrator.

016-758

The function cannot be used. Contact your system administrator.

016-759

Printable page limit is exceeded. Contact your system administrator.

016-764

An error occurs when the printer connected to the SMTP server. Tap
Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check the SMTP
server settings or contact the SMTP server administrator.

016-765

The capacity of the SMTP server is not enough. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Contact the SMTP server administrator.

314

Understanding Printer Messages

Status-Code

What you can do

016-766

The e-mail exceeds the SMTP server size restriction. Tap Close, or wait
for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Contact the SMTP server
administrator.

016-767

The e-mail address of the recipient is incorrect. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Check e-mail address, and then try
scanning again.

016-768

The e-mail address of the sender is incorrect. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Check e-mail address, and then try
scanning again.

016-786

A timeout error occurs when sending or receiving scanned data. Tap
Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the
Ethernet cable is connected properly. If there is no problem with the
Ethernet cable, contact server administrator.

016-790

Network connection error. IP address is not determined. Tap Close, or
wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the Ethernet cable
is connected properly. If there is no problem with the Ethernet cable,
contact server administrator.

016-799

Tap Close to clear the message and cancel the current print job. Check
the configuration of the printer on the print driver.

016-930

The device is not supported. Remove it from the front USB port.

016-931

The USB hub is not supported. Remove it from the front USB port.

016-985

Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Retry
scanning by lowering the resolution setting or changing the file format of
the scanned data.

016-986
024-965
024-966

Make sure that the size and type specified in the tray settings matches the
size and type of paper loaded in the tray.

024-969
026-721

Check your USB flash drive:
• If the file size or the number of files exceeds the limit of your USB flash
drive.
• If your USB flash drive is not write-protected.

027-446

Change the IPv6 address to avoid duplication. Turn off the printer, and
then turn it on again.

027-452

Change the IPv4 address to avoid duplication. Turn off the printer, and
then turn it on again.

031-521

SMB server login error. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer
to recover. Check login-able computer with your system administrator.

031-522

SMB server login error. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer
to recover. Check if login name (domain name and user name) and
password are correct.

031-523

Invalid SMB share name. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer
to recover. Check the share name you specified.

031-524

Exceeded the SMB server user account limit. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Check the number of users who use
the server at the same time is not exceeding the upper limit.

031-525

SMB destination client permission error. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the specified user can read
and write file at the storage location.

031-526

Unable to resolve the SMB server hostname. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Check DNS connection, or check if
forwarding destination server is registered with DNS.

Understanding Printer Messages

315

Status-Code

What you can do

031-527

Unable to resolve the SMB server hostname. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Set DNS address, or set forwarding
destination server address as IP address.

031-528

Unable to connect to the SMB server. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds
for the printer to recover. Check if the printer can communicate via
network with the forwarding destination SMB server. For example, check
the following:
• Connection of an Ethernet cable
• TCP/IP setting
• Communication with Port 137 (UDP), 138 (UDP), and 139 (TCP).
For communication beyond the subnet, contact your system
administrator.

031-529

SMB server login error. Password is invalid. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Check if password is correct.

031-530

The SMB share folder was not found on the specified SMB server. Tap
Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check the
following:
• Check if the storage location is correct.
• Check if the file name you specified can be used when creating a file on
the SMB server.
• Have your system administrator check the DFS setting, and then directly
specify the SMB server, share name, and storage location according to
the checked settings.

031-531

Unable to get a file or folder name on the SMB server. Tap Close, or wait
for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check access right of the folder
you specified.

031-532

SMB scan file or folder name limit exceeded. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Change file name and forwarding
destination folder, or move or delete file in forwarding destination folder.

031-533

Unable to write a file in the SMB server. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds
for the printer to recover. Check the following:
• If the file name you specified is not used by other users.
• If file or folder that has the same name as the one you specified already
exists.

031-534

Unable to create a folder on the SMB server. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Check the following:
• If the file name you specified is not used by other users.
• If file or folder that has the same name as the one you specified already
exists.

031-535

Unable to delete a file on the SMB server. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Check if other user is not operating file
in storage location you specified.

031-536

Unable to delete a folder on the SMB server. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Check if other user is not operating file
in storage location you specified.

031-537

SMB server capacity exceeded. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the
printer to recover. Check if the storage location has free space.

031-539

The specified SMB server is invalid. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for
the printer to recover. Check if the server name is correct.

031-540

The specified domain name is invalid. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds
for the printer to recover. Check if the domain name is correct.

316

Understanding Printer Messages

Status-Code

What you can do

031-541

Invalid user name specified for SMB server. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Check if login name (user name) is
correct.

031-542

TCP/IP not initialized. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to
recover. Wait for a while and try the same operation again. Contact the
customer support if this failure is repeated.

031-543

SMB server login error. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer
to recover. Check login permitted time with your system administrator.

031-544

SMB server login error. Password is expired. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Check the password valid period with
your system administrator.

031-545

SMB server login error. Password is to be changed. Tap Close, or wait for
60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check necessity of password
change with your system administrator.

031-546

SMB server login error. Invalid user is specified. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Contact your system administrator for
the destination server settings.

031-547

SMB server login error. User restricted from accessing the SMB server is
specified. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover.
Contact your system administrator for the destination server settings.

031-548

SMB server login error. Logon time of SMB destination is expired. Tap
Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Contact your
system administrator for the destination server settings.

031-549

SMB server login error. Specified user is restricted, and a null password is
prohibited. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover.
On server security settings, check access permission of null password
user.

031-550

Append command not supported by SMB server. Tap Close, or wait for
60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the printer has access
rights to append data to the SMB server. Check if server supports SMB
append command.

031-551

Rename command not supported by SMB server. Tap Close, or wait for
60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the printer has access
rights to rename data on the SMB server. Check if server supports SMB
append command.

031-552

Job canceled. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to
recover. Change the file name that already exists on FTP server.

031-574

Unable to resolve the FTP server hostname. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Check DNS connection, or check if
name of forwarding destination server is registered with DNS.

031-575

Unable to resolve the FTP server hostname. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Set DNS address, or set forwarding
destination server address as IP address.

031-576

Unable to connect to the FTP server. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds
for the printer to recover. Check if the printer communicates with
forwarding destination FTP server. For example, check connection of
Ethernet cable and if the IP address of the server is correct.

031-578

FTP server login error. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to
recover. Check if the login name (user name) and password are correct.

031-579

Invalid FTP subdirectory path. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the
printer to recover. Check if the storage location is correct.

Understanding Printer Messages

317

Status-Code

What you can do

031-580

Failed to obtain a file or folder name of the FTP server. Tap Close, or wait
for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check the server access right.

031-581

FTP scan file or folder name limit exceeded. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Change the file name and forwarding
destination folder, or move or delete file in forwarding destination folder.

031-582

Unable to write a scan file to the FTP server location. Tap Close, or wait
for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the file name you
specified can be created in storage location. Check if the storage location
has free space.

031-584

Unable to create a scan folder on the FTP server. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the folder name you specified
can be created in storage location. Check if the folder that has the same
name as the one you specified already exists.

031-585

Unable to delete a file on the FTP server. DEL command failure. Tap
Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check server
access rights.

031-587

Unable to delete a folder on the FTP server. RMD command failure. Tap
Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check server
access rights.

031-588

Unable to write a file to the FTP server location. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Check if storage location has free
space.

031-590

Job canceled. Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to
recover. Change the file name that already exists on FTP server.

031-594

FTP transfer type error. TYPE command failure. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Try the same operation again. Contact
customer support if this failure is repeated.

031-595

FTP data port error. PORT command failure. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Try the same operation again. Contact
customer support if this failure is repeated.

031-598

FTP append data error. APPE command failure. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the printer has access rights to
append data to the FTP server. Check if server supports FTP append
command.

031-599

FTP rename file error. RNFR command failure. Tap Close, or wait for 60
seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the printer has access rights to
rename data on the FTP server. Check if server supports FTP rename
command.

033-513

Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Try the
following:
• Print the received fax, or wait for a while until sending a fax is
completed.
• Print the fax job stored using the Secure Receive feature.
See "Receiving Faxes in the Secure Receiving Mode."

033-527

Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Wait for a
while until the printer is not busy, and then try again.

033-528

Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check the
available time period for the FAX, and then try again.

033-762

Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. The printer
rejects faxes sent from unwanted numbers. See "Junk Fax Setup."

318

Understanding Printer Messages

Status-Code

What you can do

033-776

The size of the fax document data is too large and may have exceeded the
space available in memory. Lower the scan resolution rate and then try
scanning again. See "Resolution."

033-788

Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Try the
following:
• Remove the received fax, or wait for a while until sending a fax is
completed.
• Print the fax job stored using the Secure Receive feature.
See "Receiving Faxes in the Secure Receiving Mode."

034-515

Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Try the
following:
• Try the same operation.
• Check the printer or remote machine if the memory is full.

034-791

Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the
telephone cable is connected properly. If the line connection is correct,
check the following:
• If Tone/Pulse setting is correct.
See "Tone / Pulse."
If Tone/Pulse setting is correct, check the following:
• If the remote machine can receive a fax.

035-701

Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check the
following:
• Status of the remote machine
• Tone/Pulse setting
See "Tone / Pulse."

035-708

Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Try the
following:
• Try the same operation.
• Reduce the modem speed.
See "Modem Speed."

035-717

Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Reduce the
modem speed. See "Modem Speed."

035-718

Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check the
status of the remote machine.

035-720

Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check the
features of the remote machine.

035-781

Tap Close, or wait for 60 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the
remote machine is busy.

042-700

Wait for a while until the printer cools down. Contact customer support if
this failure is repeated.

077-301

Close the right side cover.

077-302

Close the rear cover.

091-911

Remove the used waste toner box, and then install a new toner box. See
"Replacing the Waste Toner Box."

091-914

Reinsert the drum cartridge of the specified color. If the message remains,
replace the cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."

091-917
091-918
091-919

Understanding Printer Messages

319

Status-Code

What you can do

091-921

Make sure that the drum cartridge of the specified color is fully installed.
See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."

091-922
091-923
091-924
091-931

Remove the used drum cartridge of the specified color, and then install a
new cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."

091-932
091-933
091-934
091-942

Reinsert the drum cartridge of the specified color. If the message remains,
replace the cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."

091-943
091-944
091-945
091-960

Remove the unsupported drum cartridge of the specified color, and then
install a supported drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."

091-961
091-962
091-963
093-930

Remove the used toner cartridge of the specified color, and then install a
new cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."

093-931
093-932
093-933
093-960

Remove the unsupported toner cartridge of the specified color, and then
install a supported toner cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."

093-961
093-962
093-963
093-970

Make sure that the toner cartridge of the specified color is fully installed.
See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."

093-971
093-972
093-973
116-722

Tap Close for the printer to recover. Check the Web Services on Devices
(WSD) scan address and the destination computer, and then try scanning
again. Contact your system administrator.

193-700

When genuine toner cartridges are installed, change the Non-Dell Toner
setting to disable using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.

Error Messages
Message

Cause

Action

Cannot access the LDAP
address book. Contact your
network administrator if this
error persists.

The printer fails to authenticate
against an authentication server.

Check the server settings. If the
error persists, contact your network
administrator.

320

An SSL/TLS authentication error on If the error persists, contact your
connection to the LDAP server; an network administrator.
SSL/TLS authentication internal error
occurs.

Understanding Printer Messages

Message

Cause

Action

Cannot access the LDAP
address book. The LDAPS
server certificate is not
correct.

An SSL/TLS authentication error on
connection to the LDAP server; the
server certificate data is incorrect.

Check the root certificate of the
LDAP server SSL/TLS certificate on
the printer.

Cannot access the LDAP
address book. The LDAPS
SSL/TLS client certificate is
not set.

An SSL/TLS authentication error on
connection to the LDAP server; the
LDAP server cannot acquire an
SSL/TLS client certificate.

Check that an SSL/TLS client
certificate is correctly imported into
the printer.

Cannot access the LDAP
address book. The server
names of LDAPS and the
SSL/TLS certificate do not
match.

An SSL/TLS authentication error on Change to a valid LDAP server
connection to the LDAP server; the SSL/TLS certificate.
server certificate for the LDAP server
is not yet valid or has expired.

Cannot access the LDAP
address book. The time
settings of the printer and the
Kerberos server do not match.

The printer and the Kerberos server Check that the printer and the
clocks have a time difference that
Kerberos server clocks have the
exceeds the Kerberos server clock
correct time.
skew value.

Cannot connect to server.
Check the server settings.

The specified server settings such as Make sure that the correct IP
IP address and realm/domain name address/host name, port number,
are incorrect.
realm/domain name, and search
directory root are specified in IP
Address / Host Name & Port,
Domain Name, and Search
Directory Root on Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. See
"Kerberos Server" and "LDAP Server."

An SSL/TLS authentication error on
connection to the LDAP server; the
LDAP server name does not match
the certificate.

Set the LDAP server address on the
printer to match the address on the
LDAP server SSL/TLS certificate.

The LDAP or Kerberos version on the Contact your network administrator.
server is not compatible with the
printer.

Change the server settings
and check the server
connection.

The server is down.

Check that the server is functioning
normally.

The printer cannot search for
destinations within the specified
time.

Increase the time setting for Search
Time-Out on Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. See
"Authentication System" and "LDAP
Server."
Check that the printer and the
server are properly connected with
an Ethernet cable. If there are not
any problems with the connection
and the error persists, the server
settings may have been changed.
Contact your network administrator.

Check the authentication
settings.

The login name and password for
access to an authentication server
are incorrect.

Make sure that the correct login
name and password are specified in
Login Name and Password on Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool. See
"Kerberos Server" and "LDAP Server."

Understanding Printer Messages

321

Message

Cause

Action

Invalid search characters or
LDAP User Mapping
incorrectly configured for
Configuration Web Tool.

The LDAP search filter fails to work Remove special characters, and
properly as special characters are
then search again. See "LDAP User
used in your search condition or on Mapping."
the LDAP User Mapping page on
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.

Network connection is not
ready. Try again later.

You have started searching for
Wait for a while, and then search
destinations before the IP address is again.
set for the printer.

No attribute or invalid name. The address information on the
Check address info. on server. server contain incorrect data or are
insufficient to get your search
request.

Check the address information
registered on the server or contact
your network administrator.

No Entries.

The printer cannot find any
destinations that meet your search
condition.

Tap OK to return to the search
screen, and then specify a new
condition to search again.

Search Directory Root
incorrectly configured for
Configuration Web Tool.

The directories that do not exist in
the LDAP server are specified or an
invalid DN syntax is specified.

Make sure that valid values are
specified in Search Directory Root
on Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool. See "LDAP Server." Specify the
origin of the search with the correct
DN syntax, as shown in the
following example:
dc=w2008ad,dc=addressbook,dc=
net

Too many search results. Only The number of search results has
a maximum of 50 search scan exceeded the maximum number the
be displayed. Please refine
printer can display.
your search if needed.
Authentication server access
Error 016-530

Some other error occurs regarding
the LDAP server address book.

Restart the printer.

322

Understanding Printer Messages

Tap Close to display the search
results. If you cannot find your
desired destination on the result list,
specify a new condition to search
again.
Turn off the printer, and then turn it
on again. If the error persists,
contact your network administrator.

Specifications
Operating System Compatibility
Supported Operating Systems

Microsoft® Windows Vista® (32bit)
Microsoft® Windows Vista® (64bit)
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 (32bit)
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 (64bit)
Microsoft® Windows® 7 (32bit)
Microsoft® Windows® 7 (64bit)
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 R2
Microsoft® Windows® 8 (32bit)
Microsoft® Windows® 8 (64bit)
Microsoft® Windows® RT
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 (32bit)
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 (64bit)
Microsoft® Windows® RT 8.1
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 R2
Microsoft® Windows® 10 (32 bit)
Microsoft® Windows® 10 (64 bit)
Mac OS X 10.7
OS X 10.8
OS X 10.9
OS X 10.10
Red Hat Enterprise
Linux® 6 Desktop (64bit)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop (32bit)
SUSE® Linux Enterprise Desktop 11 (64bit)
SUSE® Linux Enterprise Desktop 11 (32bit)
Ubuntu 12.04 LTS

Power Supply
Rated voltage

220 – 240 VAC

110 – 127 VAC

Frequency

50/60 Hz

Current

12 A

Power consumption

51.7 W (Ready)
20.0 W (Sleep)
2.5 W (Dell H625cdw/Dell H825cdw)(Deep Sleep*)
1.8 W (Dell S2825cdn)(Deep Sleep*)
0.3 W (Offline)

This condition is equivalent to Network standby mode, the power consumption in this condition is that all
wired network ports are connected and all wireless network ports are activated.

Specifications

323

Dimensions
Height

500 mm (19.69 inches)

Width

429 mm (16.89 inches)

Depth

503.5 mm (19.82 inches)

Weight
29.2kg (64.38lb)*

Weight
*

includes toner cartridges and drum cartridges.

Memory
Memory

1 GB

Speed

DDR3-1066MHz

Page Description Language (PDL)/Emulation,
Operating System, and Interface
PDL/Emulations

PCL 6, PCL5e, PostScript 3 Compatible, HBPL

Operating systems

Microsoft® Windows Vista® (32bit)
Microsoft® Windows Vista® (64bit)
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 (32bit)
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 (64bit)
Microsoft® Windows® 7 (32bit)
Microsoft® Windows® 7 (64bit)
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 R2
Microsoft® Windows® 8 (32bit)
Microsoft® Windows® 8 (64bit)
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 (32bit)
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 (64bit)
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 R2
Microsoft® Windows® 10 (32 bit)
Microsoft® Windows® 10 (64 bit)
Mac OS X 10.7
OS X 10.8
OS X 10.9
OS X 10.10
Red Hat Enterprise
Linux® 6 Desktop (64bit)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop (32bit)
SUSE® Linux Enterprise Desktop 11 (64bit)
SUSE® Linux Enterprise Desktop 11 (32bit)
Ubuntu 12.04 LTS

324

Specifications

Interfaces

Standard local: USB 2.0
Standard wired network: 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T Ethernet
Standard wireless network*: IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n

Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Management Information Base (MIB) Compatibility
MIB is a database containing information about network devices such as adapters,
bridges, routers, or computers. This information helps network administrators manage
the network and analyze performance, traffic, errors, and so on. Your printer complies
with standard industry MIB specifications, allowing the printer to be recognized and
managed by various printer and network management software systems.

Environment
Operation
Temperature

10 – 32°C (50 – 89.6°F)

Relative humidity

10 – 85% RH (no condensation)

Print Quality Guarantee
Temperature

15 – 28°C (59 – 82.4°F)

Relative humidity

20 – 70% RH (no condensation)

Storage
Temperature

-20 – 40°C (0 – 104°F)

Storage humidity

5 – 85% RH (no condensation)

Altitude
Operating

Up to 3,100 m (10,170 feet)

Storage

Up to 3,100 m (10,170 feet)

Cables
Your interconnection cable must meet the following requirements:
Ethernet

10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T

USB

USB 2.0

Phone connector

RJ11

Specifications

325

Wall jack connector

RJ45

Print Specifications
Print resolution

600 × 600 dpi

Print speed

Simplex:
23.8 ppm (A4), 25ppm (Letter) or less
(Dell H625cdw)
28.6 ppm (A4), 30 ppm (Letter) or less
(Dell H825cdw/Dell S2825cdn)
Duplex:
15.7 ppm (A4), 16.5 ppm (Letter) or less
(Dell H625cdw)
18.8 ppm (A4), 19.8 ppm (Letter) or less
(Dell H825cdw/Dell S2825cdn)

Paper size
*

A4, B5, A5, B6, A6, Letter, Executive, Folio (8.5 x 13"), Legal, Statement,
Envelope #10, Monarch, DL, C5, Custom*

Width:
76.2 mm (3 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inches)
Length:
127 mm (5 inches) to 355.6 mm (14 inches) for MPF
148 mm (5.8 inches) to 355.6 mm (14 inches) for Tray1
190.5 mm (7.5 inches) to 355.6 mm (14 inches) for the optional 550-sheet feeder

Copy Specifications
Copy resolution
Copy speed

Paper Size

326

Optical: 600 × 400 dpi
• Dell H825cdw/Dell S2825cdn
Color 14 cpm (A4)/15 cpm (Letter) or less
Black & White 29 cpm (A4)/30 cpm (Letter) or less
(When using the document glass to make sequential copies of a
document with pages scanned one by one.)
Color Simplex: 17 cpm (A4)/17 cpm (Letter) or less
Black & White Simplex: 19 cpm (A4)/20 cpm (Letter) or less
Color Duplex: 8 cpm (A4)/8 cpm (Letter) or less
Black & White Duplex: 19 cpm (A4)/20 cpm (Letter) or less
(When using the Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (DADF) to
make sequential copies of multiple documents.)
• Dell H625cdw
Color 14 cpm (A4)/15 cpm (Letter) or less
Black & White 24 cpm (A4)/25 cpm (Letter) or less
(When using the document glass to make sequential copies of a
document with pages scanned one by one.)
Color Simplex: 17 cpm (A4)/17 cpm (Letter) or less
Black & White Simplex: 19 cpm (A4)/20 cpm (Letter) or less
Color Duplex: 8 cpm (A4)/8 cpm (Letter) or less
Black & White Duplex: 19 cpm (A4)/20 cpm (Letter) or less
(When using the Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (DADF) to
make sequential copies of multiple documents.)
A4, B5, A5, B6, A6, Letter, Executive, Folio (8.5 x 13"), Legal, Statement,
Envelope #10, Monarch, DL, C5, Custom*

Specifications

Zoom rate

Document glass: 25 – 400%
DADF: 25 – 400%

Multiple copies

1 – 99

Copy mode (=Original type)

Text, Text & Photo, Photo

Scanning method

Document glass: Document-fixed flatbed scanning
DADF: Carriage-fixed, document-feeding scanning (2-side scanning)

Scanner Specifications
Compatibility

TWAIN, TWAIN-Net, Windows® Image Acquisition (WIA)*1,
Scan Service for Web Services on Devices (WSD)*2

Scan resolution

Optical: 600 × 400 dpi, 600 × 600 dpi
Enhanced (Pull Scan):
• TWAIN – 50 × 50 to 9,600 × 9,600 dots/25.4 mm
• WIA*3 – 75/100/150/200/300/400/600 dots/25.4 mm
Enhanced (Push Scan): 200/300 (Default)/400/600 dots/25.4 mm

Color bit depth

24 bit

Mono bit depth

1 bit for Line art
8 bit for Gray scale

Effective scanning length

Document glass: 297 mm
DADF: 355.6 mm

Effective scanning width

215.9 mm

Scan speed (Text mode)

Simplex:
Color 605 μS/line (600 dpi)
Black & White 282 μS/line (600 dpi)
Duplex:
Color 1210 μS/line (600 dpi)
Black & White 564 μS/line (600 dpi)

*1
*2
*3

Windows® operating system only
Windows Vista®, Windows® 7, Windows® 8, and Windows® 10 only
WIA stands for Windows® Image Acquisition.

Fax Specifications
Compatibility

ITU-T T.30

Applicable line

Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), Private Branch Exchange
(PBX), Leased line (3.4 KHz/2-wire)

Data coding

1bit/JBIG/MMR/MR/MH

Max modem speed

33.6 Kbps

Transmission speed

Approx. 3 seconds/page*

Scanning speed

Document glass: approx. 3 seconds/A4 (at standard fax resolution
mode)
DADF: approx. 5 seconds/Letter (at standard fax resolution mode),
7.5 seconds/Letter (at fine fax resolution mode)

Specifications

327

Maximum document length

Document glass: 297 mm
DADF: 355.6 mm

Paper size

Letter, A4 (depending on a country)

Resolution

Standard: R8 × 3.85 l/mm
Fine: R8 × 7.7 l/mm
Super Fine: 400 × 400 dpi
Photo: R8 × 7.7 l/mm

User memory

4 MB

Halftone

256 levels

Transmission time applies to memory transmission of text data scanned in Standard resolution with the Error
Correction Mode (ECM) using only ITU-T No.1 Chart.

Wireless Connection Specifications
NOTE:
• Wireless connection is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.
Connectivity technology

Wireless

Compliant standards

IEEE 802.11b, 802.11g, and 802.11n

Bandwidth

2.4 GHz

Data transfer rate

IEEE 802.11n: 65 Mbps
IEEE 802.11g: 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, and 6 Mbps
IEEE 802.11b: 11, 5.5, 2, and 1 Mbps

Security

64 (40-bit key)/128 (104-bit key) WEP, WPA-PSK (AES), WPA2-PSK
(AES), WPA-Enterprise (AES)*1, WPA2-Enterprise (AES)*1

Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)*2

Push-Button Configuration (PBC),
Personal Identification Number (PIN)

Wireless mode

Infrastructure, Ad-hoc, Wi-Fi Direct

*1
*2

EAP method supports PEAPv0, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS PAP, and EAP-TTLS CHAP.
WPS 2.0 compliant.

328

Specifications

6
Maintaining Your Printer

329

Maintaining Your Printer
You need to complete certain tasks to maintain optimum print quality.

Checking the Status of Supplies
If the printer is connected to the network, Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool can
provide instant feedback on remaining toner levels. Enter the printer's IP address in your
web browser to view this information. You can also set the printer to send you an e-mail
alert when the printer needs supplies.
On the touch panel, you can also check the following:
• Any supply or maintenance items that require attention replacing (However, the
printer can only display information about one item at a time).
• Amount of toner remaining in each toner cartridge.
NOTE:
• If the printer is connected to a computer with Windows® 7 or later, you can also check the status of
supplies from Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management Tool. For details, see the FAQs on Dell
Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management Tool.

E-mail Alert Setting
1 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
2 Click Print Server Settings link.
3 Under E-Mail Server Settings, enter the Primary SMTP Gateway, Reply Address.
4 Under E-Mail Alert Settings, enter your e-mail address or an e-mail address of a key
operator.
5 Click Apply New Settings.
NOTE:
• Connection pending until printer sends an alert is displayed on the SMTP server until an error
occurs.

Conserving Supplies
You can change several settings in the print driver to conserve toner cartridge and paper.
Supply

Setting

Function

Toner
cartridge

Toner Saver in the Others tab

Select the check box to enable the print mode that uses
less toner. The image quality is lower when this feature is
used.

Print media

Multiple Up in the Layout tab

The printer prints two or more pages on one side of a
sheet.

Print media

Duplex in the General tab

The printer prints on both sides of a sheet of paper.

330

Maintaining Your Printer

Ordering Supplies
You can order toner cartridges, drum cartridges, and waste toner box online or by phone
from Dell.
NOTE:
• For OS X, you can order consumables from the Status Monitor Widget. See "Using the Status
Monitor Widget for Macintosh."
• For Linux, you can order consumables from the Status Monitor Console. See "Using the Status
Monitor Console for Linux."

Using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
1 Start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
See "Starting Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
2 Click the Order Supplies at:.

Using Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management Tool
The following procedure uses Windows® 7/Windows® 10 as an example.
1 For Windows® 7:
Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer
Management Tool.
For Windows® 10:
Click the Start button

Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management Tool.

2 For Dell Printer Hub, select the printer from My Printers.
For Dell Printer Management Tool, select the printer displayed by default, or another
printer from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner of the home screen.
3 Click Supplies.
4 Order consumables either from the web or phone.
If ordering from the web:
a Select your printer type and printer name.
b Click Next.
If ordering by phone:
Call the number that appears on the top-left corner of the window, or click Contact
Us.
To ensure that you get the best service, have your Dell printer's Service Tag ready.
See "Express Service Code and Service Tag."

Storing Print Media
To avoid potential paper feeding problems and uneven print quality, there are several
things you can do when storing print media:
• To achieve the best possible print quality, store print media in an environment where
the temperature is approximately 21°C (70°F) and the relative humidity is 40 percent.
• Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf, rather than directly on the floor.

Maintaining Your Printer

331

•
•

If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton, make sure
that they rest on a flat surface so the edges do not buckle or curl.
Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.

Storing Consumables
Store consumables in their original package until you need to use them. Do not store
consumables in:
• Temperatures greater than 40°C (104°F)
• An environment with extreme changes in humidity or temperature
• Direct sunlight
• Dusty places
• A car for a long period of time
• An environment where corrosive gases are present
• A humid environment

Replacing the Toner Cartridges
WARNING:
• Before replacing the toner cartridges, read and follow the safety instructions in the Important
Information.

Dell toner cartridges are available only through Dell. You can order cartridges online at
www.dell.com/supplies or by phone. For details about how to order cartridges by
phone, see "Contacting Dell."
It is recommended to use Dell toner cartridges for the printer. Dell does not provide
warranty coverage for problems caused by using accessories, parts, or components not
supplied by Dell.
WARNING:
• Never throw a toner cartridge into an open flame. Remaining toner in the cartridge may catch
fire or explode, causing burns and injuries.
CAUTION:
• Do not shake the used toner cartridge. Shaking the cartridge may cause the toner to spill out.

Removing the Toner Cartridge
NOTE:
• Make sure to remove all the paper from the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) and close the MPF cover
before removing the toner cartridge.

332

Maintaining Your Printer

1 Grasp the grips on both sides of the front cover, and then pull it down to open.

2 Grasp the handle on the toner cartridge that you want to replace, and then pull it
out.

CAUTION:
• Do not shake the used toner cartridge. Shaking the cartridge may cause the toner to spill
out.

Installing a Toner Cartridge
1 Unpack a new toner cartridge of the desired color.
2 Shake the new toner cartridge six times to distribute the toner evenly.

Maintaining Your Printer

333

3 Align the toner cartridge to the notches on the associated cartridge slot, and then
insert the toner cartridge.

4 Push the toner cartridge all the way in until you feel a click.

5 Close the front cover.

Replacing the Drum Cartridges
WARNING:
• Before replacing the drum cartridges, read and follow the safety instructions in the Important
Information.
CAUTION:
• Protect the drum cartridges against bright light. If the right side cover remains open for more
than 3 minutes, print quality may deteriorate.

334

Maintaining Your Printer

Removing the Drum Cartridge
1 Open the right side cover.

2 Push down the latch to release the waste toner box from the printer.

Maintaining Your Printer

335

3 Gently pull the waste toner box upwards.

CAUTION:
• Take care not to drop the waste toner box while you are removing it.
• After removing the waste toner box, do not touch the parts shown in the illustration. Your
hands may get dirty or stained with toner.

4 Place the waste toner box on a level surface.
Always keep the side that was attached to the printer facing up.

CAUTION:
• Never let the side that was attached to the printer face down. This may cause the toner to
spill out.

336

Maintaining Your Printer

5 Pull down the tab on the drum cartridge that you want to replace.

6 Pull the drum cartridge halfway out by pulling the tab, and then support the drum
cartridge from underneath with your other hand and pull it out completely.

Installing a Drum Cartridge
1 Unpack a new drum cartridge of the desired color.
2 Remove the orange protective cover from the drum cartridge.

Maintaining Your Printer

337

3 Insert the drum cartridge into the associated cartridge slot, and then push until it
stops.

4 Pull up the tab on the drum cartridge.

5 Pull out the cleaning rod from inside the printer.

338

Maintaining Your Printer

6 Insert the cleaning rod into the hole of the tab on the drum cartridge until it stops,
and then pull it out.
NOTE:
• Insert the cleaning rod with the pad side up.
• It is not necessary to move the cleaning rod back and forth repeatedly.

7 Return the cleaning rod to its original location.

8 Reinsert the waste toner box.
Make sure that the two indented parts on the bottom go into the brackets on the
printer.

Maintaining Your Printer

339

9 Push on the handle of the waste toner box until it clicks.

10 Close the right side cover.

Replacing the Waste Toner Box
WARNING:
• Before replacing the waste toner box, read and follow the safety instructions in the Important
Information.

Removing the Waste Toner Box
1 Open the right side cover.

340

Maintaining Your Printer

2 Push down the latch to release the waste toner box from the printer.

3 Gently pull the waste toner box upwards.
Make sure that the side that was attached to the printer is facing up so that the waste
toner does not spill out.

CAUTION:
• Take care not to drop the waste toner box while you are removing it.
• After removing the waste toner box, do not touch the parts shown in the illustration. Toner
can soil or stain your hands.

4 Insert the used waste toner box into the plastic bag that came with the new waste
toner box and seal the bag.

Installing a Waste Toner Box
1 Unpack a new waste toner box.
2 Insert the waste toner box.

Maintaining Your Printer

341

Make sure that the two indented parts on the bottom go into the brackets on the
printer.

3 Push on the handle of the waste toner box until it clicks.

4 Close the right side cover.

Cleaning Inside the Printer
Cleaning the Color Toner Density (CTD) Sensor
NOTE:
• Clean the CTD sensor only when an alert for the CTD sensor is shown on the Status Monitor or
touch panel.

1 Make sure that the printer is turned off.

342

Maintaining Your Printer

2 Pull up the handle lever of the rear cover, and open the rear cover.

3 Clean the CTD sensor with a clean and dry cotton swab.

4 Close the rear cover.

Cleaning the LED Print Head
To prevent deterioration of printing quality due to stains on the LED print head, clean the
LED print head regularly by using the cleaning rod or whenever you replace the drum
cartridges.

Maintaining Your Printer

343

1 Open the right side cover.

2 Push down the latch to release the waste toner box from the printer.

3 Gently pull the waste toner box upwards.

CAUTION:
• Take care not to drop the waste toner box while you are removing it.
• After removing the waste toner box, do not touch the parts shown in the illustration. Toner
can dirty or stain your hands.

4 Place the waste toner box on a level surface.
344

Maintaining Your Printer

Always keep the side that was attached to the printer facing up.

WARNING:
• Never let the side that was attached to the printer face down. This may cause the toner to
spill out.

5 Pull out the cleaning rod from inside the printer.

6 Insert the cleaning rod into one of the four holes of the tabs on the drum cartridges
until it stops, and then pull it out.
NOTE:
• Insert the cleaning rod with the pad side up.
• It is not necessary to move the cleaning rod back and forth repeatedly.

Maintaining Your Printer

345

7 Repeat step 6 for the other three holes.
8 Return the cleaning rod to its original location.

9 Insert the waste toner box.
Make sure that the two indented parts on the bottom go into the brackets on the
printer.

10 Push on the handle of the waste toner box until it clicks.

346

Maintaining Your Printer

11 Close the right side cover.

Cleaning the Scanner
Keeping the scanner clean helps ensure the best possible copies. It is recommended to
clean the scanner at the start of each day and during the day, as needed.
1 Slightly dampen a soft lint-free cloth or paper towel with water.
2 Open the document cover.

Maintaining Your Printer

347

3 Wipe the surface of the document glass, DADF glass, white strip, and white
document cover until it is clean, and then wipe with a dry cloth or paper towel until
it is completely dry.
NOTE:
• Handle the white strip with care.

4
3

1
2

1 White Strip
2 White Document Cover
3 Document Glass
4 DADF Glass

4 Pull the tab to open the DADF chute cover and hold it open.

5 Wipe the surface of the duplex sensor glass and white strip until it is clean, and then
wipe with a dry cloth or paper towel until it is completely dry.

1
2

348

Maintaining Your Printer

1 Duplex Sensor Glass
2 White Strip

6 Gently close the DADF chute cover.
7 Close the document cover.

Cleaning the DADF Feed Rollers
Keeping the DADF feed rollers clean helps ensure the best possible copies. It is
recommended to clean the DADF feed rollers at regular intervals.
1 Open the DADF cover.

2 Wipe the DADF feed rollers with a dry soft lint-free cloth or paper towel until they are
clean.
If the DADF feed rollers get stained with ink, documents that go through the DADF
can also become stained. In this case, slightly dampen a soft lint-free cloth or paper
towel with a neutral detergent or water, and then remove the ink stains from the
DADF feed rollers until they are clean and dry.

Moving the Printer
This section describes how to move the printer.
WARNING:
• Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow the safety instructions in
the Important Information.
• If the optional 550-sheet feeder (Tray2) has been installed, uninstall the optional 550-sheet
feeder before moving the printer. If the optional 550-sheet feeder is not fixed securely to the
printer, it may fall to the ground and cause injuries. See "Removing the Optional 550-Sheet
Feeder."

1 Turn off the printer, and then disconnect the power cord, interface cable, and any
other cables.
Maintaining Your Printer

349

2 Remove any paper from the DADF, and then retract the document stopper.

3 Remove any paper in the output tray, and then return the output tray extension.

4 Lift the printer and move it gently.

350

Maintaining Your Printer

WARNING:
• Two people are required to lift the printer.

NOTE:
• If you move the printer over a long distance, remove the toner cartridges from the printer to
prevent toner from spilling, and then pack the printer into a box. See "Replacing the Toner
Cartridges."

Removing Options
If the printer location needs to change or the printer and the optional 550-sheet feeder
need to be shipped to a new location, the optional 550-sheet feeder must be removed
from the printer. For shipping, pack the printer and the optional 550-sheet feeder
securely to avoid damage.

Removing the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder
WARNING:
• Before removing the optional 550 sheet feeder (Tray2), make sure to turn off the printer, unplug
the power cord, and disconnect all cables from the rear of the printer.

1 Make sure that the printer is turned off, and then disconnect all cables from the rear
of the printer.

Maintaining Your Printer

351

2 Slide the lock switch of the optional 550-sheet feeder to the unlock position.

3 Gently lift the printer off the optional 550-sheet feeder, and then place it on a level
surface.
WARNING:
• Two people are required to lift the printer.

4 Connect all the cables into the rear of the printer, and then turn on the printer.

352

Maintaining Your Printer

7
Troubleshooting

353

Troubleshooting
Clearing Jams
NOTE:
• Careful selection of appropriate print media and proper loading allow you to avoid paper jams. See
"Print Media Guidelines."

Identifying the Location of Paper Jams
CAUTION:
• Do not attempt to clear any jams using tools or instruments. This may permanently damage the
printer.

The following illustration shows where paper jams may occur along the print media
path.
1

Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (DADF)

Fusing Unit

Tray1

Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)

Optional 550-Sheet Feeder

354

Troubleshooting

Clearing Paper Jams From the DADF
When a document gets jammed inside the DADF, remove the jammed documents with
the following procedures.
NOTE:
• To prevent document jams, use the document glass for thick, thin, or mixed documents.
• To resolve the error displayed on the touch panel, you must clear all print media from the print
media path.

Clearing Documents From the Document Feed Area and Document Exit
Area
1 Remove the remaining documents from the DADF.
2 Open the DADF cover.

3 Remove any jammed documents from inside the DADF cover by gently pulling the
document straight up.

4 Lift the document feeder tray.

Troubleshooting

355

5 Remove any jammed documents from the document output tray.

6 Close the DADF cover, and then load the documents back into the DADF.

7 Tap Start.

Clearing Documents From Inside the DADF Chute Cover
If you cannot remove the jammed document from the document output tray or cannot
find any jammed documents, open the DADF chute cover and remove the jammed
documents from there.
1 Open the document cover.

356

Troubleshooting

2 Pull the tab to open the DADF chute cover and hold it open.

3 Remove the document from inside the DADF chute cover by carefully pulling it to
the left.

4 Gently close the DADF chute cover.
5 Close the document cover, and then load the documents back into the DADF.

6 Tap Start.

Clearing Paper Jams From the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) and
Tray1
NOTE:
• To resolve the error displayed on the touch panel, you must clear all print media from the print
media path.

Troubleshooting

357

1 Gently pull and open the MPF. If the MPF is already open and is being used, remove
the remaining paper loaded on the MPF.

2 Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull it out of the printer.

3 Pull tray1 out of the printer.

358

Troubleshooting

4 Remove the jammed paper.

5 Insert tray1 into the printer, and then push until it stops.

6 Insert the MPF into the printer, and then load the paper back on the MPF.

7 Tap Start.

Clearing Paper Jams From Inside the Rear Cover
NOTE:
• To resolve the error displayed on the touch panel, you must clear all print media from the print
media path.

Troubleshooting

359

Clearing Paper Jams From the Fusing Unit
1 Pull up the handle lever of the rear cover, and then open the rear cover.

2 Remove the jammed paper from below the fusing unit.

3 Pull the tab that is located above the fusing unit and hold the part open.

4 Remove the jammed paper.

360

Troubleshooting

5 Gently release the tab and close the part.

6 Close the rear cover.

Clearing Paper Jams From Between the Rollers
1 Pull up the handle lever of the rear cover and open the rear cover.

2 Remove the jammed paper.

Troubleshooting

361

3 Close the rear cover.

Clearing Paper Jams From the Duplex Unit
1 Pull up the handle lever of the rear cover and open the rear cover.

2 Remove the jammed paper.

362

Troubleshooting

3 Close the rear cover.

Clearing Paper Jams From the Rear Chute
When a status code for a paper jam inside the rear cover appear but you cannot find the
jammed paper, check inside the rear chute.
1 Pull up the handle lever of the rear cover, and then open the rear cover.

2 Pull the tab to open the rear chute.

Troubleshooting

363

3 Remove the jammed paper.

4 Close the rear cover.

Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder
NOTE:
• To resolve the error displayed on the touch panel, you must clear all print media from the print
media path.

1 Pull the tray of the optional 550-sheet feeder halfway out of the printer.

364

Troubleshooting

2 Hold the tray with both hands, slightly tip the front of the tray upwards, and then pull
it out completely.

3 Remove the jammed paper.

4 Insert the optional 550-sheet feeder into the printer, and then push until it stops.

Troubleshooting

365

Basic Printer Problems
Some printer problems can be easily resolved. If a problem occurs with the printer,
check each of the following:
• The power cord is plugged into the printer and a properly grounded electrical outlet.
• The printer is turned on.
• The electrical outlet is not turned off at any switch or breaker.
• Other electrical equipment plugged into the outlet is working.
• All options are properly installed.
If you have checked all of the above and still have a problem, turn off the printer, wait for
10 seconds, and then turn on the printer. This often fixes the problem.
NOTE:
• If error messages are displayed on the touch panel or on your computer screen, follow the
on-screen instructions to resolve the printer problems. See "Understanding Printer Messages."

Display Problems
Problem

Action

Menu settings changed from the
operator panel have no effect.

Settings in the software program, the print driver, or the printer
utilities have precedence over the settings made on the operator
panel.

Printing Problems
NOTE:
• If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, you need to enter the four-digit password to enter the
Admin Settings menu.
Problem

Action

Job did not print or incorrect
characters printed.

Make sure that the top menu appears on the touch panel before
you send a job to print. Press the
(Home) button to return to
the top menu.
Make sure that the print media is loaded in the printer. Press the
(Home) button to return to the top menu.
Verify that the printer is using the correct Page Description
Language (PDL).
Verify that you are using the correct print driver.
Make sure that the correct USB or Ethernet cable is securely
connected to the printer.
Verify that the correct print media size is selected.
If you are using a print spooler, verify that the spooler has not
stalled.
Check the printer's interface from the Admin Settings.
Determine the host interface you are using. Print a Panel Settings
page to verify that the current interface settings are correct.

366

Troubleshooting

Problem

Action

Print media misfeeds or multiple
feeds occur.

Make sure that the print media you are using meets the
specifications for the printer. See "Supported Print Media."
Fan the print media before loading it.
Make sure that the print media is loaded correctly.
Make sure that the width and length guides of the print media
sources are adjusted correctly.
Make sure that tray1, the optional 550-sheet feeder (tray2), or the
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) unit is securely inserted.
Do not overload tray1, the optional 550-sheet feeder, or the MPF.
Do not force print media into the MPF when you load it; otherwise,
it may skew or buckle.
Make sure that the print media is not curled.
Make sure that the recommended print side is facing up. See
"Loading Print Media in Tray1 and the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder."
Turn the print media over or around and print again to see if feeding
improves.
Do not mix print media types.
Do not mix reams of print media.
Remove the top and bottom curled sheets of a ream before loading
the print media.
Load print media only when tray1, the optional 550-sheet feeder, or
the MPF is empty.
Wipe the retard rollers in tray1, the optional 550-sheet feeder, or the
MPF with a cloth moistened with water.

The envelope is creased after
printed.

Make sure that the envelope is loaded in the MPF as instructed in
"Loading Envelopes in the MPF."

Page breaks in unexpected places.

Increase the value for Time-Out using the operator panel, Tool Box,
or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.

Print media does not stack neatly in Turn the print media stack over in tray1 or the MPF.
the output tray.
Printing takes time when printing
from Dell Document Hub.*

Set Print Mode to >High Speed in the printer menu. See "Print
Mode."

Cannot print from tray1 or the
Load the print media into the MPF.
optional 550-sheet feeder because
the print media in tray1 or the
optional 550-sheet feeder is curled.
*

Dell Document Hub is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.

Print Quality Problems
NOTE:
• Some of the following procedures that use the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub and Dell Printer
Management Tool can be performed using the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool. See "Tool Box," "Understanding the System Menus," and "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web
Tool."

Troubleshooting

367

Light Printout

Problem

Action

The printed result is too light. 1

The toner cartridges may be low or need to be replaced. Check the
amount of toner left in each toner cartridge.
a Press the
(Information) button, and then tap the Supplies
tab, or start Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. See "Dell™
Printer Configuration Web Tool."
You can also check the toner level in the following ways.
For Windows®:
Start Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management Tool, and then
click the Overview tab.
For OS X and Linux:
Start the Status Monitor, and then view the Printer Status window.
b Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 2.

If you are using non-Dell brand toner cartridges, enable the Non-Dell
Toner option.
a Start the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management
Tool, and then click Service Tools on the Printer Maintenance
tab.
NOTE:
• For details about how to start the Tool Box, see "Tool
Box."
b Make sure that the On check box under Non-Dell Toner is
selected.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3.

Disable the Toner Saver in the print driver.
a On the Others tab, make sure that Off is selected in the Toner
Saver drop-down menu.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 4.

The print media surface may be uneven. Try changing the Paper Type
setting in the print driver. For example, change the plain paper to
thick.
a On the General tab, change the Paper Type setting.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 5.

Make sure that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported
Print Media." If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 6.

Make sure that the transfer unit is correctly installed.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 7.

368

Troubleshooting

Problem

Action
7

Stir the developer in the drum cartridge.
a Press the
(Information) button, and then tap the Tools tab
Admin Settings
Maintenance
Clean Developer
and Transfer Unit
Start.
b Print a Color Test Page from Report / List.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 8.

Clean the toner in the drum cartridge.
a Press the
(Information) button, and then tap the Tools tab
Admin Settings
Maintenance
Toner Refresh.
b Select the desired color, and then tap Start.
NOTE:
• The Toner Refresh feature uses the toner, and shorten
the life of the toner cartridge and the drum cartridge.
c Print a Color Test Page from Report / List.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 9.

Replace the drum cartridges. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."
a Start the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management
Tool, and then click Reports on the Printer Setting Reports tab.
b Click Color Test Page for verification.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Smearing Toner/Loose Toner

Problem

Action

Toner smears or toner comes 1
off.

Verify that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported Print
Media." If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3.

Replace the drum cartridges. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."
a Print a test page for verification.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 4.

Troubleshooting

369

Random Spots/Blurred Images

Problem

Action

The printout has random
spots or is blurred.

Make sure that the toner cartridges are installed correctly. See
"Installing a Toner Cartridge."
If the problem persists, proceed to step 2.

Make sure that the drum cartridges are installed correctly. See
"Replacing the Drum Cartridges" and "Installing a Drum Cartridge."
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3.

Replace the drum cartridges. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."
a Start the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management
Tool.
NOTE:
• For details about how to start the Tool Box, see "Tool
Box."
b Click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click Pitch Configuration Chart for verification.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Blank Printout

370

Troubleshooting

Problem

Action

The printout is entirely blank. 1

Disable the Toner Saver in the print driver.
a On the Others tab, check that Off is selected in the Toner Saver
drop-down menu.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 4.

Verify that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported Print
Media." If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 6.

Troubleshooting

371

Streaks

Problem

Action

Streaks appear on the
printout.

Black Printout (Partial or Entire Page)

372

Troubleshooting

Problem

Action

Part or the entire printout is
black.

Make sure that the drum cartridges are installed correctly. See
"Installing a Drum Cartridge."
If the problem persists, proceed to step 2.

Check that Output Color is set to Color in the print driver.
a On the Graphics tab, Make sure that Output Color is set to Color.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3.

Replace the drum cartridges. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."
a Start the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management
Tool.
NOTE:
• For details about how to start the Tool Box, see "Tool
Box."
b Click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click 4 Colors Configuration Chart for verification.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Equally Spaced Colored Dots

Problem

Action

The printout has equally
spaced colored dots

Locate the cause of the problem using the Pitch Configuration Chart.
a Start the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management
Tool, and then click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.
NOTE:
• For details about how to start the Tool Box, see "Tool
Box."
b Click Pitch Configuration Chart for verification.
c Compare the space between the color spots on your output with
that on the Pitch Configuration Chart, and then locate the cause
of the problem.
If the location of the problem is drum cartridge, proceed to step 2.
If the cause of the problem is not located, contact Dell.

Replace the drum cartridges. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."
a Start the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management
Tool.
b Click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click Pitch Configuration Chart for verification.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Troubleshooting

373

Vertical Blanks

Problem

Action

The printout has vertical
blanks.

Clean inside the printer by using the cleaning rod. See "Cleaning the
LED Print Head."
a After the cleaning is completed, press the
(Information)
button.
b Tap the Information tab
Report / List
Color Test
Page for verification.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 2.

Check if the light path is not covered.
a Remove the drum cartridges, and then keep them in the dark
place. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."
b Check the light path, and then remove the shielding.
c Re-install the drum cartridges. See "Installing a Drum Cartridge."
d Start the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management
Tool, and then click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.
NOTE:
• For details about how to start the Tool Box, see "Tool
Box."
e Click Pitch Configuration Chart for verification.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3.

Mottle

ABC
A
BC
DEF
DE
EF
F
Problem

Action

The printout is mottled.

Verity that the correct print media is being used. See “Supported Print
Media.” If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 2.

374

Troubleshooting

Problem

Action
2

Raise the transfer unit voltage.
a Press the
(Information) button, and then tap the Tools tab
Admin Settings
Maintenance
Adjust 2nd BTR.
b Increase the voltage. See “Adjust 2nd BTR.”

Replace the drum cartridges. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."
a Start the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management
Tool, and then click Reports on the Printer Setting Reports tab.
NOTE:
• For details about how to start the Tool Box, see "Tool
Box."
b Click Color Test Page for verification.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Ghosting

Problem

Action

The printout has ghosting.

Identify the type of ghosting.
Positive ghost

Negative ghost

ABC
ABC
If the type of ghosting is positive ghost, proceed to step 2a.
If the type of ghosting is negative ghost, proceed to step 2b.
If the type of ghosting is not identified, contact Dell.
2a Adjust the transfer bias.
a Press the
(Information) button and tap the Tools tab
Admin Settings
Maintenance
Adjust Transfer
Belt Unit.
b Tap K Offset or YMC Offset, and then decrease the value.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3.

Troubleshooting

375

Problem

Action
2b Adjust the transfer bias.
a Press the
(Information) button and tap the Tools tab
Admin Settings
Maintenance
Adjust Transfer
Belt Unit.
b Tap K Offset or YMC Offset, and then increase the value.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3.
3

Make sure that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported
Print Media." If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 4.

Replace the drum cartridges. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."
a Start the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management
Tool.
NOTE:
• For details about how to start the Tool Box, see "Tool
Box."
b Click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click Ghost Configuration Chart for verification.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Light-Induced Fatigue

Problem

Action

The printout has
1
light-induced fatigue pattern.

Check the light fatigue pattern using the Pitch Configuration Chart.
a Start the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management
Tool, and then click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.
NOTE:
• For details about how to start the Tool Box, see "Tool
Box."
b Click Pitch Configuration Chart for verification.
If the pattern on the output match with that on the Pitch
Configuration Chart, proceed to step 2.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Replace the drum cartridges. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

376

Troubleshooting

Fog

Problem

Action

The printed result is foggy.

If the whole page of the printout is light, contact Dell. If not, proceed
to step 2.

Clean the toner in the drum cartridge.
a Press the
(Information) button, and then tap the Tools tab
Admin Settings
Maintenance
Toner Refresh.
b Select the color that is the same as the fog, and then tap Start.
NOTE:
• The Toner Refresh feature uses the toner, and shorten
the life of the toner cartridge and the drum cartridge.
c Print a Color Test Page from Report / List.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 4.

Clean the toner in the drum cartridge again.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 5a or 5b.

5a If you use a non-Dell brand toner cartridge, enable the Non-Dell
Toner option.
a Start the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management
Tool, and then click the Service Tools on the Printer Maintenance
tab.
NOTE:
• For details about how to start the Tool Box, see "Tool
Box."
b Make sure that the On check box under Non-Dell Toner is
selected.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 6.
5b If you use a Dell toner, replace the drum cartridges. See "Replacing
the Drum Cartridges."
a Start the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management
Tool, and then click Reports on the Printer Setting Reports tab.
b Click Color Test Page.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Troubleshooting

377

Problem

Action
6

Replace the drum cartridge and the toner cartridge with a Dell toner.
See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges" and "Replacing the Toner
Cartridges."
a Start the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management
Tool, and then click Reports on the Printer Setting Reports tab.
b Click Color Test Page.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)

Problem

Action

Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)
occurs.

If the printer is installed in a high altitude location, set the altitude of
the location.
a Start the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management
Tool, and then click Service Tools on the Printer Maintenance
tab.
NOTE:
• For details about how to start the Tool Box, see "Tool
Box."
b Under Adjust Altitude, select the value close to the altitude of the
location where the printer is installed.
c Click Reports on the Printer Setting Reports tab.
d Click Color Test Page for verification.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 2.

Replace the drum cartridges. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."
a Start the Tool Box, and then click Reports on the Printer Setting
Reports tab.
b Click Color Test Page for verification.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Jagged Characters

378

Troubleshooting

Problem

Action

The printout has jagged
characters.

Set Screen to Fineness in the print driver.
a On the Others tab, set Screen under Image Options to Fineness.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 2.

Set Print Mode to High Quality in the print driver.
a On the Graphics tab, make sure that Output Color is set to Color.
b Select High Quality from Print Mode.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3.

Enable Print Page Mode in the print driver.
a On the Others tab, set Print Page Mode under Image Options to
On.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 4.

If using a downloaded font, make sure that the font is compatible for
the printer, operating system, and the program being used.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Horizontal Bands

Problem

Action

The printout has horizontal
bands.

Locate the cause of the problem using the Pitch Configuration Chart.
a Start the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management
Tool, and then click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.
NOTE:
• For details about how to start the Tool Box, see "Tool
Box."
b Click Pitch Configuration Chart for verification.
If the location of the problem is drum cartridge, proceed to step 2.
If the cause of the problem is not located, contact Dell.

Troubleshooting

379

Diagonal Lines

Problem

Action

The printout has diagonal
lines.

Locate the cause of the problem using the Pitch Configuration Chart.
a Start the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub or Dell Printer Management
Tool, and then click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.
NOTE:
• For details about how to start the Tool Box, see "Tool
Box."
b Click Pitch Configuration Chart for verification.
If the output matches with the pattern for diagonal lines, proceed to
step 2.
If the output does not match with the pattern for diagonal lines,
contact Dell.

Replace the drum cartridges. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Wrinkled/Stained Printout

380

Troubleshooting

Problem

Action

The printout is wrinkled.

The printout is stained.

Verify that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported Print
Media." If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
If the problem persists on envelopes, proceed to step 2.
If the problem persists on print media other than envelopes, proceed
to step 4.

Make sure that the wrinkle of the four edges of the envelope is within
30 mm.
If the problem persists on envelopes, proceed to step 3.

Load the envelopes in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) properly. See
"Loading Envelopes in the MPF" and "Loading Envelopes in the Tray1."
If the problem persists on envelopes, proceed to step 4.

Adjust the paper guides properly.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 5.

Replace the print media with the freshly unpackaged, undamaged
one.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Damage on the Leading Edge of Printout

Problem

Action

The printout is damaged on its 1

Adjust the paper guides properly.

leading edge.

If the problem persists, proceed to step 2.
2

When using the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF), reverse the paper and
then try again.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3a.
When using any of the trays, change the paper and then try again.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

3a Change the paper with another one and then try again.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3b.
3b Use any of the trays in place of the MPF.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Jam/Alignment Problems
NOTE:
• Some of the following procedures that use the Tool Box on Dell Printer Hub and Dell Printer
Management Tool can be performed using the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool. See "Tool Box," "Understanding the System Menus," and "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web
Tool."

Troubleshooting

381

Incorrect Margins on the Top and Side

Problem

Action

The top and side margins are 1
incorrect.
2

Adjust the paper guides properly.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 2.
Use any of the trays in place of the MPF.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3.

Make sure that the margins are set correctly on the program being
used.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Disorganized Color Registration

Problem

Action

Color registration is out of
alignment.

Adjust the settings of the paper type on the print driver to those of the
tray or feeder.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 2.

Execute auto color registration adjustment.
a Press the
(Information) button and tap the Tools tab
Admin Settings Maintenance Color Reg Adjust
Auto Correct Start.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Skewed Images

382

Troubleshooting

Problem

Action

The printout is skewed.

Adjust the paper guides properly.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 2.

Use any of the trays in place of the MPF.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3.

Replace the print media with the freshly unpackaged, undamaged
one.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Tray1/Optional 550-Sheet Feeder Misfeed Jam
Problem

Action

Print media misfeeds occur in 1
tray1 or the optional
550-sheet feeder.

Make sure that tray1 or the optional 550-sheet feeder is properly
inserted.
If the type of the print media being used is thick, proceed to 2a.
If the type of the print media being used is thin, proceed to 2b.
If the type of the print media being used is coated, proceed to 2c.
If using paper other than the above, proceed to steps 2d and 2e.

2a Use thick paper that is 216 g/m2 or less.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3a.
2b Use thin paper that is 60 g/m2 or more.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3a.
2c Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3b.
2d Make sure that the print media is not curled.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3b.
2e Make sure that the print media is not damp.
If the print media is not damp, proceed to step 3a.
If the print media is damp, proceed to step 3c.
3a Fan the print media.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3b.
3b Wipe the retard roller in tray1 or the optional 550-sheet feeder with a
cloth moistened with water.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 4b.
3c Turn over the print media.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 4a.
4a Use print media that is not damp.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3a.
4b Replace the drum cartridges.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Troubleshooting

383

Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) Misfeed Jam
Problem

Action

Print media misfeeds occur in 1
the MPF.

Make sure that the MPF is properly inserted.
If the type of the print media being used is thick, proceed to 2a.
If the type of the print media being used is thin, proceed to 2b.
If the type of the print media being used is coated, proceed to 2c.
If the type of the print media being used is envelope, proceed to 2d.
If using paper other than the above, proceed to step 2e.

2a Use thick paper that is 216 g/m2 or less.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3a.
2b Use thin paper that is 60 g/m2 or more.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3a.
2c Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3b.
2d Make sure that the envelope is properly loaded in the MPF as
instructed in "Loading Envelopes in the MPF."
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3c.
2e Make sure that the print media is not damp.
If the print media is not damp, proceed to step 3a.
If the print media is damp, proceed to step 3c.
3a Fan the print media.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3b.
3b Wipe the retard roller in the MPF with a cloth moistened with water.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 4a.
3c If the envelope is deformed, correct it or use another envelope.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3a.
3d Turn over the print media.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 4a.
4a Use print media that is not damp.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 4b.
4b Replace the drum cartridges.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM)
Problem

Action

Regi jam (Exit Sensor On JAM) 1
occurs.
2

Make sure that the drum cartridges are installed correctly.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 2.
Replace the drum cartridges. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

384

Troubleshooting

Tray1/Optional 550-Sheet Feeder Multi-feed Jam
Problem

Action

Print media multiple-feeds
occur in tray1 or optional
550-sheet feeder.

Make sure that tray1 or the optional 550-sheet feeder is properly
inserted.
If using coated paper, proceed to step 2a.
If using other type of print media, proceed to step 2b.

2a Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3.
2b Use print media that is not damp.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3.
3

Fan the print media.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 4.

Wipe the retard roller in tray1 or the optional 550-sheet feeder where
the multi-feed occurred with a cloth moistened with water.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) Multi-feed Jam
Problem

Action

Print media multiple feeds
occur in the MPF.

Check the media type you are using.
If using coated paper, proceed to step 2a.
If using other type of print media, proceed to step 2b.

2a Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3.
2b Use print media that is not damp.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3.
3

Fan the print media.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 4.

Wipe the retard roller in the MPF where the multi-feed occurred with
a cloth moistened with water.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 5.

Decrease the number of print media to be loaded to the MPF.
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Noise
Problem

Action

The printout has noise.

To specify the cause of the noise, perform the Auto Registration
Adjustment.
If the problem persists, proceed to step 2.

Replace the waste toner box. See "Replacing the Waste Toner Box."
If the problem persists, proceed to step 3.

Replace the drum cartridges. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridges."
If the problem persists, proceed to step 4.

Replace the toner cartridge (K). See "Replacing the Toner Cartridges."
If the problem persists, proceed to step 5.

Troubleshooting

385

Problem

Action
5

Replace the toner cartridge (Y). See "Replacing the Toner Cartridges."
If the problem persists, proceed to step 6.

Replace the toner cartridge (M). See "Replacing the Toner Cartridges."
If the problem persists, proceed to step 7.

Replace the toner cartridge (C). See "Replacing the Toner Cartridges."
If the problem persists, contact Dell.

Copy Problems
Problem

Action

A document loaded in the DADF
cannot be copied.

Make sure that the DADF cover is firmly closed.
Make sure that the release lever is properly positioned.

Vertical blanks or streaks appear on Clean the DADF glass. See "Cleaning the Scanner."
the output when scanned using the Clean inside the printer by using the cleaning rod. See "Cleaning the
DADF.
LED Print Head."
The copy is misaligned or skewed.

Before loading the document(s) on the DADF, straighten the edges
of the stack of the document(s).
Load the document correctly, and align the document guides to the
document. See "Loading a Document in the Duplex Automatic
Document Feeder (DADF)."

Fax Problems
NOTE:
• If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, you need to enter the four-digit password to enter the
Admin Settings menu.
Problem

Action

The printer is not working, there is
no display and the buttons are not
working.

Unplug the power cord and plug it in again.

No dial tone sounds.

Make sure that the phone line is connected properly. See
"Connecting Your Printer to a Telephone Line."

Make sure that there is power to the electrical receptacle.

Make sure that the phone socket in the wall is working by plugging
in another phone.
Diagnose the fax connection. See "Fax Line Test."
The numbers stored in the memory Make sure that the numbers are stored in the memory correctly.
do not dial correctly.
Print a phone book list.
The document does not feed into
the printer.

Make sure that the document is not wrinkled and you are putting it
in correctly. Check that the document is of the right size, not too
thick or thin.
Make sure that the DADF cover is firmly closed.

386

Troubleshooting

Problem

Action

Faxes are not received
automatically.

The Fax mode should be selected.
Make sure that there is paper in the paper tray.
Check if MFP Memory Full is displayed on the touch panel.
If the time interval specified for the following features is too long,
change the time interval shorter such as 30 seconds.
• Auto Rec Fax
• Auto Rec TEL/FAX
• Auto Rec Ans/FAX
Diagnose the fax connection. See "Fax Line Test."

The printer does not send faxes.

Sending Fax should show up on the touch panel.
Check the other fax machine you are sending to, to see if it can
receive your fax.
Check the dialing type for Tone, Pulse(10PPS) or
Pulse(20PPS).
Make sure that the document is loaded in the DADF or on the
document glass.
Diagnose the fax connection. See "Fax Line Test."

The incoming fax has blank spaces
or is received in poor quality.

Check the printer by making a copy.
The toner cartridge may be empty. Replace the toner cartridge. See
"Replacing the Toner Cartridges."
A noisy phone line can cause line errors. Set the fax modem speed
to a slower speed.
The remote machine may be faulty.

Some of the words on an incoming The remote machine had a temporary document jam.
fax are stretched.
There are lines on the documents
you send.

Check the surface of the document glass and DADF glass for marks
and clean it. See "Cleaning the Scanner."

The printer dials a number, but the
connection with the remote
machine fails.

The remote machine may be turned off, out of paper, or cannot
answer incoming calls. Speak with the remote machine operator
and ask her/him to sort out the problem.

Documents are not stored in the
memory.

There may not be enough memory to store the document. If MFP
Memory Full is displayed on the touch panel, delete any
documents you no longer need from the memory. And then,
restore the document, or wait for the job in progress such as fax
transmission or reception to complete.

Blank areas appear at the bottom of You may have chosen the wrong paper settings in the user option
each page or on other pages, with a setting. See "Print Media Guidelines."
small strip of text at the top.
The printer does not send or receive Make sure that the country code is set correctly.
faxes.
Press the
(Information) button and tap the Tools tab
Admin Settings
Fax Settings
Fax Line Settings
Country.
Check the dialing type for Tone or Pulse.
Make sure that the cables are connected properly.
If the telephone cable is connected to the printer via any device
such as an answering machine and a computer, remove the device
and directly connect the telephone cable to the printer.
Make sure that Junk Fax Setup is set to Off.

Troubleshooting

387

Problem

Action

An error often occurs during a fax
transmission or reception.

Reduce the modem speed.
Press the
(Information) button and tap the Tools tab
Admin Settings
Fax Settings
Transmission
Defaults
Modem Speed.

The printer receive faxes, but it does Check the toner level.
not print.
Make sure that there is paper in the paper tray.
Make sure that Received Fax Forward is set to Off.
Make sure that the printer is in the secure receiving mode. If this
mode is turned on, enter the correct password or turn off this mode
to print faxes in memory.

Scanning Problems
Problem

Action

The scanner does not work.

Make sure that you place the document to be scanned facing down
on the document glass, or facing up in the DADF.
There may not be enough available memory to hold the document
you want to scan. Lower the scan resolution rate and then try
scanning again.
Make sure that the USB or Ethernet cable is connected properly.
Make sure that the USB or Ethernet cable is not defective. Switch
the cable with a known good cable. If necessary, replace the cable.
If using the network TWAIN or Windows® Image Acquisition (WIA)
driver, check that the Ethernet cable is connected properly and the
IP address of the printer is set correctly. See "Verifying the IP
Settings."
Make sure that the scanner is configured correctly. Check the
program you want to use to make certain that the scanner job is
being sent to the correct port.
Make sure that the scanner sharing feature of a Macintosh is
disabled before you scan documents via an ICA compatible
program such as Image Capture. The printer does not support the
scanner sharing feature of Mac OS X. Select a printer which is
directly connected to the computer via USB or wired/wireless LAN
and scan documents.

The printer scans very slowly.

Graphics are scanned more slowly than text when using the Scan to
Email or Scan to Network Folder feature.
Communication speed becomes slow in scan mode because of the
large amount of memory required to analyze and reproduce the
scanned data.
Scanning images at a high resolution takes more time than scanning
at a low resolution.

388

Troubleshooting

Problem

Action

Document misfeeds or multiple
feeds occur in the DADF.

Make sure that the DADF roller assembly is installed properly.
Make sure that the document’s paper type meets the specifications
for the printer. See "Supported Print Media."
Make sure that the document is properly loaded in the DADF.
Make sure that the document guides are adjusted properly.
Make sure that the number of document sheets does not exceed
the maximum capacity of the DADF.
Make sure that the document is not curled.
Fan the document well before loading it in the DADF.

Vertical blanks or streaks appear on Clean the DADF glass. See "Cleaning the Scanner."
the output when scanned using the
DADF.
A smear appears at the same
Clean the document glass. See "Cleaning the Scanner."
location on the output when
scanned using the document glass.
Images are skewed.

Make sure that the document is loaded straight in the DADF or on
the document glass.
Before loading the document(s) on the DADF, straighten the edges
of the stack of the document(s).

Diagonal lines appear jagged when
scanned using the DADF.

For documents of thick paper, use the document glass.

Message appears on your computer
screen:
• "Device can’t be set to the H/W
mode you want."
• "Port is being used by another
program."
• "Port is Disabled."
• "Scanner is busy receiving or
printing data. When the current
job is completed, try again."
• "Invalid handle."
• "Scanning has failed."

There may be a copy or print job in progress. When the current job
is complete, try the job again.
The selected port is currently being used. Restart your computer
and try again.
The cable may be improperly connected or the printer may be
turned off.
The scanner driver is not installed or an operating environment is
not set up properly.
Make sure that the port is properly connected and the printer is
turned on. Then restart your computer.
Make sure that the USB or Ethernet cable is connected properly.

The printer does not properly
Make sure that the following settings have been set correctly on
transfer scan data to a specified
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
destination via the Scan to Email or Scan to Network Folder:
Scan to Network Folder feature.
Check the following settings under Address Book
Server
Address.
• Server Address
• Share Name
• Server Path
• Login Name
• Login Password
Scan to Email:
Check the following setting under Address Book
• Address

E-Mail Address.

Troubleshooting

389

Problem

Action

Scanning using TWAIN or Windows
Image Acquisition (WIA) cannot be
performed on a Windows Server®
2008 or Windows Server® 2008 R2
computer.

Scanning using TWAIN or Windows®
Image Acquisition (WIA) cannot be
performed on a Windows Server®
2012 or Windows Server® 2012 R2
computer.

Install Desktop Experience on the computer.
To install Desktop Experience:
1 Click Start, point to Administrative Tools, and then click Server
Manager.
2 Under Features Summary, click Add Features.
3 Select the Desktop Experience check box, click Next, and then
click Install.
4 Restart the computer.
Install Desktop Experience on the computer.
To install Desktop Experience:
1 Click Server Manager from the Start screen.
2 Under Manage, click Add Roles and Features.
3 Click Next to skip the Before you begin page.
4 Make sure that Role-based or feature-based installation is
selected, and then click Next.
5 Make sure that Select a server from the server pool is selected,
select the server under Server Pool, and then click Next.
6 Click Next to skip the Select server roles page.
7 Select the Desktop Experience check box under User Interfaces
and Infrastructure, and then click Next.
8 Click Confirmation from the list on the left.
9 Select the Restart the destination server automatically if
required check box, and then click Install.
10Restart the computer.

Digital Certificate Problems
Problem

Action

The certificate import button is
disabled.

SSL/TLS communication may be disabled. Create a self-signed
certificate and enable SSL/TLS.

The certificate details button is
disabled.
The certificate cannot be imported. The time setting may be incorrect. Check validity period of the
certificate as well as the time setting of the device.
The certificate file may be incorrect. Make sure that the password is
correct.
Make sure that the file type is PKCS#7/#12 or x509CACert.
Make sure that the attribute information such as key Usage or
Extended key usage of the certificate to be imported is set correctly.
The browser may be incorrect. Use Internet Explorer.
016-404 is displayed when trying to The certificate data stored in internal memory may be either
use security settings that require
deleted, corrupt, or may not be readable. Import the certificate and
certificates.
enable the security settings again.
A certificate cannot be set with
"Certificate Details."

The validity period of the certificate may be expired. Make sure that
the time setting of the printer is correct, and whether the validity
period of the certificate has expired.
The certificate path is invalid. The certificate chain (path validation)
of the imported certificate may not be correctly validated. Make
sure that all of the high-level certificates (Trusted/Intermediate)
have been imported and are not deleted, and whether the validity
period has expired.

390

Troubleshooting

Problem

Action

Although a certificate was imported, The type of the certificate is incorrect. To import a certificate for use
it is not displayed when selecting
with the device (own device), import the secret key and a certificate
with "Local Device."
of the PKCS#12 (p12/pfx) format as a pair.
Server validation is not operating
correctly.

Although importing a root certificate (Trusted) to use for server
authentication, an Intermediate certificate may be required when
validating the path.
When executing a certificate file with the certification authority,
create the certificate with a format including all paths and then
import that certificate.

Digital Signature cannot be selected Either the certificate has not been imported or the certificate has
with the IPsec setting.
not been associated for use with Digital Signature of IPsec. Refer to
"Setting the Certificate in the IPsec Digital Signature Mode" to set a
certificate of IPsec.

Wireless Problems
NOTE:
• Wireless network is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.
Problem

Action

Cannot setup wireless connection.

Ensure that the Ethernet cable is disconnected from the printer.
Ensure that Wi-Fi is set to On. See "Wi-Fi | WPS."
The firewall on your computer may be blocking communication
with your printer. Disable the firewall on your computer.
Ensure that your local wireless network is supported on 802.11b/g/n
at 2.4 GH.

Cannot setup wireless connection
with WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup).

Ensure that the security setting of the wireless LAN access point or
router is WPA or WPA2. (WEP is not supported on WPS.)

Cannot setup wireless connection Press the WPS button on the wireless LAN access point or router
with the WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected within 2 minutes after starting the WPS operation on the printer. For
Setup-Push Button Configuration). details about the wireless LAN access point or router, refer to the
manual supplied with the wireless LAN access point or router.
Cannot setup wireless connection
with WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected
Setup-Personal Identification
Number).

Check if the PIN you have entered on the computer is correct.

Problems With Installed Optional 550-sheet feeder
If an optional 550-sheet feeder does not operate correctly following installation or stops
working, perform the following:
• Turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and then turn it on again. If this does not fix
the problem, unplug the printer, and then check the connection between the
optional 550-sheet feeder and the printer.
• Print the system settings report to see if the optional 550-sheet feeder is listed in the
Installed Options list. If the optional 550-sheet feeder is not listed, re-install it. See
"Report / List."
• Make sure that the optional 550-sheet feeder is selected in the print driver you are
using.
The following table lists corrective actions for related problems. If the suggested
corrective action does not correct the problem, contact Dell.

Troubleshooting

391

Problem

Action

The optional 550-sheet feeder does Make sure that the optional 550-sheet feeder is correctly installed
not work correctly.
on the printer. Re-install the feeder. See "Removing the Optional
550-Sheet Feeder," and refer to the installation instruction that
comes with the optional 550-sheet feeder.
Make sure that the print media is loaded correctly. See "Loading
Print Media in Tray1 and the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder."

Wi-Fi Direct Problems
NOTE:
• Wi-Fi Direct is available on Dell H625cdw and Dell H825cdw.
Problem

Action

The mobile device cannot discover
the printer.

The printer may be connected to another mobile device via Wi-Fi
Direct. Disconnect the printer and the mobile device. See
"Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct Network."

The printer cannot disconnect from The mobile device may be automatically reconnecting to the
the mobile device even when the
printer. Reset the passphrase for Wi-Fi Direct and disconnect the
procedure in "Disconnecting Wi-Fi mobile device. See "Resetting the Passphrase."
Direct Network" has been
performed.
The network mode of the printer
cannot be set to Ad-hoc mode.

Make sure that Wi-Fi Direct is set to Disable.

Wi-Fi Direct cannot be set to
Enable.

Make sure that the network mode is set to Infrastructure mode.
Make sure that the IP mode is set to a mode other than IPv6.

Scanner Driver/Printer Utility Problems
Problem

Action

Unable to retrieve the address book Make sure that the USB or Ethernet cable is connected properly.
data from the printer on the Address Make sure that the printer is turned on.
Book Editor.
Make sure that the scanner driver is installed on your computer. The
Address Book Editor retrieves the address book data via the scanner
driver when the printer is connected using a USB cable.
The TWAIN driver cannot connect to Make sure that the USB or Ethernet cable is connected properly.
the printer.
If using the network connection, check that IP address of the printer
is set correctly. See "Scanning Using the TWAIN Driver."
Check if the printer is turned on. If the printer is turned on, restart it
by turning off the printer and then on again.
If a scan program is running, close the program, restart the
program, and then try scanning again.
The scanner driver has not been
registered on your computer.

Install the scanner driver. If the scanner driver is installed, uninstall it
and then re-install it again.

Dell H815dw User's Guide User Manual To The 766e29de 6b63 4053 Bb91 Ce30c3ab6f16

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation